<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><?xml-stylesheet href="https://feeds.captivate.fm/style.xsl" type="text/xsl"?><rss xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" version="2.0" xmlns:googleplay="http://www.google.com/schemas/play-podcasts/1.0" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0"><channel><atom:link href="https://feeds.captivate.fm/the-hair-hustle-podcast/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/><title><![CDATA[The Hair Hustle Podcast]]></title><podcast:guid>f6fbdaa7-cd3e-53a0-934f-6afff8fc0cb7</podcast:guid><lastBuildDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2026 11:00:32 +0000</lastBuildDate><generator>Captivate.fm</generator><language><![CDATA[en]]></language><copyright><![CDATA[Copyright 2026 Heather Podlesney]]></copyright><managingEditor>Heather Podlesney</managingEditor><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Welcome to The Hair Hustle Podcast, where business meets beauty! Hosted by Heather Podlesney, a salon coach with over 20 years of industry experience, over a decade of coaching market leading salons, and passion for helping stylists succeed, this podcast is your go-to resource for mastering the business side of the salon industry.  Each week, we cover practical tips on budgeting, time management, retail strategies, and promotions to help you grow your profits and run a thriving salon business. Whether you’re behind the chair or behind the scenes, tune in to learn how to hustle smarter, not harder!]]></itunes:summary><image><url>https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg</url><title>The Hair Hustle Podcast</title><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link></image><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><itunes:owner><itunes:name>Heather Podlesney</itunes:name></itunes:owner><itunes:author>Heather Podlesney</itunes:author><description>Welcome to The Hair Hustle Podcast, where business meets beauty! Hosted by Heather Podlesney, a salon coach with over 20 years of industry experience, over a decade of coaching market leading salons, and passion for helping stylists succeed, this podcast is your go-to resource for mastering the business side of the salon industry.  Each week, we cover practical tips on budgeting, time management, retail strategies, and promotions to help you grow your profits and run a thriving salon business. Whether you’re behind the chair or behind the scenes, tune in to learn how to hustle smarter, not harder!</description><link>https://www.heatherpod.com</link><atom:link href="https://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com" rel="hub"/><itunes:subtitle><![CDATA[Boosting Profits, Managing Time, and Styling Your Success]]></itunes:subtitle><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type><itunes:category text="Business"><itunes:category text="Marketing"/></itunes:category><itunes:category text="Business"><itunes:category text="Entrepreneurship"/></itunes:category><itunes:category text="Arts"><itunes:category text="Fashion &amp; Beauty"/></itunes:category><podcast:locked>no</podcast:locked><podcast:medium>podcast</podcast:medium><item><title>Episode 81: Shopping for a New Brand in Your Salon and Not Sure Where to Start? Surface Hair HAS YOU with Sean and Cassy!</title><itunes:title>Episode 81: Shopping for a New Brand in Your Salon and Not Sure Where to Start? Surface Hair HAS YOU with Sean and Cassy!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle podcast, Heather Podlesney hosts representatives from Surface, Sean Carlson and Cassie Laub, to discuss industry insights, brand support, retail strategies, and upcoming events. They share valuable tips for salon owners and stylists to thrive in a competitive market, emphasizing the importance of education, brand partnerships, and strategic planning.</p><p><strong>CONTACTS:</strong></p><p>Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Cassy: claub@surfacehair.com</p><p>Sean: scarlson@surfacehair.com</p><p><strong>LINKS:</strong></p><p>Retreat:</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:24 Meet the Surface Team</p><p>06:10 State of the Industry: Challenges and Opportunities</p><p>14:06 The Importance of Brand Support</p><p>21:26 Questions to Ask Your Brand</p><p>27:58 Finding the Right Brand and Distributor</p><p>34:50 The Emotional Connection to Products</p><p>39:56 Navigating Brand Loyalty in Salons</p><p>45:43 The Importance of Awareness and Responsibility</p><p>51:06 Thriving vs Surviving Salons</p><p>57:16 Identifying Survival Mode in Salon Owners</p><p>01:00:39 Connecting with Support for Salons</p><p>01:04:10 The Importance of Partnership in the Beauty Industry</p><p>01:05:40 Wellness Sanctuary Retreat: A New Experience</p><p>01:08:03 Spilling the Tea: Insights from the Brand Side</p><p>01:16:01 Surface's New All-In Product Launch</p><p>01:22:38 Introducing Surface Unscripted: A New Podcast</p><p>01:25:45 How to Connect with Surface Team</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>hair industry, salon retail, brand support, Surface, salon success, retail strategies, industry insights, salon coaching, Surface Unscripted, salon events</p><p></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle podcast, Heather Podlesney hosts representatives from Surface, Sean Carlson and Cassie Laub, to discuss industry insights, brand support, retail strategies, and upcoming events. They share valuable tips for salon owners and stylists to thrive in a competitive market, emphasizing the importance of education, brand partnerships, and strategic planning.</p><p><strong>CONTACTS:</strong></p><p>Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Cassy: claub@surfacehair.com</p><p>Sean: scarlson@surfacehair.com</p><p><strong>LINKS:</strong></p><p>Retreat:</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:24 Meet the Surface Team</p><p>06:10 State of the Industry: Challenges and Opportunities</p><p>14:06 The Importance of Brand Support</p><p>21:26 Questions to Ask Your Brand</p><p>27:58 Finding the Right Brand and Distributor</p><p>34:50 The Emotional Connection to Products</p><p>39:56 Navigating Brand Loyalty in Salons</p><p>45:43 The Importance of Awareness and Responsibility</p><p>51:06 Thriving vs Surviving Salons</p><p>57:16 Identifying Survival Mode in Salon Owners</p><p>01:00:39 Connecting with Support for Salons</p><p>01:04:10 The Importance of Partnership in the Beauty Industry</p><p>01:05:40 Wellness Sanctuary Retreat: A New Experience</p><p>01:08:03 Spilling the Tea: Insights from the Brand Side</p><p>01:16:01 Surface's New All-In Product Launch</p><p>01:22:38 Introducing Surface Unscripted: A New Podcast</p><p>01:25:45 How to Connect with Surface Team</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>hair industry, salon retail, brand support, Surface, salon success, retail strategies, industry insights, salon coaching, Surface Unscripted, salon events</p><p></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">a3c6176e-eb90-40b5-9eb1-dfd9723dc92c</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2026 07:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/a3c6176e-eb90-40b5-9eb1-dfd9723dc92c.mp3" length="40958137" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>01:25:20</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>81</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>81</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 80: FIVE Money Mistakes I See Independent Stylists Make</title><itunes:title>Episode 80: FIVE Money Mistakes I See Independent Stylists Make</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode, Heather Podlesney discusses the five common money mistakes that hairstylists make annually, offering practical advice to improve financial health and avoid stress during tax season. Perfect for independent stylists looking to work smarter and create a sustainable income.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Common Money Mistakes</p><p>03:34 Mistake 1: Confusing Revenue with Income</p><p>04:49 Mistake 2: Not Setting Aside Taxes</p><p>06:07 Mistake 3: Pricing Without Knowing Your Numbers</p><p>08:12 Mistake 4: Treating Business Money as Personal Money</p><p>10:44 Mistake 5: Avoiding Your Numbers</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>hairstylist finance, money mistakes, tax tips, independent stylist, budgeting, pricing, financial planning, salon business</p><p></p><p></p><p></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode, Heather Podlesney discusses the five common money mistakes that hairstylists make annually, offering practical advice to improve financial health and avoid stress during tax season. Perfect for independent stylists looking to work smarter and create a sustainable income.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Common Money Mistakes</p><p>03:34 Mistake 1: Confusing Revenue with Income</p><p>04:49 Mistake 2: Not Setting Aside Taxes</p><p>06:07 Mistake 3: Pricing Without Knowing Your Numbers</p><p>08:12 Mistake 4: Treating Business Money as Personal Money</p><p>10:44 Mistake 5: Avoiding Your Numbers</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>hairstylist finance, money mistakes, tax tips, independent stylist, budgeting, pricing, financial planning, salon business</p><p></p><p></p><p></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">ec633d7e-fb61-4bf9-99b7-3f03fc03e9d5</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2026 07:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/ec633d7e-fb61-4bf9-99b7-3f03fc03e9d5.mp3" length="5842878" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>12:10</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>80</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>80</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 79: If your Retail Sales Stinks Right Now - LISTEN TO THIS</title><itunes:title>Episode 79: If your Retail Sales Stinks Right Now - LISTEN TO THIS</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Grab the Retail PROMO Playbook for $37 <a href="https://www.heatherpodlesney.com/offers/pkJdDYu2/checkout" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">HERE</a></p><p>Contact Heather - helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>This episode explores effective spring retail strategies for salon owners, emphasizing the importance of timely promotions, resetting retail displays, and leveraging seasonal buying behaviors to boost sales.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Spring Retail Promotions</p><p>02:49 Understanding Consumer Behavior in Spring</p><p>05:51 Creating Effective Retail Promotions</p><p>08:57 Spring Promotion Ideas and Strategies</p><p>14:32 The Importance of Incentives in Retail</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>salon retail, spring promotions, retail reset, salon marketing, retail strategies, beauty industry, retail tips, salon business, seasonal sales, retail promotions guide</p><p></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Grab the Retail PROMO Playbook for $37 <a href="https://www.heatherpodlesney.com/offers/pkJdDYu2/checkout" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">HERE</a></p><p>Contact Heather - helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>This episode explores effective spring retail strategies for salon owners, emphasizing the importance of timely promotions, resetting retail displays, and leveraging seasonal buying behaviors to boost sales.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Spring Retail Promotions</p><p>02:49 Understanding Consumer Behavior in Spring</p><p>05:51 Creating Effective Retail Promotions</p><p>08:57 Spring Promotion Ideas and Strategies</p><p>14:32 The Importance of Incentives in Retail</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>salon retail, spring promotions, retail reset, salon marketing, retail strategies, beauty industry, retail tips, salon business, seasonal sales, retail promotions guide</p><p></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">4c34d28b-0e82-45de-ae0b-56e983943298</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2026 07:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/4c34d28b-0e82-45de-ae0b-56e983943298.mp3" length="7934137" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>16:32</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>79</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>79</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 78: Tax Series - Why You Still Feel BROKE!</title><itunes:title>Episode 78: Tax Series - Why You Still Feel BROKE!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather to set up a salon class OR coaching: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Grab the ULTIMATE Independent Stylist Workbook <a href="https://www.heatherpodlesney.com/offers/LrNGmHBz/checkout" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">HERE</a> for only $37</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>This episode addresses the common misconception that busy equals profitable for stylists, especially during tax season. It offers practical advice on understanding where your money goes, organizing finances, and improving profitability beyond just working hard.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:29 Navigating Tax Season: A Reality Check</p><p>02:23 Understanding Profitability vs. Busyness</p><p>05:06 Organizing Your Finances for Success</p><p>07:59 Tools for Financial Clarity and Stability</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>stylist finances, tax season, profitability, money management, independent stylist, financial organization, salon business, tax tips, budgeting, income tracking</p><p></p><p></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather to set up a salon class OR coaching: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Grab the ULTIMATE Independent Stylist Workbook <a href="https://www.heatherpodlesney.com/offers/LrNGmHBz/checkout" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">HERE</a> for only $37</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>This episode addresses the common misconception that busy equals profitable for stylists, especially during tax season. It offers practical advice on understanding where your money goes, organizing finances, and improving profitability beyond just working hard.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:29 Navigating Tax Season: A Reality Check</p><p>02:23 Understanding Profitability vs. Busyness</p><p>05:06 Organizing Your Finances for Success</p><p>07:59 Tools for Financial Clarity and Stability</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>stylist finances, tax season, profitability, money management, independent stylist, financial organization, salon business, tax tips, budgeting, income tracking</p><p></p><p></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">55c144f4-28de-44c5-82da-ea94da3888e0</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2026 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/55c144f4-28de-44c5-82da-ea94da3888e0.mp3" length="4516484" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>09:25</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>78</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>78</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 77: Tax Series - How to Pay Yourself as an Independent Stylist</title><itunes:title>Episode 77: Tax Series - How to Pay Yourself as an Independent Stylist</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>This episode guides independent stylists on how to effectively pay themselves and organize their finances during tax season. Heather Podlesney shares practical tips on setting up accounts, mindset shifts, and creating a stable income system.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:57 Understanding Tax Season for Independent Stylists</p><p>02:21 The Mindset Shift: From Stylist to Business Owner</p><p>05:41 How to Pay Yourself as an Independent Stylist</p><p>09:12 Organizing Your Finances for Stability</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>independent stylist, pay yourself, business finances, tax season, salon owner, financial organization, money management, income stability</p><p></p><p></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>This episode guides independent stylists on how to effectively pay themselves and organize their finances during tax season. Heather Podlesney shares practical tips on setting up accounts, mindset shifts, and creating a stable income system.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:57 Understanding Tax Season for Independent Stylists</p><p>02:21 The Mindset Shift: From Stylist to Business Owner</p><p>05:41 How to Pay Yourself as an Independent Stylist</p><p>09:12 Organizing Your Finances for Stability</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>independent stylist, pay yourself, business finances, tax season, salon owner, financial organization, money management, income stability</p><p></p><p></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">d85bec6c-ff55-4d79-af74-e6cb1112ef0b</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2026 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/d85bec6c-ff55-4d79-af74-e6cb1112ef0b.mp3" length="5169546" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>10:46</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>77</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>77</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 76: The Tax Series - THREE Numbers Every Stylist Should Know for Tax Season</title><itunes:title>Episode 76: The Tax Series - THREE Numbers Every Stylist Should Know for Tax Season</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode, Heather Podlesney breaks down the three key numbers independent stylists need to know before tax season. She offers practical tips on setting income goals, understanding expenses, and estimating tax payments to reduce financial stress and boost confidence.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:00 Navigating Tax Season for Stylists</p><p>02:10 Understanding Your Income Goal</p><p>05:59 Calculating Monthly Costs and Expenses</p><p>08:28 Tax Percentages and Saving for Taxes</p><p>12:05 Mindset and Confidence in Business</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>hair stylist, tax season, income goals, expenses, self-employment taxes, financial planning, salon business, independent stylist, money management, tax tips</p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode, Heather Podlesney breaks down the three key numbers independent stylists need to know before tax season. She offers practical tips on setting income goals, understanding expenses, and estimating tax payments to reduce financial stress and boost confidence.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:00 Navigating Tax Season for Stylists</p><p>02:10 Understanding Your Income Goal</p><p>05:59 Calculating Monthly Costs and Expenses</p><p>08:28 Tax Percentages and Saving for Taxes</p><p>12:05 Mindset and Confidence in Business</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>hair stylist, tax season, income goals, expenses, self-employment taxes, financial planning, salon business, independent stylist, money management, tax tips</p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">2568694f-501e-4139-a974-3af8e313b3e3</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2026 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/2568694f-501e-4139-a974-3af8e313b3e3.mp3" length="6057500" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>12:37</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>76</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>76</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 75: If I Saved ZERO for Tax Season So Far (here is exactly what I would do)</title><itunes:title>Episode 75: If I Saved ZERO for Tax Season So Far (here is exactly what I would do)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p><em>Tax Season Prep for Stylists: Organize, Plan, and Execute with Confidence: </em>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, Heather Podlesney breaks down practical steps for freelance stylists and small business owners to prepare for tax season — even if they feel unorganized or overwhelmed. Learn how to avoid panic, get clear on your numbers, and work effectively with tax professionals.</p><h6><strong>Key Topics:</strong></h6><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The common anxiety around approaching tax season, especially for independent stylists</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The importance of not panicking and maintaining a clear head to assess financials</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to organize your expenses and income to be ready for tax filing</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The role of a tax professional and why hiring one is critical</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Creating a plan based on your income and expenses, including quarterly payments</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Strategies to estimate taxes owed if you have no savings yet</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How payment plans and extensions can help manage tax liabilities</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Building a system of awareness around your finances for future tax seasons</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The importance of patience and self-compassion in managing money</li></ol><br/><h6><strong>Timestamps:</strong></h6><p>00:00 - Why tax season can cause anxiety for stylists</p><p> 00:27 - The importance of staying calm and not panicking</p><p> 00:53 - Common mistakes and misconceptions about taxes in the industry</p><p> 01:18 - How to get clear on your finances and organize your numbers</p><p> 02:15 - The importance of working with a tax professional instead of DIY</p><p> 03:11 - Understanding income, expenses, and planning for taxes</p><p> 03:41 - Tips for estimating how much you owe and setting aside funds</p><p> 04:12 - Creating a tax-saving system and staying ahead for future years</p><p> 05:09 - Paying quarterly estimates and how to set up your business properly</p><p> 06:21 - Adjusting payments and planning for tax year-end liabilities</p><p> 07:47 - How to use professional help to set up payment plans and extensions</p><p> 09:07 - Addressing changes in family or business situation that affect taxes</p><p> 10:03 - Final reminders: stay informed, plan ahead, and reach out for professional help</p><p> 10:32 - Action steps: organize your financial records and find a tax pro</p><p> 11:01 - Encouragement to build awareness around money and reduce shame</p><h6><strong>Connect with Heather: </strong></h6><p>helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Let this episode be your turning point for stress-free tax planning. Remember, understanding your numbers is the key to building a more confident and organized business. Reach out if you have questions — you’re doing an amazing job!</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><em>Tax Season Prep for Stylists: Organize, Plan, and Execute with Confidence: </em>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, Heather Podlesney breaks down practical steps for freelance stylists and small business owners to prepare for tax season — even if they feel unorganized or overwhelmed. Learn how to avoid panic, get clear on your numbers, and work effectively with tax professionals.</p><h6><strong>Key Topics:</strong></h6><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The common anxiety around approaching tax season, especially for independent stylists</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The importance of not panicking and maintaining a clear head to assess financials</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to organize your expenses and income to be ready for tax filing</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The role of a tax professional and why hiring one is critical</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Creating a plan based on your income and expenses, including quarterly payments</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Strategies to estimate taxes owed if you have no savings yet</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How payment plans and extensions can help manage tax liabilities</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Building a system of awareness around your finances for future tax seasons</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The importance of patience and self-compassion in managing money</li></ol><br/><h6><strong>Timestamps:</strong></h6><p>00:00 - Why tax season can cause anxiety for stylists</p><p> 00:27 - The importance of staying calm and not panicking</p><p> 00:53 - Common mistakes and misconceptions about taxes in the industry</p><p> 01:18 - How to get clear on your finances and organize your numbers</p><p> 02:15 - The importance of working with a tax professional instead of DIY</p><p> 03:11 - Understanding income, expenses, and planning for taxes</p><p> 03:41 - Tips for estimating how much you owe and setting aside funds</p><p> 04:12 - Creating a tax-saving system and staying ahead for future years</p><p> 05:09 - Paying quarterly estimates and how to set up your business properly</p><p> 06:21 - Adjusting payments and planning for tax year-end liabilities</p><p> 07:47 - How to use professional help to set up payment plans and extensions</p><p> 09:07 - Addressing changes in family or business situation that affect taxes</p><p> 10:03 - Final reminders: stay informed, plan ahead, and reach out for professional help</p><p> 10:32 - Action steps: organize your financial records and find a tax pro</p><p> 11:01 - Encouragement to build awareness around money and reduce shame</p><h6><strong>Connect with Heather: </strong></h6><p>helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Let this episode be your turning point for stress-free tax planning. Remember, understanding your numbers is the key to building a more confident and organized business. Reach out if you have questions — you’re doing an amazing job!</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">db43fbd6-b195-44b8-aa86-f7c5da969b81</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2026 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/db43fbd6-b195-44b8-aa86-f7c5da969b81.mp3" length="5244151" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>10:55</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>75</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>75</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 74: Are You Only Calling Your Sales Consultant When You&apos;re Low on 9V?  Putting the CONSULT in Consultant with Melissa Gross</title><itunes:title>Episode 74: Are You Only Calling Your Sales Consultant When You&apos;re Low on 9V?  Putting the CONSULT in Consultant with Melissa Gross</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Questions or work with Melissa Gross: 616-299-4869 and mgross@manocoblue.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode, Heather Podlesny interviews Melissa Gross, a seasoned salon sales consultant with over 25 years of industry experience. They discuss how stylists and salon owners can leverage sales consultants for business growth, retail success, and industry insights, emphasizing community, confidence, and strategic systems.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction and Guest Introduction</p><p>01:20 Melissa Gross's Industry Journey and Experience</p><p>03:38 Successful Salon Systems and Retail Strategies</p><p>06:17 Misunderstandings About Sales Consultants' Role</p><p>09:12 Industry Trends: Cleaner Ingredients and Sustainability</p><p>11:33 Helping Struggling Stylists and Small Salons</p><p>14:47 Maximizing Value from Your Sales Consultant</p><p>19:23 Add-on Services and Business Growth Ideas</p><p>21:42 Melissa's Unexpected Industry Insights</p><p>24:11 Community, Support, and Overcoming Industry Challenges</p><p>27:02 Salon Owner and Stylist Complaints and Misconceptions</p><p>30:02 Addressing Common Salon Industry Complaints</p><p>31:49 Melissa's Advice for Engaging with Sales Consultants</p><p>35:33 Supporting Your Salon Community and Collaboration</p><p>37:15 Closing Remarks and Resources for Listeners</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>Salon sales, retail strategies, industry insights, salon community, business growth, salon owner tips, sales consultant role, salon success, hair industry trends</p><p><br></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Questions or work with Melissa Gross: 616-299-4869 and mgross@manocoblue.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode, Heather Podlesny interviews Melissa Gross, a seasoned salon sales consultant with over 25 years of industry experience. They discuss how stylists and salon owners can leverage sales consultants for business growth, retail success, and industry insights, emphasizing community, confidence, and strategic systems.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction and Guest Introduction</p><p>01:20 Melissa Gross's Industry Journey and Experience</p><p>03:38 Successful Salon Systems and Retail Strategies</p><p>06:17 Misunderstandings About Sales Consultants' Role</p><p>09:12 Industry Trends: Cleaner Ingredients and Sustainability</p><p>11:33 Helping Struggling Stylists and Small Salons</p><p>14:47 Maximizing Value from Your Sales Consultant</p><p>19:23 Add-on Services and Business Growth Ideas</p><p>21:42 Melissa's Unexpected Industry Insights</p><p>24:11 Community, Support, and Overcoming Industry Challenges</p><p>27:02 Salon Owner and Stylist Complaints and Misconceptions</p><p>30:02 Addressing Common Salon Industry Complaints</p><p>31:49 Melissa's Advice for Engaging with Sales Consultants</p><p>35:33 Supporting Your Salon Community and Collaboration</p><p>37:15 Closing Remarks and Resources for Listeners</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>Salon sales, retail strategies, industry insights, salon community, business growth, salon owner tips, sales consultant role, salon success, hair industry trends</p><p><br></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">8633b889-3b63-4e56-865a-e1f0a4ab683f</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/8633b889-3b63-4e56-865a-e1f0a4ab683f.mp3" length="16935515" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>35:17</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>74</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>74</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 73: The Slept on Social Post You Need to Start Today!</title><itunes:title>Episode 73: The Slept on Social Post You Need to Start Today!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>Discover why carousels are making a comeback in social media marketing, especially for hairstylists and salon owners. Learn practical strategies to create engaging carousels that educate, tell stories, and boost your social media presence without the overwhelm of video content.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the resurgence of carousels</p><p>01:50 Why carousels slow down swipers and increase engagement</p><p>02:55 Carousels for education, explanation, and storytelling</p><p>03:45 When to use a carousel instead of a reel</p><p>04:21 Content ideas for hairstylists and salons</p><p>06:16 Creating a simple carousel formula</p><p>07:19 The importance of a strong hook in carousels</p><p>08:40 Structuring your carousel: from hook to call to action</p><p>11:43 Shifting focus from likes to saves for engagement</p><p>12:41 Common mistakes to avoid in carousel content</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>social media marketing, carousels, reels, hairstylist marketing, content strategy, engagement, storytelling, social media tips</p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>Discover why carousels are making a comeback in social media marketing, especially for hairstylists and salon owners. Learn practical strategies to create engaging carousels that educate, tell stories, and boost your social media presence without the overwhelm of video content.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the resurgence of carousels</p><p>01:50 Why carousels slow down swipers and increase engagement</p><p>02:55 Carousels for education, explanation, and storytelling</p><p>03:45 When to use a carousel instead of a reel</p><p>04:21 Content ideas for hairstylists and salons</p><p>06:16 Creating a simple carousel formula</p><p>07:19 The importance of a strong hook in carousels</p><p>08:40 Structuring your carousel: from hook to call to action</p><p>11:43 Shifting focus from likes to saves for engagement</p><p>12:41 Common mistakes to avoid in carousel content</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>social media marketing, carousels, reels, hairstylist marketing, content strategy, engagement, storytelling, social media tips</p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">d97d6a66-4633-4598-9bf2-922f40253f7d</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2026 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/d97d6a66-4633-4598-9bf2-922f40253f7d.mp3" length="6639508" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>13:50</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>73</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>73</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 72: Organize Your Content &amp; Kick the Overwhelm of Social Media</title><itunes:title>Episode 72: Organize Your Content &amp; Kick the Overwhelm of Social Media</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode, Heather Podlesney shares a practical framework for stylists to simplify and improve their social media content strategy. She introduces the four E's of content—Educate, Elevate, Entertain, and Encourage—and offers actionable tips to build confidence and consistency in posting.</p><p><strong>Key Topics </strong></p><p>The 4 E's of content: Educate, Elevate, Entertain, Encourage</p><p>Creating a consistent posting schedule</p><p>Building confidence in social media marketing</p><p>Engagement strategies for stylists</p><p>Simplifying content creation</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>social media, content strategy, hair stylist, marketing, engagement, social media tips, salon marketing, content creation, social media framework, Heather Podlesney</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode, Heather Podlesney shares a practical framework for stylists to simplify and improve their social media content strategy. She introduces the four E's of content—Educate, Elevate, Entertain, and Encourage—and offers actionable tips to build confidence and consistency in posting.</p><p><strong>Key Topics </strong></p><p>The 4 E's of content: Educate, Elevate, Entertain, Encourage</p><p>Creating a consistent posting schedule</p><p>Building confidence in social media marketing</p><p>Engagement strategies for stylists</p><p>Simplifying content creation</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>social media, content strategy, hair stylist, marketing, engagement, social media tips, salon marketing, content creation, social media framework, Heather Podlesney</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">d60f5385-38bc-4a01-a6d3-a6f1a134c929</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 24 Feb 2026 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/d60f5385-38bc-4a01-a6d3-a6f1a134c929.mp3" length="5040187" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>10:30</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>72</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>72</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 71: REEL Talk</title><itunes:title>Episode 71: REEL Talk</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, Heather Podlesney shares essential tips for hairstylists on creating effective short form videos and reels. She emphasizes the importance of keeping the process simple, focusing on three key components: the hook, the bridge, and the call to action. By using relatable analogies, Heather guides listeners through the steps to engage their audience and drive action, ultimately enhancing their social media presence.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Short Form Video Creation</p><p>01:10 Understanding the Importance of Hooks</p><p>03:52 The Bridge: Delivering Your Content</p><p>05:41 The Call to Action: Engaging Your Audience</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>short form videos, reels, social media, hairstyling, content creation, marketing strategies, engagement, beauty industry, salon business, video tips</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, Heather Podlesney shares essential tips for hairstylists on creating effective short form videos and reels. She emphasizes the importance of keeping the process simple, focusing on three key components: the hook, the bridge, and the call to action. By using relatable analogies, Heather guides listeners through the steps to engage their audience and drive action, ultimately enhancing their social media presence.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Short Form Video Creation</p><p>01:10 Understanding the Importance of Hooks</p><p>03:52 The Bridge: Delivering Your Content</p><p>05:41 The Call to Action: Engaging Your Audience</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>short form videos, reels, social media, hairstyling, content creation, marketing strategies, engagement, beauty industry, salon business, video tips</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">068cbfe1-9fe1-4bb0-bd09-ac7ce0266c27</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 17 Feb 2026 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/068cbfe1-9fe1-4bb0-bd09-ac7ce0266c27.mp3" length="3983795" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>08:18</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>71</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>71</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 70: Take Your Money on a Date!</title><itunes:title>Episode 70: Take Your Money on a Date!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>FREEBIE:  <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/8c98f454bc" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Money Date Cheat Sheet</a></p><p>Want to be a guest on The Hair Hustle Podcast? <em>Contact Heather at helloheatherpod@gmail.com</em></p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hairhousel Podcast, Heather Podlesny discusses the concept of 'money dates'—a structured approach to managing personal and business finances. She emphasizes the importance of regular check-ins with finances to reduce anxiety and improve financial awareness. Heather outlines the steps to implement money dates, including setting a consistent schedule, focusing on key financial metrics, and asking constructive questions. The episode concludes with an invitation to access a cheat sheet to simplify the process of starting money dates.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Money Dates</p><p>01:04 Understanding Money Dates</p><p>04:43 Implementing Money Dates</p><p>08:13 The Structure of a Money Date</p><p>12:44 Closing the Money Date</p><p>13:17 The Impact of Money Dates</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>money dates, financial planning, salon business, budgeting, personal finance, stylist strategies, salon owner tips, financial awareness, money management, emotional connection to money</p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>FREEBIE:  <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/8c98f454bc" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Money Date Cheat Sheet</a></p><p>Want to be a guest on The Hair Hustle Podcast? <em>Contact Heather at helloheatherpod@gmail.com</em></p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hairhousel Podcast, Heather Podlesny discusses the concept of 'money dates'—a structured approach to managing personal and business finances. She emphasizes the importance of regular check-ins with finances to reduce anxiety and improve financial awareness. Heather outlines the steps to implement money dates, including setting a consistent schedule, focusing on key financial metrics, and asking constructive questions. The episode concludes with an invitation to access a cheat sheet to simplify the process of starting money dates.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Money Dates</p><p>01:04 Understanding Money Dates</p><p>04:43 Implementing Money Dates</p><p>08:13 The Structure of a Money Date</p><p>12:44 Closing the Money Date</p><p>13:17 The Impact of Money Dates</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>money dates, financial planning, salon business, budgeting, personal finance, stylist strategies, salon owner tips, financial awareness, money management, emotional connection to money</p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">4294db3d-40b2-4bfa-a0b6-b8e53013e6b8</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 10 Feb 2026 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/4294db3d-40b2-4bfa-a0b6-b8e53013e6b8.mp3" length="7840514" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>16:20</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>70</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>70</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 69: Stick to the Things You CAN Control!</title><itunes:title>Episode 69: Stick to the Things You CAN Control!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesney discusses the challenges stylists face in the beauty industry, particularly focusing on what they can and cannot control. She emphasizes the importance of mental health and the need to let go of things outside of one's control, such as cancellations and client spending habits. Heather encourages stylists to focus on clear communication, service structuring, and budgeting as areas they can influence. The episode concludes with a practical exercise for listeners to identify what they can control and what they need to let go of, promoting a healthier mindset in their professional lives.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:35 Understanding the Beauty Industry's Challenges</p><p>00:41 What Stylists Can and Cannot Control</p><p>03:01 The Importance of Letting Go</p><p>07:21 Focusing on What You Can Control</p><p>09:14 Shifting from Reaction to Intention</p><p>10:43 Practical Exercise for Stylists</p><p>12:41 Conclusion and Next Steps</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>beauty industry, salon management, stylist tips, mental health, control, communication, client relationships, business strategies, self-care, professional growth</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesney discusses the challenges stylists face in the beauty industry, particularly focusing on what they can and cannot control. She emphasizes the importance of mental health and the need to let go of things outside of one's control, such as cancellations and client spending habits. Heather encourages stylists to focus on clear communication, service structuring, and budgeting as areas they can influence. The episode concludes with a practical exercise for listeners to identify what they can control and what they need to let go of, promoting a healthier mindset in their professional lives.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:35 Understanding the Beauty Industry's Challenges</p><p>00:41 What Stylists Can and Cannot Control</p><p>03:01 The Importance of Letting Go</p><p>07:21 Focusing on What You Can Control</p><p>09:14 Shifting from Reaction to Intention</p><p>10:43 Practical Exercise for Stylists</p><p>12:41 Conclusion and Next Steps</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>beauty industry, salon management, stylist tips, mental health, control, communication, client relationships, business strategies, self-care, professional growth</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">20888272-ff27-4062-82dc-6c65dd08c0ed</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 03 Feb 2026 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/20888272-ff27-4062-82dc-6c65dd08c0ed.mp3" length="6338787" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>13:12</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>69</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>69</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 68: Minisode Pep Talk - Consumer Behavior is Changing, ARE YOU?</title><itunes:title>Episode 68: Minisode Pep Talk - Consumer Behavior is Changing, ARE YOU?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, Heather Podlesney discusses the evolving landscape of consumer behavior in the beauty industry. She emphasizes the importance of understanding shifts in guest spending habits, the need for clear pricing, and the necessity for stylists to adapt their strategies to meet changing consumer expectations. Heather encourages stylists to analyze their business metrics, embrace a mindset shift, and focus on providing value to clients to thrive in 2026 and beyond.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:52 Understanding Consumer Behavior</p><p>02:55 Shifts in Guest Spending Habits</p><p>04:45 The Importance of Clear Pricing</p><p>08:19 Mindset Shift in the Beauty Industry</p><p>09:53 Adapting to New Consumer Expectations</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>hair salon, consumer behavior, stylist tips, salon business, guest spending, financial awareness, mindset shift, beauty industry, retail strategies, salon success</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, Heather Podlesney discusses the evolving landscape of consumer behavior in the beauty industry. She emphasizes the importance of understanding shifts in guest spending habits, the need for clear pricing, and the necessity for stylists to adapt their strategies to meet changing consumer expectations. Heather encourages stylists to analyze their business metrics, embrace a mindset shift, and focus on providing value to clients to thrive in 2026 and beyond.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:52 Understanding Consumer Behavior</p><p>02:55 Shifts in Guest Spending Habits</p><p>04:45 The Importance of Clear Pricing</p><p>08:19 Mindset Shift in the Beauty Industry</p><p>09:53 Adapting to New Consumer Expectations</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>hair salon, consumer behavior, stylist tips, salon business, guest spending, financial awareness, mindset shift, beauty industry, retail strategies, salon success</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">95bc6d5e-1f3a-4673-97a6-0d417525848a</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 27 Jan 2026 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/95bc6d5e-1f3a-4673-97a6-0d417525848a.mp3" length="5277797" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>11:00</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>68</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>68</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 67: If Money Feels Heavy Right Now...</title><itunes:title>Episode 67: If Money Feels Heavy Right Now...</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesney addresses the current financial climate affecting stylists and salon owners. She emphasizes the importance of developing a budgeting habit rather than just focusing on the numbers. Drawing from her own experiences and conversations with industry peers, Heather shares insights on how to navigate the emotional weight of money management, especially during uncertain times. She encourages listeners to view budgeting not as a punishment but as a form of permission to make informed financial decisions that support their lives and businesses.</p><p>Heather also discusses the cyclical nature of income in the beauty industry, particularly the seasonal dips that stylists often face. She reassures listeners that feeling stressed about money is common and does not equate to being bad at business. Instead, she advocates for a proactive approach to budgeting, suggesting that stylists take control of their finances by regularly reviewing their income and expenses. By fostering a positive mindset around budgeting, Heather aims to empower her audience to create a sustainable financial future in the beauty industry.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:21 Reflecting on Financial Challenges</p><p>00:43 The Importance of Budgeting Habits</p><p>05:17 Understanding Income Fluctuations</p><p>10:29 Changing Your Money Mindset</p><p>14:12 Practical Steps for Budgeting</p><p>19:23 Closing Thoughts and Encouragement</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>budgeting, financial advice, beauty industry, salon owners, money management, hairstylists, financial habits, income stability, salon business coach, Hair Hustle Podcast</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesney addresses the current financial climate affecting stylists and salon owners. She emphasizes the importance of developing a budgeting habit rather than just focusing on the numbers. Drawing from her own experiences and conversations with industry peers, Heather shares insights on how to navigate the emotional weight of money management, especially during uncertain times. She encourages listeners to view budgeting not as a punishment but as a form of permission to make informed financial decisions that support their lives and businesses.</p><p>Heather also discusses the cyclical nature of income in the beauty industry, particularly the seasonal dips that stylists often face. She reassures listeners that feeling stressed about money is common and does not equate to being bad at business. Instead, she advocates for a proactive approach to budgeting, suggesting that stylists take control of their finances by regularly reviewing their income and expenses. By fostering a positive mindset around budgeting, Heather aims to empower her audience to create a sustainable financial future in the beauty industry.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:21 Reflecting on Financial Challenges</p><p>00:43 The Importance of Budgeting Habits</p><p>05:17 Understanding Income Fluctuations</p><p>10:29 Changing Your Money Mindset</p><p>14:12 Practical Steps for Budgeting</p><p>19:23 Closing Thoughts and Encouragement</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>budgeting, financial advice, beauty industry, salon owners, money management, hairstylists, financial habits, income stability, salon business coach, Hair Hustle Podcast</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">0ee1dbbd-a833-4543-96a2-d38445392d96</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 20 Jan 2026 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/0ee1dbbd-a833-4543-96a2-d38445392d96.mp3" length="9768560" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:21</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>67</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>67</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 66: REAL Tips to Motivate Your Salon Team or Stylist Bestie to POST on Social</title><itunes:title>Episode 66: REAL Tips to Motivate Your Salon Team or Stylist Bestie to POST on Social</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Show Notes Not working today! I had some technical errors, but here is the FREE new guest template I talked about!</p><p><a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/eb0da444e0" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">NEW GUEST TEMPLATE</a> that actually gets guests!</p><p>See you next week!</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Show Notes Not working today! I had some technical errors, but here is the FREE new guest template I talked about!</p><p><a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/eb0da444e0" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">NEW GUEST TEMPLATE</a> that actually gets guests!</p><p>See you next week!</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">f901135e-093d-4a93-9878-8f468d916bd5</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 13 Jan 2026 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/f901135e-093d-4a93-9878-8f468d916bd5.mp3" length="16220178" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>33:47</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>66</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>66</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 65: Tell Yourself These 4 SIMPLE Things to Keep Your 2026 Momentum</title><itunes:title>Episode 65: Tell Yourself These 4 SIMPLE Things to Keep Your 2026 Momentum</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesney shares essential insights for stylists as they enter 2026. She emphasizes the importance of understanding profitability versus mere busyness, the necessity of charging appropriately for services, and the significance of setting healthy boundaries. Heather also encourages stylists to embrace their roles as CEOs of their businesses and to practice kindness in their interactions, recognizing that everyone faces challenges. This episode serves as a motivational guide for stylists to start the new year with clarity and purpose.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Welcome to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>02:32 Setting the Stage for 2026</p><p>02:56 Understanding Profitability vs. Busyness</p><p>05:48 The Importance of Charging What You Deserve</p><p>07:51 Establishing Healthy Boundaries</p><p>10:43 Embracing Your Role as CEO</p><p>12:56 The Power of Kindness in the Industry</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>hair, salon, stylists, business coaching, profitability, boundaries, self-care, kindness, 2026 goals, beauty industry</p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesney shares essential insights for stylists as they enter 2026. She emphasizes the importance of understanding profitability versus mere busyness, the necessity of charging appropriately for services, and the significance of setting healthy boundaries. Heather also encourages stylists to embrace their roles as CEOs of their businesses and to practice kindness in their interactions, recognizing that everyone faces challenges. This episode serves as a motivational guide for stylists to start the new year with clarity and purpose.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Welcome to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>02:32 Setting the Stage for 2026</p><p>02:56 Understanding Profitability vs. Busyness</p><p>05:48 The Importance of Charging What You Deserve</p><p>07:51 Establishing Healthy Boundaries</p><p>10:43 Embracing Your Role as CEO</p><p>12:56 The Power of Kindness in the Industry</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>hair, salon, stylists, business coaching, profitability, boundaries, self-care, kindness, 2026 goals, beauty industry</p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">c3928964-eac6-412f-a84e-0366d220e91c</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 06 Jan 2026 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/c3928964-eac6-412f-a84e-0366d220e91c.mp3" length="7608547" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>15:51</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>65</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>65</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>MOST PLAYED of 2025: Episode 31 The Content Plan You Actually Need</title><itunes:title>MOST PLAYED of 2025: Episode 31 The Content Plan You Actually Need</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>This was the number 2 most downloaded episode of 2025!  Number 1 was episode 51: When the Dream Team Ends.  It is the end of my corporate journey, but I wanted the last episode to be something for you to take away and use now to make your year better!  If you would like to give a listen to the end of my corporate journey, go for it!   </p><p>This is one is meant for you!</p><p>Contact Heather at helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, Heather Podlesney shares valuable insights on simplifying social media strategies for hairstylists. She emphasizes the importance of consistency, intentional posting, and creating a content plan that includes connection, education, and proof. Heather provides practical examples and tips to help stylists build trust, showcase their expertise, and engage with their audience effectively.</p><h4><strong>Chapters</strong></h4><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>00:00:00 Introduction to Social Media Strategy</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>00:03:00 Creating a Content Plan</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>00:06:00 Building Trust and Engagement</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>00:09:00 Showcasing Expertise and Proof</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>00:12:00 Conclusion and Final Tips</li></ol><br/><h4><strong>Keywords</strong></h4><p>Hair Hustle Podcast, social media strategy, hairstylists, consistency, content plan, connection, education, proof, Heather Podlesney, salon marketing</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This was the number 2 most downloaded episode of 2025!  Number 1 was episode 51: When the Dream Team Ends.  It is the end of my corporate journey, but I wanted the last episode to be something for you to take away and use now to make your year better!  If you would like to give a listen to the end of my corporate journey, go for it!   </p><p>This is one is meant for you!</p><p>Contact Heather at helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, Heather Podlesney shares valuable insights on simplifying social media strategies for hairstylists. She emphasizes the importance of consistency, intentional posting, and creating a content plan that includes connection, education, and proof. Heather provides practical examples and tips to help stylists build trust, showcase their expertise, and engage with their audience effectively.</p><h4><strong>Chapters</strong></h4><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>00:00:00 Introduction to Social Media Strategy</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>00:03:00 Creating a Content Plan</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>00:06:00 Building Trust and Engagement</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>00:09:00 Showcasing Expertise and Proof</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>00:12:00 Conclusion and Final Tips</li></ol><br/><h4><strong>Keywords</strong></h4><p>Hair Hustle Podcast, social media strategy, hairstylists, consistency, content plan, connection, education, proof, Heather Podlesney, salon marketing</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">1cd3f987-f9d7-4214-aee9-8225009caa59</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 30 Dec 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/1cd3f987-f9d7-4214-aee9-8225009caa59.mp3" length="7949810" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>16:34</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>64</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>64</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 63: The 20 Minute RESET</title><itunes:title>Episode 63: The 20 Minute RESET</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Follow @thehairhustle.podcast on IG and FB</p><p>FREE 20 Minute RESET Checklist <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/775121e5f1" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">HERE</a></p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesney reflects on the past year and introduces a simple 20-minute reset process for stylists and salon owners to prepare for the upcoming year. She emphasizes the importance of reviewing key business metrics, setting non-negotiables, and choosing a theme for the year to foster growth and productivity. Heather encourages listeners to take actionable steps to improve their business and personal development as they transition into the new year.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction and Year-End Reflections</p><p>02:36 The 20-Minute Year-End Reset Process</p><p>05:23 Identifying Key Business Metrics</p><p>07:49 Setting Non-Negotiables and Themes for the Year</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>hair, beauty, salon, business coaching, year-end reset, personal development, stylist strategies, salon owner tips, productivity, growth</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Follow @thehairhustle.podcast on IG and FB</p><p>FREE 20 Minute RESET Checklist <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/775121e5f1" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">HERE</a></p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesney reflects on the past year and introduces a simple 20-minute reset process for stylists and salon owners to prepare for the upcoming year. She emphasizes the importance of reviewing key business metrics, setting non-negotiables, and choosing a theme for the year to foster growth and productivity. Heather encourages listeners to take actionable steps to improve their business and personal development as they transition into the new year.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction and Year-End Reflections</p><p>02:36 The 20-Minute Year-End Reset Process</p><p>05:23 Identifying Key Business Metrics</p><p>07:49 Setting Non-Negotiables and Themes for the Year</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>hair, beauty, salon, business coaching, year-end reset, personal development, stylist strategies, salon owner tips, productivity, growth</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">8adc05c0-b48c-4918-9fed-005725b007db</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 23 Dec 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/8adc05c0-b48c-4918-9fed-005725b007db.mp3" length="5017200" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>10:27</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>63</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>63</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 62: Cheap is fast but definitely NOT FREE - Helping you be a better buyer in your business</title><itunes:title>Episode 62: Cheap is fast but definitely NOT FREE - Helping you be a better buyer in your business</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesney discusses the critical distinction between price and cost, emphasizing that the cheapest option may not always be the best choice for stylists and salon owners. She explores how purchasing decisions impact not only finances but also time and client experience. Heather encourages listeners to consider the long-term value of their purchases and to prioritize quality over price in order to enhance their business and client satisfaction.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:53 Understanding Price vs. Cost</p><p>02:29 The Impact of Cheap Options</p><p>07:56 Evaluating Value Over Price</p><p>11:46 Key Questions for Smart Purchases</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>hair salon, price vs cost, business strategies, salon management, client experience, value over price, beauty industry, stylist tips, financial advice, salon coaching</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesney discusses the critical distinction between price and cost, emphasizing that the cheapest option may not always be the best choice for stylists and salon owners. She explores how purchasing decisions impact not only finances but also time and client experience. Heather encourages listeners to consider the long-term value of their purchases and to prioritize quality over price in order to enhance their business and client satisfaction.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:53 Understanding Price vs. Cost</p><p>02:29 The Impact of Cheap Options</p><p>07:56 Evaluating Value Over Price</p><p>11:46 Key Questions for Smart Purchases</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>hair salon, price vs cost, business strategies, salon management, client experience, value over price, beauty industry, stylist tips, financial advice, salon coaching</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">9c1fd14a-c217-40a5-b7f1-1498a679dcae</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 16 Dec 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/9c1fd14a-c217-40a5-b7f1-1498a679dcae.mp3" length="6846607" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>14:16</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>62</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>62</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 61: The Shame Game Spiral</title><itunes:title>Episode 61: The Shame Game Spiral</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesny discusses the emotional challenges faced by stylists in the beauty industry, particularly the feelings of shame and vulnerability that can arise during slower business periods. She emphasizes the importance of tracking numbers to combat these feelings and encourages stylists to reframe their mindset regarding market changes. The conversation also touches on the impact of social media on perceptions of success and the necessity of adapting to a more sustainable business model.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:23 The Shame Game: Acknowledging Vulnerability</p><p>04:52 Understanding Industry Trends and Emotional Impact</p><p>09:59 Tracking Numbers: The Key to Overcoming Shame</p><p>12:08 Adjusting to Market Changes: Reframing Expectations</p><p>19:39 Strategies for Success: Embracing Change and Growth</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>Hair Hustle Podcast, beauty industry, shame, emotional impact, tracking numbers, market changes, sustainable business, salon strategies, stylist coaching, industry trends</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesny discusses the emotional challenges faced by stylists in the beauty industry, particularly the feelings of shame and vulnerability that can arise during slower business periods. She emphasizes the importance of tracking numbers to combat these feelings and encourages stylists to reframe their mindset regarding market changes. The conversation also touches on the impact of social media on perceptions of success and the necessity of adapting to a more sustainable business model.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:23 The Shame Game: Acknowledging Vulnerability</p><p>04:52 Understanding Industry Trends and Emotional Impact</p><p>09:59 Tracking Numbers: The Key to Overcoming Shame</p><p>12:08 Adjusting to Market Changes: Reframing Expectations</p><p>19:39 Strategies for Success: Embracing Change and Growth</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>Hair Hustle Podcast, beauty industry, shame, emotional impact, tracking numbers, market changes, sustainable business, salon strategies, stylist coaching, industry trends</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">894274f4-6b54-4c7b-9e9b-e5149bef1afd</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 09 Dec 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/894274f4-6b54-4c7b-9e9b-e5149bef1afd.mp3" length="10644602" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:11</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>61</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>61</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 60: Leading YOU - When you don&apos;t think you are a LEADER!</title><itunes:title>Episode 60: Leading YOU - When you don&apos;t think you are a LEADER!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Host Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Contact Heather Spencer: heather@spencergellisesalon.com</p><p>Heather Spencer's Leadership Workbook &amp; Freebie:<a href="https://stan.store/heatherspencer?utm_source=ig&amp;utm_medium=social&amp;utm_content=link_in_bio&amp;fbclid=PAZXh0bgNhZW0CMTEAc3J0YwZhcHBfaWQMMjU2MjgxMDQwNTU4AAGnIAlkqJ7bwD2dx6tBdVFtoSFOVGfrIKvinMKQEQdUSOmRCK98Q4M399qloXU_aem_NPh5yBrD7TcDvDSsXOMK8g" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"> HERE</a></p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesney welcomes Heather Spencer, a seasoned beauty industry professional with over 27 years of experience. They discuss the importance of leadership in the salon environment, emphasizing the need for self-leadership as a foundation for leading others. Heather shares her journey from stylist to salon owner and educator, highlighting the challenges and lessons learned along the way. The conversation also touches on daily habits to avoid burnout, the significance of mindset, and the balance between family and career. Heather offers insights on establishing non-negotiables in life and the importance of setting boundaries to protect one's energy. The episode concludes with Heather introducing her leadership workbook, designed to help others define their leadership style and goals.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:13 Heather Spencer's Journey in the Beauty Industry</p><p>03:50 The Importance of Leadership in the Salon</p><p>05:07 Leading Yourself First: The Foundation of Leadership</p><p>09:27 Daily Habits for Stylists to Avoid Burnout</p><p>12:02 Mindset and Energy in Client Interactions</p><p>19:05 Problem Solving as a Key Leadership Skill</p><p>21:51 Balancing Family and Leadership in the Beauty Industry</p><p>25:44 The Trade-Offs of Flexibility</p><p>28:00 Navigating Corporate Challenges</p><p>29:54 The Journey of an Educator</p><p>36:29 Establishing Non-Negotiables</p><p>42:25 Setting Boundaries and Managing Energy</p><p>46:45 Leadership Workbook Insights</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>leadership, salon, beauty industry, self-care, burnout, family balance, daily habits, problem solving, non-negotiables, hairstylist</p><p><br></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Host Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Contact Heather Spencer: heather@spencergellisesalon.com</p><p>Heather Spencer's Leadership Workbook &amp; Freebie:<a href="https://stan.store/heatherspencer?utm_source=ig&amp;utm_medium=social&amp;utm_content=link_in_bio&amp;fbclid=PAZXh0bgNhZW0CMTEAc3J0YwZhcHBfaWQMMjU2MjgxMDQwNTU4AAGnIAlkqJ7bwD2dx6tBdVFtoSFOVGfrIKvinMKQEQdUSOmRCK98Q4M399qloXU_aem_NPh5yBrD7TcDvDSsXOMK8g" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"> HERE</a></p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesney welcomes Heather Spencer, a seasoned beauty industry professional with over 27 years of experience. They discuss the importance of leadership in the salon environment, emphasizing the need for self-leadership as a foundation for leading others. Heather shares her journey from stylist to salon owner and educator, highlighting the challenges and lessons learned along the way. The conversation also touches on daily habits to avoid burnout, the significance of mindset, and the balance between family and career. Heather offers insights on establishing non-negotiables in life and the importance of setting boundaries to protect one's energy. The episode concludes with Heather introducing her leadership workbook, designed to help others define their leadership style and goals.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:13 Heather Spencer's Journey in the Beauty Industry</p><p>03:50 The Importance of Leadership in the Salon</p><p>05:07 Leading Yourself First: The Foundation of Leadership</p><p>09:27 Daily Habits for Stylists to Avoid Burnout</p><p>12:02 Mindset and Energy in Client Interactions</p><p>19:05 Problem Solving as a Key Leadership Skill</p><p>21:51 Balancing Family and Leadership in the Beauty Industry</p><p>25:44 The Trade-Offs of Flexibility</p><p>28:00 Navigating Corporate Challenges</p><p>29:54 The Journey of an Educator</p><p>36:29 Establishing Non-Negotiables</p><p>42:25 Setting Boundaries and Managing Energy</p><p>46:45 Leadership Workbook Insights</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>leadership, salon, beauty industry, self-care, burnout, family balance, daily habits, problem solving, non-negotiables, hairstylist</p><p><br></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">3a718c1a-36ec-4f68-b926-a0b0637b2282</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 02 Dec 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/3a718c1a-36ec-4f68-b926-a0b0637b2282.mp3" length="23571244" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>49:06</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>60</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>60</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 59: The $1,000 Hour - What is draining you?</title><itunes:title>Episode 59: The $1,000 Hour - What is draining you?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Summary</p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, Heather Podlesney discusses the importance of energy management for stylists, particularly during the busy holiday season. She introduces the concept of the $1,000 hour, emphasizing that stylists should value their time and energy as they would their earnings. Heather encourages listeners to identify energy leaks, set boundaries, and implement strategies to recharge and prevent burnout. The episode serves as a reminder for stylists to prioritize their well-being while navigating the demands of their profession.</p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Energy Management</p><p>00:22 Understanding the $1,000 Hour Mindset</p><p>01:54 Protecting Your Energy</p><p>03:59 Identifying Energy Leaks</p><p>05:38 Strategies to Recharge and Refocus</p><p>Keywords</p><p>energy management, $1000 hour, salon business, boundaries, burnout prevention, time management, self-care, productivity, salon strategies, holiday season</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Summary</p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, Heather Podlesney discusses the importance of energy management for stylists, particularly during the busy holiday season. She introduces the concept of the $1,000 hour, emphasizing that stylists should value their time and energy as they would their earnings. Heather encourages listeners to identify energy leaks, set boundaries, and implement strategies to recharge and prevent burnout. The episode serves as a reminder for stylists to prioritize their well-being while navigating the demands of their profession.</p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Energy Management</p><p>00:22 Understanding the $1,000 Hour Mindset</p><p>01:54 Protecting Your Energy</p><p>03:59 Identifying Energy Leaks</p><p>05:38 Strategies to Recharge and Refocus</p><p>Keywords</p><p>energy management, $1000 hour, salon business, boundaries, burnout prevention, time management, self-care, productivity, salon strategies, holiday season</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">5b623231-064e-48f1-9895-ffe0360238cb</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 25 Nov 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/5b623231-064e-48f1-9895-ffe0360238cb.mp3" length="3840853" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>08:00</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>59</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>59</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 58: Winging it vs WINNING it</title><itunes:title>Episode 58: Winging it vs WINNING it</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesny discusses the importance of planning and organization for stylists, especially during the chaotic holiday season. She emphasizes the need to transition from merely surviving to thriving by implementing effective scheduling and administrative practices. Heather introduces the 80-20 rule, encouraging stylists to focus on the most impactful tasks to enhance their productivity and well-being. The episode concludes with a motivational call to action for listeners to take control of their schedules and start winning instead of winging it.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:28 Navigating the Holiday Chaos</p><p>01:13 From Surviving to Thriving</p><p>02:37 The Importance of Planning</p><p>04:29 Implementing the 80-20 Rule</p><p>06:10 Conclusion and Call to Action</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>hair hustle, salon business, planning, productivity, holiday season, stylist tips, time management, thriving, admin work, 80-20 rule</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesny discusses the importance of planning and organization for stylists, especially during the chaotic holiday season. She emphasizes the need to transition from merely surviving to thriving by implementing effective scheduling and administrative practices. Heather introduces the 80-20 rule, encouraging stylists to focus on the most impactful tasks to enhance their productivity and well-being. The episode concludes with a motivational call to action for listeners to take control of their schedules and start winning instead of winging it.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:28 Navigating the Holiday Chaos</p><p>01:13 From Surviving to Thriving</p><p>02:37 The Importance of Planning</p><p>04:29 Implementing the 80-20 Rule</p><p>06:10 Conclusion and Call to Action</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>hair hustle, salon business, planning, productivity, holiday season, stylist tips, time management, thriving, admin work, 80-20 rule</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">0dce06bb-878c-4d85-8692-e18aa4c39616</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 18 Nov 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/0dce06bb-878c-4d85-8692-e18aa4c39616.mp3" length="2956243" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>06:10</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>58</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>58</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 57: The Daily BIG THREE - Pick 3 Simple Things Everyday to take control of your life!</title><itunes:title>Episode 57: The Daily BIG THREE - Pick 3 Simple Things Everyday to take control of your life!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Link to full focus planner: <a href="https://amzn.to/3JY3Mdc" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">HERE</a></p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesney discusses the importance of organization and time management for salon owners and busy professionals. She introduces the 'Big Three' method, a strategy designed to help individuals prioritize their tasks and reduce feelings of overwhelm. Heather emphasizes the significance of brain dumping to clear mental clutter and shares practical tips for implementing the Big Three in daily life. The episode concludes with encouragement to share the method with others who may benefit from improved organization.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:25 Feeling Overwhelmed: The Need for Organization</p><p>01:43 The Big Three: A Time Management Strategy</p><p>03:53 The Importance of Prioritizing Tasks</p><p>05:36 Brain Dump: Clearing Mental Clutter</p><p>08:05 Creating Your Running List</p><p>10:00 Conclusion and Call to Action</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>organization, time management, salon owners, productivity, big three method, mental clarity, overwhelm, planning, business strategies, self-care</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Link to full focus planner: <a href="https://amzn.to/3JY3Mdc" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">HERE</a></p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesney discusses the importance of organization and time management for salon owners and busy professionals. She introduces the 'Big Three' method, a strategy designed to help individuals prioritize their tasks and reduce feelings of overwhelm. Heather emphasizes the significance of brain dumping to clear mental clutter and shares practical tips for implementing the Big Three in daily life. The episode concludes with encouragement to share the method with others who may benefit from improved organization.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:25 Feeling Overwhelmed: The Need for Organization</p><p>01:43 The Big Three: A Time Management Strategy</p><p>03:53 The Importance of Prioritizing Tasks</p><p>05:36 Brain Dump: Clearing Mental Clutter</p><p>08:05 Creating Your Running List</p><p>10:00 Conclusion and Call to Action</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>organization, time management, salon owners, productivity, big three method, mental clarity, overwhelm, planning, business strategies, self-care</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">4fdf6aa4-3e8c-408d-bda9-e06a20d3309a</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 11 Nov 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/4fdf6aa4-3e8c-408d-bda9-e06a20d3309a.mp3" length="4994839" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>10:24</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>57</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>57</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 56: Chair Money - What Every Stylist Should Track Monthly</title><itunes:title>Episode 56: Chair Money - What Every Stylist Should Track Monthly</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>FREE Take Control of your Money Worksheet <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/c9f316e834" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">HERE</a></p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, Heather Podlesney discusses the concept of 'chair money'—the income stylists retain after expenses. She emphasizes the importance of tracking finances, understanding income allocation, and managing expenses effectively. Heather provides practical advice on how to categorize income and expenses into three buckets, ensuring stylists can maintain financial health and achieve their goals. The episode concludes with tips on establishing a routine for financial tracking to reduce stress and enhance business management.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Chair Money</p><p>01:27 Understanding Chair Money</p><p>03:48 Tracking Your Income and Expenses</p><p>08:03 The Three Buckets of Financial Management</p><p>11:09 Using Data to Make Informed Decisions</p><p>15:45 Establishing a Routine for Financial Tracking</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>chair money, financial tracking, salon business, independent stylist, budgeting, salon expenses, income management, stylist coaching, salon profitability, salon growth</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>FREE Take Control of your Money Worksheet <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/c9f316e834" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">HERE</a></p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, Heather Podlesney discusses the concept of 'chair money'—the income stylists retain after expenses. She emphasizes the importance of tracking finances, understanding income allocation, and managing expenses effectively. Heather provides practical advice on how to categorize income and expenses into three buckets, ensuring stylists can maintain financial health and achieve their goals. The episode concludes with tips on establishing a routine for financial tracking to reduce stress and enhance business management.</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Chair Money</p><p>01:27 Understanding Chair Money</p><p>03:48 Tracking Your Income and Expenses</p><p>08:03 The Three Buckets of Financial Management</p><p>11:09 Using Data to Make Informed Decisions</p><p>15:45 Establishing a Routine for Financial Tracking</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>chair money, financial tracking, salon business, independent stylist, budgeting, salon expenses, income management, stylist coaching, salon profitability, salon growth</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">e0c47894-f618-4df0-a7ec-05fb2b627940</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 04 Nov 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/e0c47894-f618-4df0-a7ec-05fb2b627940.mp3" length="8875172" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>18:29</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>56</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>56</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 55: Mindfulness - What it means to you &amp; How to apply it</title><itunes:title>Episode 55: Mindfulness - What it means to you &amp; How to apply it</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Interested in the $59 offer mentioned today? - Contact Joe! </p><p>Contact Joe via email: joesileo1@gmail.com </p><p>Contact Joe via phone: 201-739-0548</p><p>Do Good Consulting Website: <a href="https://dogoodconsulting.co/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://dogoodconsulting.co/</a></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesney welcomes Joe Sileo, a seasoned professional in the beauty industry, to discuss the importance of mindfulness, human connection, and personal development for stylists and salon owners. Joe shares insights from his extensive experience in training and development, emphasizing the need for stylists to connect with their clients and avoid burnout through mindful practices. He introduces his upcoming program, 'Finish Strong, Start Unstoppable,' designed to help participants set and achieve their goals for the upcoming year while maintaining a balanced approach to their personal and professional lives.</p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>02:35 Meet Joe Sileo: A Journey in Beauty Industry Training</p><p>04:58 The Importance of Human Potential in the Beauty Industry</p><p>10:24 Mindfulness: A Tool for Personal and Professional Growth</p><p>16:51 Avoiding Burnout: Mindfulness Strategies for Stylists</p><p>23:39 Mindful Planning: Finishing Strong and Starting Unstoppable</p><p>32:53 The Journey of Connection and Reflection</p><p>34:29 Nuggets of Wisdom: Staying Focused and Present</p><p>36:46 The Importance of Connection in the Industry</p><p>39:31 Letting Go: The Art of Not Picking Up Others' Burdens</p><p>40:33 Moving Forward: Strategies for Progress</p><p>44:41 Creating a Culture of Support: The Eight-Minute Rule</p><p>46:17 Mindful Program Launch: Preparing for Success</p><p>49:20 The Value of Information: Simplifying Learning</p><p>52:08 Creating Unique Experiences in the Salon Industry</p><p>55:26 Surviving and Thriving: Building Momentum for 2026</p><p>57:56 Procrastination: A Path to Mindfulness and Clarity</p><p>Keywords</p><p>Hair Hustle, beauty industry, mindfulness, salon owners, stylist training, Joe Sileo, burnout, human connection, personal development, salon culture</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Interested in the $59 offer mentioned today? - Contact Joe! </p><p>Contact Joe via email: joesileo1@gmail.com </p><p>Contact Joe via phone: 201-739-0548</p><p>Do Good Consulting Website: <a href="https://dogoodconsulting.co/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://dogoodconsulting.co/</a></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesney welcomes Joe Sileo, a seasoned professional in the beauty industry, to discuss the importance of mindfulness, human connection, and personal development for stylists and salon owners. Joe shares insights from his extensive experience in training and development, emphasizing the need for stylists to connect with their clients and avoid burnout through mindful practices. He introduces his upcoming program, 'Finish Strong, Start Unstoppable,' designed to help participants set and achieve their goals for the upcoming year while maintaining a balanced approach to their personal and professional lives.</p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>02:35 Meet Joe Sileo: A Journey in Beauty Industry Training</p><p>04:58 The Importance of Human Potential in the Beauty Industry</p><p>10:24 Mindfulness: A Tool for Personal and Professional Growth</p><p>16:51 Avoiding Burnout: Mindfulness Strategies for Stylists</p><p>23:39 Mindful Planning: Finishing Strong and Starting Unstoppable</p><p>32:53 The Journey of Connection and Reflection</p><p>34:29 Nuggets of Wisdom: Staying Focused and Present</p><p>36:46 The Importance of Connection in the Industry</p><p>39:31 Letting Go: The Art of Not Picking Up Others' Burdens</p><p>40:33 Moving Forward: Strategies for Progress</p><p>44:41 Creating a Culture of Support: The Eight-Minute Rule</p><p>46:17 Mindful Program Launch: Preparing for Success</p><p>49:20 The Value of Information: Simplifying Learning</p><p>52:08 Creating Unique Experiences in the Salon Industry</p><p>55:26 Surviving and Thriving: Building Momentum for 2026</p><p>57:56 Procrastination: A Path to Mindfulness and Clarity</p><p>Keywords</p><p>Hair Hustle, beauty industry, mindfulness, salon owners, stylist training, Joe Sileo, burnout, human connection, personal development, salon culture</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">3a71ceba-b60b-45cb-a1c6-fe93259a2e29</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 28 Oct 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/3a71ceba-b60b-45cb-a1c6-fe93259a2e29.mp3" length="28172974" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>58:42</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>55</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>55</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 54: You&apos;re Not Burnt Out - Social Media Edition</title><itunes:title>Episode 54: You&apos;re Not Burnt Out - Social Media Edition</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/e347b6d88c" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Dream Client Exercise</a></p><p><a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/133031041f" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Holiday EVERYTHING Guide</a></p><p>Summary</p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, Heather Podlesney addresses the prevalent issue of social media burnout among stylists. She shares her personal experiences and insights on the challenges of content creation, emphasizing that feeling burnt out is common and not a reflection of one's abilities. Heather discusses various triggers of burnout, such as posting without purpose and the dangers of comparison, and offers practical strategies to combat these feelings. She encourages listeners to create content with intention, focus on connection rather than perfection, and provides creative content ideas to inspire engagement and growth in their social media presence.</p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Social Media Burnout</p><p>07:20 Identifying Burnout Triggers</p><p>14:18 Strategies to Combat Burnout</p><p>18:07 Creating with Purpose and Planning</p><p>24:39 Inspiration and Series Ideas</p><p><br></p><p>Keywords</p><p>social media burnout, content creation, hairstylist tips, salon marketing, social media strategies, creative content, burnout triggers, salon business, social media tips, hairstylist community</p><p><br></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/e347b6d88c" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Dream Client Exercise</a></p><p><a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/133031041f" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Holiday EVERYTHING Guide</a></p><p>Summary</p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, Heather Podlesney addresses the prevalent issue of social media burnout among stylists. She shares her personal experiences and insights on the challenges of content creation, emphasizing that feeling burnt out is common and not a reflection of one's abilities. Heather discusses various triggers of burnout, such as posting without purpose and the dangers of comparison, and offers practical strategies to combat these feelings. She encourages listeners to create content with intention, focus on connection rather than perfection, and provides creative content ideas to inspire engagement and growth in their social media presence.</p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Social Media Burnout</p><p>07:20 Identifying Burnout Triggers</p><p>14:18 Strategies to Combat Burnout</p><p>18:07 Creating with Purpose and Planning</p><p>24:39 Inspiration and Series Ideas</p><p><br></p><p>Keywords</p><p>social media burnout, content creation, hairstylist tips, salon marketing, social media strategies, creative content, burnout triggers, salon business, social media tips, hairstylist community</p><p><br></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">f9a7c03d-1851-43cd-816d-b60f375b6fc9</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 21 Oct 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/f9a7c03d-1851-43cd-816d-b60f375b6fc9.mp3" length="13420269" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>27:58</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>54</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>54</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 53: A Decade of Changes or Evolving?  You pick!</title><itunes:title>Episode 53: A Decade of Changes or Evolving?  You pick!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, Heather Podlesney discusses the enduring principles in the beauty industry that have remained constant despite changes over the years. She emphasizes the importance of relationships and connections with clients, the power of word-of-mouth referrals, the necessity of mastering one's craft, the reality of hard work behind the chair, and the significance of key indicators in salon business. Heather provides insights and tough love for stylists looking to thrive in their careers while maintaining a focus on what truly matters in the industry.</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>02:47 Tried and True Principles in the Beauty Industry</p><p>04:12 The Importance of Relationships and Connections</p><p>07:02 The Power of Word of Mouth Referrals</p><p>08:30 Mastering Your Craft: Skills That Matter</p><p>12:55 The Reality of Hard Work Behind the Chair</p><p>16:16 Key Indicators in Salon Business</p><p><br></p><p>hair hustle, salon business, beauty industry, relationships, referrals, craft mastery, hard work, key indicators, coaching, stylist success</p><p><br></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, Heather Podlesney discusses the enduring principles in the beauty industry that have remained constant despite changes over the years. She emphasizes the importance of relationships and connections with clients, the power of word-of-mouth referrals, the necessity of mastering one's craft, the reality of hard work behind the chair, and the significance of key indicators in salon business. Heather provides insights and tough love for stylists looking to thrive in their careers while maintaining a focus on what truly matters in the industry.</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>02:47 Tried and True Principles in the Beauty Industry</p><p>04:12 The Importance of Relationships and Connections</p><p>07:02 The Power of Word of Mouth Referrals</p><p>08:30 Mastering Your Craft: Skills That Matter</p><p>12:55 The Reality of Hard Work Behind the Chair</p><p>16:16 Key Indicators in Salon Business</p><p><br></p><p>hair hustle, salon business, beauty industry, relationships, referrals, craft mastery, hard work, key indicators, coaching, stylist success</p><p><br></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">78293cb9-db8f-4f0b-9035-2c5b2d746193</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 14 Oct 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/78293cb9-db8f-4f0b-9035-2c5b2d746193.mp3" length="10904782" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:43</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>53</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>53</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 52: Then vs Now - The Biggest Differences when working Behind the Chair</title><itunes:title>Episode 52: Then vs Now - The Biggest Differences when working Behind the Chair</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Changes in the Beauty Industry</p><p>03:50 The Impact of Social Media and Marketing</p><p>06:27 Advancements in Technology and Online Booking</p><p>07:47 Evolution of Education and Accessibility</p><p>12:05 Shifting Client Expectations</p><p>15:23 Changes in Product Technology and Processing Times</p><p>Keywords</p><p>beauty industry, social media, marketing, technology, client expectations, education, product technology, salon business, hairstyling, coaching</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Changes in the Beauty Industry</p><p>03:50 The Impact of Social Media and Marketing</p><p>06:27 Advancements in Technology and Online Booking</p><p>07:47 Evolution of Education and Accessibility</p><p>12:05 Shifting Client Expectations</p><p>15:23 Changes in Product Technology and Processing Times</p><p>Keywords</p><p>beauty industry, social media, marketing, technology, client expectations, education, product technology, salon business, hairstyling, coaching</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">d13f6631-b0ad-40e5-820a-74ea76e26c64</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 07 Oct 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/d13f6631-b0ad-40e5-820a-74ea76e26c64.mp3" length="10235629" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:19</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>52</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>52</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 51: When the Dream Team Ends - The End to My Corporate Journey</title><itunes:title>Episode 51: When the Dream Team Ends - The End to My Corporate Journey</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Journey</p><p>04:33 Leaving Corporate America</p><p>09:05 The Dream Job in Sales</p><p>15:38 The Impact of COVID-19</p><p>27:52 Realizations and Reflections</p><p>30:36 Navigating Corporate Challenges</p><p>35:12 Personal Transformations and New Beginnings</p><p>39:58 Facing Uncertainty and Change</p><p>45:55 Decisions and Reflections</p><p>52:32 Lessons Learned and Moving Forward</p><p>Keywords</p><p>beauty industry, corporate life, personal growth, career change, salon business, emotional journey, COVID-19 impact, entrepreneurship, self-care, empowerment</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Journey</p><p>04:33 Leaving Corporate America</p><p>09:05 The Dream Job in Sales</p><p>15:38 The Impact of COVID-19</p><p>27:52 Realizations and Reflections</p><p>30:36 Navigating Corporate Challenges</p><p>35:12 Personal Transformations and New Beginnings</p><p>39:58 Facing Uncertainty and Change</p><p>45:55 Decisions and Reflections</p><p>52:32 Lessons Learned and Moving Forward</p><p>Keywords</p><p>beauty industry, corporate life, personal growth, career change, salon business, emotional journey, COVID-19 impact, entrepreneurship, self-care, empowerment</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">3383243e-a413-4902-9b1b-18a335cc234d</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 30 Sep 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/3383243e-a413-4902-9b1b-18a335cc234d.mp3" length="30139472" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>01:02:47</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>51</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>51</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 50: Pt 4 Holiday Series - How to Track your Holiday Progress</title><itunes:title>Episode 50: Pt 4 Holiday Series - How to Track your Holiday Progress</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>LINK TO FREEBIE <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/133031041f" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/133031041f</a></p><p>LINK TO PLAYBOOK <a href="https://www.heatherpod.com/product-page/retail-promo-playbook" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Retail  Promo Playbook for $69</a></p><p><strong><em>Takeaways</em></strong></p><p>Tracking is essential for success in salon businesses.</p><p>What gets measured gets managed; it's crucial to track performance.</p><p>Retail is not just extra profit; it matters for every salon.</p><p>Gift cards can significantly boost cash flow and attract new clients.</p><p>Incentives can energize teams and enhance the holiday experience.</p><p>Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) should be established and monitored.</p><p>Setting a baseline helps in comparing future performance.</p><p>A holiday roadmap and checklist can streamline planning.</p><p>January can be a productive month with the right strategies.</p><p>Continuous improvement is key; always aim to beat your previous performance.</p><p><strong><em>Chapters</em></strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Holiday Series</p><p>01:01 The Importance of Tracking in Business</p><p>01:48 Team Incentives and Planning for Success</p><p>03:43 Recap of Previous Episodes</p><p>06:48 Understanding Key Performance Indicators</p><p>08:39 Setting Up for the Holiday Season</p><p>14:51 Creating a Holiday Roadmap</p><p>17:42 Preparing for January and February</p><p>20:23 Conclusion and Next Steps</p><p><strong><em>Keywords</em></strong></p><p>salon business, holiday strategies, tracking performance, retail sales, gift cards, salon incentives, beauty industry, business coaching, salon success, holiday planning</p><p><br></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>LINK TO FREEBIE <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/133031041f" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/133031041f</a></p><p>LINK TO PLAYBOOK <a href="https://www.heatherpod.com/product-page/retail-promo-playbook" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Retail  Promo Playbook for $69</a></p><p><strong><em>Takeaways</em></strong></p><p>Tracking is essential for success in salon businesses.</p><p>What gets measured gets managed; it's crucial to track performance.</p><p>Retail is not just extra profit; it matters for every salon.</p><p>Gift cards can significantly boost cash flow and attract new clients.</p><p>Incentives can energize teams and enhance the holiday experience.</p><p>Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) should be established and monitored.</p><p>Setting a baseline helps in comparing future performance.</p><p>A holiday roadmap and checklist can streamline planning.</p><p>January can be a productive month with the right strategies.</p><p>Continuous improvement is key; always aim to beat your previous performance.</p><p><strong><em>Chapters</em></strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Holiday Series</p><p>01:01 The Importance of Tracking in Business</p><p>01:48 Team Incentives and Planning for Success</p><p>03:43 Recap of Previous Episodes</p><p>06:48 Understanding Key Performance Indicators</p><p>08:39 Setting Up for the Holiday Season</p><p>14:51 Creating a Holiday Roadmap</p><p>17:42 Preparing for January and February</p><p>20:23 Conclusion and Next Steps</p><p><strong><em>Keywords</em></strong></p><p>salon business, holiday strategies, tracking performance, retail sales, gift cards, salon incentives, beauty industry, business coaching, salon success, holiday planning</p><p><br></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">f6b58f96-1f37-42bc-9ca0-e02d67852a14</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 23 Sep 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/f6b58f96-1f37-42bc-9ca0-e02d67852a14.mp3" length="11665467" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>24:18</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>50</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>50</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 49: Holiday Series Pt 3 - Make MORE Money this Holiday with Business Boosters</title><itunes:title>Episode 49: Holiday Series Pt 3 - Make MORE Money this Holiday with Business Boosters</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/133031041f" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">FREE Holiday Plan!!!</a></p><p><a href="https://www.heatherpod.com/product-page/retail-promo-playbook" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Retail Promo Playbook</a></p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, Heather Podlesney discusses effective strategies for salon owners and stylists to boost their business during the holiday season. She emphasizes the importance of beauty business boosters, including holiday menus, add-ons, team incentives, and creating a festive experience for clients. Heather provides actionable ideas for service menus, effective add-on services, and incentives for both guests and team members, all aimed at enhancing the salon experience and increasing revenue. The episode concludes with a call to action for listeners to implement these strategies and share the podcast with others in the beauty industry.</p><p><strong>Takeaways</strong></p><p>Beauty business boosters are essential for increasing service revenue.</p><p>Holiday menus and add-ons can enhance client experience.</p><p>Creating a festive atmosphere encourages spending.</p><p>Team incentives improve morale and engagement.</p><p>Service menus should include seasonal options.</p><p>Small add-on services can significantly increase revenue.</p><p>Use AI to help create effective scripts for promotions.</p><p>Incentives for guests can drive sales and loyalty.</p><p>Simple gestures can make a big impact on team motivation.</p><p>Sharing knowledge and resources benefits the entire salon community.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Beauty Business Boosters</p><p>02:46 Holiday Menus and Add-Ons</p><p>05:46 Creating a Festive Experience</p><p>08:42 Team Incentives and Morale</p><p>11:38 Service Menu Ideas</p><p>14:45 Effective Add-On Services</p><p>17:14 Utilizing AI for Marketing</p><p>20:17 Guest and Team Incentives</p><p>23:07 Wrapping Up and Future Steps</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>beauty business, salon strategies, holiday promotions, service add-ons, team incentives, client experience, retail strategies, salon management, beauty industry tips, holiday season planning</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/133031041f" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">FREE Holiday Plan!!!</a></p><p><a href="https://www.heatherpod.com/product-page/retail-promo-playbook" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Retail Promo Playbook</a></p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, Heather Podlesney discusses effective strategies for salon owners and stylists to boost their business during the holiday season. She emphasizes the importance of beauty business boosters, including holiday menus, add-ons, team incentives, and creating a festive experience for clients. Heather provides actionable ideas for service menus, effective add-on services, and incentives for both guests and team members, all aimed at enhancing the salon experience and increasing revenue. The episode concludes with a call to action for listeners to implement these strategies and share the podcast with others in the beauty industry.</p><p><strong>Takeaways</strong></p><p>Beauty business boosters are essential for increasing service revenue.</p><p>Holiday menus and add-ons can enhance client experience.</p><p>Creating a festive atmosphere encourages spending.</p><p>Team incentives improve morale and engagement.</p><p>Service menus should include seasonal options.</p><p>Small add-on services can significantly increase revenue.</p><p>Use AI to help create effective scripts for promotions.</p><p>Incentives for guests can drive sales and loyalty.</p><p>Simple gestures can make a big impact on team motivation.</p><p>Sharing knowledge and resources benefits the entire salon community.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to Beauty Business Boosters</p><p>02:46 Holiday Menus and Add-Ons</p><p>05:46 Creating a Festive Experience</p><p>08:42 Team Incentives and Morale</p><p>11:38 Service Menu Ideas</p><p>14:45 Effective Add-On Services</p><p>17:14 Utilizing AI for Marketing</p><p>20:17 Guest and Team Incentives</p><p>23:07 Wrapping Up and Future Steps</p><p><strong>Keywords</strong></p><p>beauty business, salon strategies, holiday promotions, service add-ons, team incentives, client experience, retail strategies, salon management, beauty industry tips, holiday season planning</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">fe78e1f1-106b-44f1-bbb2-77545b4c9051</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 16 Sep 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/fe78e1f1-106b-44f1-bbb2-77545b4c9051.mp3" length="12795838" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>26:39</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>49</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>49</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 48: Salon Holiday Series Pt 2 - Why You Need Gift Cards</title><itunes:title>Episode 48: Salon Holiday Series Pt 2 - Why You Need Gift Cards</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Holiday Fool Proof Roadmap: <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/133031041f" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/133031041f</a></p><p>Here are the show notes for your Apple Podcasts episode on the Hair Hustle Podcast:</p><p><strong>Title: The Power of Gift Cards in the Salon Industry</strong></p><p>Episode Description: In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesney dives into the world of gift cards and their impact on salon businesses. Discover why gift cards are a game-changer for both small and large salons, and learn strategies to maximize their potential. Heather shares eye-opening statistics, promotional tactics, and tips on managing gift card revenue effectively. Whether you're an independent stylist or a salon owner, this episode is packed with insights to boost your business during the holiday season.</p><p>Key Takeaways:</p><p>Gift card sales in beauty and wellness are up 20% year over year. The average spend on a gift card is $142, with 25% of redemptions from new clients. Strategies for organizing gift card revenue and promotional ideas to increase sales. Importance of National Use Your Gift Card Day and how to leverage it.</p><p>Call to Action: Don't miss out on the opportunity to grow your salon business with gift cards. Share this episode with fellow stylists and salon owners, and start implementing these strategies today!</p><p>Hashtags: #HairHustlePodcast #SalonSuccess #GiftCardStrategy</p><p><br></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Holiday Fool Proof Roadmap: <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/133031041f" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/133031041f</a></p><p>Here are the show notes for your Apple Podcasts episode on the Hair Hustle Podcast:</p><p><strong>Title: The Power of Gift Cards in the Salon Industry</strong></p><p>Episode Description: In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesney dives into the world of gift cards and their impact on salon businesses. Discover why gift cards are a game-changer for both small and large salons, and learn strategies to maximize their potential. Heather shares eye-opening statistics, promotional tactics, and tips on managing gift card revenue effectively. Whether you're an independent stylist or a salon owner, this episode is packed with insights to boost your business during the holiday season.</p><p>Key Takeaways:</p><p>Gift card sales in beauty and wellness are up 20% year over year. The average spend on a gift card is $142, with 25% of redemptions from new clients. Strategies for organizing gift card revenue and promotional ideas to increase sales. Importance of National Use Your Gift Card Day and how to leverage it.</p><p>Call to Action: Don't miss out on the opportunity to grow your salon business with gift cards. Share this episode with fellow stylists and salon owners, and start implementing these strategies today!</p><p>Hashtags: #HairHustlePodcast #SalonSuccess #GiftCardStrategy</p><p><br></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">6369baf3-11cf-470c-8640-d6b2e0443d81</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 09 Sep 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/6369baf3-11cf-470c-8640-d6b2e0443d81.mp3" length="9201598" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:10</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>48</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>48</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 47 The Holiday Series Pt 1: Why You Need Retail This Holiday Season</title><itunes:title>Episode 47 The Holiday Series Pt 1: Why You Need Retail This Holiday Season</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>2025 Holiday Guide: <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/133031041f" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/133031041f</a></p><p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Welcome to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:57 The Importance of Holiday Strategy</p><p>07:14 Retail: A Key to Salon Success</p><p>11:38 Understanding Retail Statistics</p><p>20:06 Setting Targets for Holiday Retail</p><p>25:45 Planning Your Inventory</p><p>31:59 Creating a Marketing Calendar</p><p>36:08 Looking Ahead: Future Episodes</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>2025 Holiday Guide: <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/133031041f" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/133031041f</a></p><p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Welcome to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:57 The Importance of Holiday Strategy</p><p>07:14 Retail: A Key to Salon Success</p><p>11:38 Understanding Retail Statistics</p><p>20:06 Setting Targets for Holiday Retail</p><p>25:45 Planning Your Inventory</p><p>31:59 Creating a Marketing Calendar</p><p>36:08 Looking Ahead: Future Episodes</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">de11104e-2ac2-4e0a-b172-6f34ae6b44a7</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 02 Sep 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/de11104e-2ac2-4e0a-b172-6f34ae6b44a7.mp3" length="15398261" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>32:05</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>47</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>47</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 46: Raise Your Prices, NOT Your Anxiety</title><itunes:title>Episode 46: Raise Your Prices, NOT Your Anxiety</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather with questions, topic ideas or coaching at helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:22 Understanding the Anxiety of Raising Prices</p><p>03:35 Personal Experiences with Pricing Strategies</p><p>06:26 The Shift from Bundling to A La Carte Pricing</p><p>09:19 Recognizing the Right Time to Raise Prices</p><p>12:07 Letting Go of Money Anxiety</p><p>14:12 Communicating Price Changes Effectively</p><p>17:40 Handling Client Pushback on Price Increases</p><p>29:38 Empowering Stylists to Raise Prices with Confidence</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather with questions, topic ideas or coaching at helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:22 Understanding the Anxiety of Raising Prices</p><p>03:35 Personal Experiences with Pricing Strategies</p><p>06:26 The Shift from Bundling to A La Carte Pricing</p><p>09:19 Recognizing the Right Time to Raise Prices</p><p>12:07 Letting Go of Money Anxiety</p><p>14:12 Communicating Price Changes Effectively</p><p>17:40 Handling Client Pushback on Price Increases</p><p>29:38 Empowering Stylists to Raise Prices with Confidence</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">89bc8767-b188-499e-8b8f-5d73c82943bf</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 26 Aug 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/89bc8767-b188-499e-8b8f-5d73c82943bf.mp3" length="14664533" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>30:33</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>46</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>46</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 45: The 90-Day Power Plan for Stylists</title><itunes:title>Episode 45: The 90-Day Power Plan for Stylists</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Episode 45: The 90-Day Power Plan for Stylists</strong></p><p>Episode Description: Join Heather Podlesney in Episode 45 of the Hair Hustle Podcast as she unveils the 90-Day Power Plan tailored for stylists. This episode is packed with actionable strategies to enhance your guest experience, optimize pre-booking systems, and boost your retail and upselling techniques. Heather shares insights on setting realistic financial goals and maintaining holiday boundaries, ensuring you hit the holiday rush with a full book and a healthy bank account.</p><p>Key Takeaways:</p><p>Focus on guest experience and pre-booking in September. Enhance retail systems and upselling in October. Control booking and set holiday boundaries in November. Set achievable financial goals and track progress weekly. Explore creative marketing ideas like the "Try Me" menu and pre-booking contests.</p><p>Next Episode Preview: Tune in next week for Episode 46, where Heather discusses raising your prices without raising your anxiety.</p><p>Contact: For questions or feedback, email Heather at helloheatherpod@gmail.com.</p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:50 Introducing the 90-Day Power Plan</p><p>02:42 Recap of Previous Episode and Mindset Shifts</p><p>03:28 Breaking Down the 90-Day Framework</p><p>05:31 September Focus: Guest Experience and Pre-Booking</p><p>09:59 October Focus: Retail and Upselling Strategies</p><p>12:48 November Focus: Booking Control and Holiday Boundaries</p><p>15:10 Setting Financial Goals for the Holiday Season</p><p>18:55 Marketing Ideas for Increased Sales</p><p>22:44 Client Appreciation and Gift Ideas</p><p>23:28 Conclusion and Next Episode Teaser</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Episode 45: The 90-Day Power Plan for Stylists</strong></p><p>Episode Description: Join Heather Podlesney in Episode 45 of the Hair Hustle Podcast as she unveils the 90-Day Power Plan tailored for stylists. This episode is packed with actionable strategies to enhance your guest experience, optimize pre-booking systems, and boost your retail and upselling techniques. Heather shares insights on setting realistic financial goals and maintaining holiday boundaries, ensuring you hit the holiday rush with a full book and a healthy bank account.</p><p>Key Takeaways:</p><p>Focus on guest experience and pre-booking in September. Enhance retail systems and upselling in October. Control booking and set holiday boundaries in November. Set achievable financial goals and track progress weekly. Explore creative marketing ideas like the "Try Me" menu and pre-booking contests.</p><p>Next Episode Preview: Tune in next week for Episode 46, where Heather discusses raising your prices without raising your anxiety.</p><p>Contact: For questions or feedback, email Heather at helloheatherpod@gmail.com.</p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:50 Introducing the 90-Day Power Plan</p><p>02:42 Recap of Previous Episode and Mindset Shifts</p><p>03:28 Breaking Down the 90-Day Framework</p><p>05:31 September Focus: Guest Experience and Pre-Booking</p><p>09:59 October Focus: Retail and Upselling Strategies</p><p>12:48 November Focus: Booking Control and Holiday Boundaries</p><p>15:10 Setting Financial Goals for the Holiday Season</p><p>18:55 Marketing Ideas for Increased Sales</p><p>22:44 Client Appreciation and Gift Ideas</p><p>23:28 Conclusion and Next Episode Teaser</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">dc10c466-f1e6-4278-a3f3-5eb15c88c927</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 19 Aug 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/dc10c466-f1e6-4278-a3f3-5eb15c88c927.mp3" length="11774137" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>24:32</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>2</itunes:season><itunes:episode>45</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>45</podcast:episode><podcast:season>2</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 44: SEASON 2 KICKOFF  The 2025 Mini Reset We ALL Need</title><itunes:title>Episode 44: SEASON 2 KICKOFF  The 2025 Mini Reset We ALL Need</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Take Control of Your Money FREEBIE: <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/c9f316e834" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/c9f316e834</a></p><p>00:00 Welcome to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:25 Mid-Year Reset: Reflecting and Planning Ahead</p><p>06:34 Three Big Mindset Shifts for Stylists</p><p>18:30 Mini Reset: Action Plan for August</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Take Control of Your Money FREEBIE: <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/c9f316e834" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/c9f316e834</a></p><p>00:00 Welcome to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:25 Mid-Year Reset: Reflecting and Planning Ahead</p><p>06:34 Three Big Mindset Shifts for Stylists</p><p>18:30 Mini Reset: Action Plan for August</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">ac76a89e-147e-4ca1-9857-28bcc5cf4715</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 12 Aug 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/ac76a89e-147e-4ca1-9857-28bcc5cf4715.mp3" length="14772158" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>30:46</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>44</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>44</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 43: REPLAY #1 MOST Downloaded - TEN Ways to make 2025 a Success Before it Begins</title><itunes:title>Episode 43: REPLAY #1 MOST Downloaded - TEN Ways to make 2025 a Success Before it Begins</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>SEASON 2 of the Podcast kicks off August 12.  For the month of July, we are playing the MOST downloaded episodes of Season 1</p><p>THE MOST downloaded episode - TEN Ways to make 2025 a Success BEFORE it Begins</p><p>Any questions, please reach out to helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>SEASON 2 of the Podcast kicks off August 12.  For the month of July, we are playing the MOST downloaded episodes of Season 1</p><p>THE MOST downloaded episode - TEN Ways to make 2025 a Success BEFORE it Begins</p><p>Any questions, please reach out to helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">a9b02ced-d6c3-4337-9f5a-7467c477d95d</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 05 Aug 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/a9b02ced-d6c3-4337-9f5a-7467c477d95d.mp3" length="33942322" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>35:21</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>43</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>43</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 42: REPLAY #2 Most Downloaded - Part 1 of the Guest Experience Series</title><itunes:title>Episode 42: REPLAY #2 Most Downloaded - Part 1 of the Guest Experience Series</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>SEASON 2 of the Podcast kicks off August 12.  For the month of July, we are playing the MOST downloaded episodes of Season 1</p><p>Number 2 most downloaded episode - Part 1 of the Guest Experience Series</p><p>Any questions, please reach out to helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>SEASON 2 of the Podcast kicks off August 12.  For the month of July, we are playing the MOST downloaded episodes of Season 1</p><p>Number 2 most downloaded episode - Part 1 of the Guest Experience Series</p><p>Any questions, please reach out to helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">f7beaf35-f4d3-4266-b403-72bed4e1d634</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 29 Jul 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/f7beaf35-f4d3-4266-b403-72bed4e1d634.mp3" length="10317967" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:30</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>42</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>42</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 41: REPLAY #3 Most Downloaded - The One Content Plan You Can START TODAY</title><itunes:title>Episode 41: REPLAY #3 Most Downloaded - The One Content Plan You Can START TODAY</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>SEASON 2 of the Podcast kicks off August 12.  For the month of July, we are playing the MOST downloaded episodes of Season 1</p><p>Number 3 most downloaded episode - The Content Plan you can START TODAY</p><p>Any questions, please reach out to helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>SEASON 2 of the Podcast kicks off August 12.  For the month of July, we are playing the MOST downloaded episodes of Season 1</p><p>Number 3 most downloaded episode - The Content Plan you can START TODAY</p><p>Any questions, please reach out to helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">88341235-c94e-40f5-a1b0-4d253f3f022b</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 22 Jul 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/88341235-c94e-40f5-a1b0-4d253f3f022b.mp3" length="7949810" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>16:34</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>41</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>41</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 40: REPLAY #4 Most Downloaded - Evolve or Expire with Beck DuRussel</title><itunes:title>Episode 40: REPLAY #4 Most Downloaded - Evolve or Expire with Beck DuRussel</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>SEASON 2 of the Podcast kicks off August 12.  For the month of July, we are playing the MOST downloaded episodes of Season 1</p><p>Number 4 most downloaded episode - Evolve or Expire with BECKY DuRussel</p><p>Any questions, please reach out to helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>SEASON 2 of the Podcast kicks off August 12.  For the month of July, we are playing the MOST downloaded episodes of Season 1</p><p>Number 4 most downloaded episode - Evolve or Expire with BECKY DuRussel</p><p>Any questions, please reach out to helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">9c69c7bb-8a0f-4f07-be56-96ad88bb945f</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 15 Jul 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/9c69c7bb-8a0f-4f07-be56-96ad88bb945f.mp3" length="18592514" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>38:44</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>40</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>40</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 39: REPLAY #5 Most Downloaded Episode - 5 Steps to Holiday Sucess!</title><itunes:title>Episode 39: REPLAY #5 Most Downloaded Episode - 5 Steps to Holiday Sucess!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>SEASON 2 of the Podcast kicks off August 12.  For the month of July, we are playing the MOST downloaded episodes of Season 1</p><p>Number  5 most downloaded episode - THE FIVE STEPS TO HOLIDAY SUCCESS!</p><p>Any questions, please reach out to helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>SEASON 2 of the Podcast kicks off August 12.  For the month of July, we are playing the MOST downloaded episodes of Season 1</p><p>Number  5 most downloaded episode - THE FIVE STEPS TO HOLIDAY SUCCESS!</p><p>Any questions, please reach out to helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">e73464d1-bfe9-4ab2-891e-c3e872d493df</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 08 Jul 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/e73464d1-bfe9-4ab2-891e-c3e872d493df.mp3" length="18254538" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:44</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>39</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>39</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 38: Understanding How Feelings lead to BIG Sales with a Multi-passionate Industry Power House</title><itunes:title>Episode 38: Understanding How Feelings lead to BIG Sales with a Multi-passionate Industry Power House</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Follow Sheryl:</p><p>IG: @sheryldorais @thesassygardeners</p><p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:13 Meet Sheryl Dorais: A Multi-Passionate Entrepreneur</p><p>06:02 Sheryl's Journey in the Beauty Industry</p><p>08:42 Starting Your Own Makeup Line</p><p>11:01 The Importance of Customer Service in Sales</p><p>20:02 Embracing Social Media for Business</p><p>29:12 Being a Multi-Passionate Entrepreneur</p><p>34:38 Advice to Younger Self</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Follow Sheryl:</p><p>IG: @sheryldorais @thesassygardeners</p><p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:13 Meet Sheryl Dorais: A Multi-Passionate Entrepreneur</p><p>06:02 Sheryl's Journey in the Beauty Industry</p><p>08:42 Starting Your Own Makeup Line</p><p>11:01 The Importance of Customer Service in Sales</p><p>20:02 Embracing Social Media for Business</p><p>29:12 Being a Multi-Passionate Entrepreneur</p><p>34:38 Advice to Younger Self</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">e23dbf3b-075b-454a-9300-d3062e549b9c</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 01 Jul 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/e23dbf3b-075b-454a-9300-d3062e549b9c.mp3" length="18944227" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>39:28</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>38</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>38</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 37: Guest Experience Series Pt 5 - How Guest Experience Fuels Growth</title><itunes:title>Episode 37: Guest Experience Series Pt 5 - How Guest Experience Fuels Growth</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:05 The Importance of Guest Experience</p><p>01:48 Word of Mouth as a Marketing Tool</p><p>03:17 Driving Organic Growth Through Experience</p><p>06:11 Encouraging Referrals Without Awkwardness</p><p>09:32 The Rebooking Ritual</p><p>11:53 Recap of the Guest Experience Series</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:05 The Importance of Guest Experience</p><p>01:48 Word of Mouth as a Marketing Tool</p><p>03:17 Driving Organic Growth Through Experience</p><p>06:11 Encouraging Referrals Without Awkwardness</p><p>09:32 The Rebooking Ritual</p><p>11:53 Recap of the Guest Experience Series</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">b1fa1022-a583-441f-a097-53ec6a65640b</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 24 Jun 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/b1fa1022-a583-441f-a097-53ec6a65640b.mp3" length="7200827" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>15:00</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>37</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>37</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 36: Guest Experience Series Pt 4 - Talk Retail to Me</title><itunes:title>Episode 36: Guest Experience Series Pt 4 - Talk Retail to Me</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:14 Customer Experience Series: Talk Retail to Me</p><p>03:07 Reframing Retail: From Selling to Serving</p><p>05:04 Retail as Part of the Guest Experience</p><p>07:57 Overcoming Fears in Retail Conversations</p><p>12:00 Effective Strategies for Discussing Retail</p><p>20:58 Consistency in Retail: Building Trust and Loyalty</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:14 Customer Experience Series: Talk Retail to Me</p><p>03:07 Reframing Retail: From Selling to Serving</p><p>05:04 Retail as Part of the Guest Experience</p><p>07:57 Overcoming Fears in Retail Conversations</p><p>12:00 Effective Strategies for Discussing Retail</p><p>20:58 Consistency in Retail: Building Trust and Loyalty</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">e0bb4533-6252-4f94-9bfa-4157c0fe6fab</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 17 Jun 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/e0bb4533-6252-4f94-9bfa-4157c0fe6fab.mp3" length="9824775" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:28</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>36</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>36</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 35: Guest Experience Series Pt 3 - Client Love is a Two-way Street</title><itunes:title>Episode 35: Guest Experience Series Pt 3 - Client Love is a Two-way Street</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Reach out to Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Episode 23 with Emily Bautista of Bonded <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/episode-23-balancing-motherhood-business-a-stylists/id1767511345?i=1000698747685" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">HERE</a></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:04 The Importance of Client Experience</p><p>03:26 Setting Healthy Boundaries</p><p>09:06 Common Boundary Struggles</p><p>14:15 Elevating Client Experience with Boundaries</p><p>18:52 Conclusion and Next Steps</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Reach out to Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Episode 23 with Emily Bautista of Bonded <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/episode-23-balancing-motherhood-business-a-stylists/id1767511345?i=1000698747685" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">HERE</a></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:04 The Importance of Client Experience</p><p>03:26 Setting Healthy Boundaries</p><p>09:06 Common Boundary Struggles</p><p>14:15 Elevating Client Experience with Boundaries</p><p>18:52 Conclusion and Next Steps</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">3f473dba-d12e-4a80-a40f-e1be019ba11f</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 10 Jun 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/3f473dba-d12e-4a80-a40f-e1be019ba11f.mp3" length="7913448" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>16:29</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>35</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>35</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 34: Bridging the Gap between Science &amp; Beauty with Atilola Moronfolu</title><itunes:title>Episode 34: Bridging the Gap between Science &amp; Beauty with Atilola Moronfolu</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>The FREE Bootcamp &amp; 12 Signs Guide <a href="https://thegoodhairtribe.com/links/?fbclid=PAQ0xDSwKq7ppleHRuA2FlbQIxMQABp1NF7JPPY80S984xW25WreMBSwB5snMNDfXneBAZKhP_Bt9-He6rPDN2jPd5_aem_2_I2zYuc_gY3ZYyeB_c7Kg" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">HERE</a></p><p>Contact Atilola: info@thegoodhairtribe.com</p><p>Follow on IG @thegoodhairtribe</p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>02:49 Meet Atilola: Bridging Science and Beauty</p><p>05:47 The Journey to Becoming a Trichologist</p><p>08:00 Understanding Hair Loss: A Stylist's Perspective</p><p>13:56 Signs of Hair Loss and Scalp Health</p><p>15:52 The Good Hair Tribe Bootcamp Overview</p><p>18:37 The Head Coaching Boot Camp Overview</p><p>22:42 Empowering Hairstylists as Coaches</p><p>23:43 Effective Communication with Clients</p><p>27:33 Bridging the Gap in Hair Coaching</p><p>33:29 Advice to My Younger Self</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The FREE Bootcamp &amp; 12 Signs Guide <a href="https://thegoodhairtribe.com/links/?fbclid=PAQ0xDSwKq7ppleHRuA2FlbQIxMQABp1NF7JPPY80S984xW25WreMBSwB5snMNDfXneBAZKhP_Bt9-He6rPDN2jPd5_aem_2_I2zYuc_gY3ZYyeB_c7Kg" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">HERE</a></p><p>Contact Atilola: info@thegoodhairtribe.com</p><p>Follow on IG @thegoodhairtribe</p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>02:49 Meet Atilola: Bridging Science and Beauty</p><p>05:47 The Journey to Becoming a Trichologist</p><p>08:00 Understanding Hair Loss: A Stylist's Perspective</p><p>13:56 Signs of Hair Loss and Scalp Health</p><p>15:52 The Good Hair Tribe Bootcamp Overview</p><p>18:37 The Head Coaching Boot Camp Overview</p><p>22:42 Empowering Hairstylists as Coaches</p><p>23:43 Effective Communication with Clients</p><p>27:33 Bridging the Gap in Hair Coaching</p><p>33:29 Advice to My Younger Self</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">fc0a8fef-ffa3-479a-acc0-7a04a9380a67</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 03 Jun 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/fc0a8fef-ffa3-479a-acc0-7a04a9380a67.mp3" length="17917928" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>37:20</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>34</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>34</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 33: Guest Experience Series Pt 2 - Give your experience the audit it needs!</title><itunes:title>Episode 33: Guest Experience Series Pt 2 - Give your experience the audit it needs!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Me: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:26 The Importance of Customer Experience</p><p>01:36 Consistency: The Secret Sauce</p><p>03:02 Why Consistency Matters More Than Perfection</p><p>05:25 Identifying Areas for Consistency</p><p>09:37 The Link Between Consistency and Word of Mouth</p><p>12:27 Systems That Support Consistency</p><p>15:35 Closing Thoughts on Consistency</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Me: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:26 The Importance of Customer Experience</p><p>01:36 Consistency: The Secret Sauce</p><p>03:02 Why Consistency Matters More Than Perfection</p><p>05:25 Identifying Areas for Consistency</p><p>09:37 The Link Between Consistency and Word of Mouth</p><p>12:27 Systems That Support Consistency</p><p>15:35 Closing Thoughts on Consistency</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">c766036a-7455-4342-858f-2d5cb1cafb96</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 27 May 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/c766036a-7455-4342-858f-2d5cb1cafb96.mp3" length="7902581" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>16:28</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>33</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>33</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 32: Guest Experience Series Pt 1 - It Starts with Hello</title><itunes:title>Episode 32: Guest Experience Series Pt 1 - It Starts with Hello</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Episode on Pricing: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/stop-guessing-your-way-to-profitability/id1767511345?i=1000676658640" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/stop-guessing-your-way-to-profitability/id1767511345?i=1000676658640</a> </p><p>It is Episode 7: Stop Guessing your way to Profitability</p><p>My Dream Client Exercise that is referenced: Grab it<a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/e347b6d88c" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"> HERE</a></p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:46 Guest Experience Series Overview</p><p>02:58 Aligning Guest Experience with Brand</p><p>10:21 Understanding Different Levels of Luxury</p><p>20:19 Creating a Seamless Checkout Experience</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Episode on Pricing: <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/stop-guessing-your-way-to-profitability/id1767511345?i=1000676658640" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/stop-guessing-your-way-to-profitability/id1767511345?i=1000676658640</a> </p><p>It is Episode 7: Stop Guessing your way to Profitability</p><p>My Dream Client Exercise that is referenced: Grab it<a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/e347b6d88c" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"> HERE</a></p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:46 Guest Experience Series Overview</p><p>02:58 Aligning Guest Experience with Brand</p><p>10:21 Understanding Different Levels of Luxury</p><p>20:19 Creating a Seamless Checkout Experience</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">c3e9a3cc-df86-452b-9ddf-6ef0762774f2</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 13 May 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/c3e9a3cc-df86-452b-9ddf-6ef0762774f2.mp3" length="10317967" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:30</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>32</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>32</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 31: The One Content Plan that you can START TODAY</title><itunes:title>Episode 31: The One Content Plan that you can START TODAY</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Chapters</p><p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:58 Simplifying Social Media for Stylists</p><p>02:44 The Importance of Consistency in Posting</p><p>05:10 Content Types: Connection, Education, and Proof</p><p>11:22 Building Credibility Through Proof</p><p>14:15 Creating a Weekly Content Plan</p><p>18:20 Final Thoughts on Social Media Strategy</p><p><br></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Chapters</p><p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:58 Simplifying Social Media for Stylists</p><p>02:44 The Importance of Consistency in Posting</p><p>05:10 Content Types: Connection, Education, and Proof</p><p>11:22 Building Credibility Through Proof</p><p>14:15 Creating a Weekly Content Plan</p><p>18:20 Final Thoughts on Social Media Strategy</p><p><br></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">ddd17656-2c48-4f1a-bbad-1dd703df6e27</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 06 May 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/ddd17656-2c48-4f1a-bbad-1dd703df6e27.mp3" length="7949810" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>16:34</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>31</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>31</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 30: Evolve or Expire - Staying Relevant in the Everchanging Beauty Industry with Becky DuRussel</title><itunes:title>Episode 30: Evolve or Expire - Staying Relevant in the Everchanging Beauty Industry with Becky DuRussel</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>FREE Education Planning Template: <a href="https://heatherpod.ck.page/338a145fc0" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.ck.page/338a145fc0</a></p><p>Becky's INFO:</p><p>Salon: The Style Shoppe, Frankenmuth, Michigan</p><p>IG: @styleshoppe</p><p>FB: The Style Shoppe</p><p>Email: rsdurussel@gmail.com</p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>02:13 Meet Becky: A Journey of Evolution</p><p>05:03 Embracing Change: The Importance of Location</p><p>07:45 The Role of Education in Success</p><p>12:09 Planning for Continuous Learning</p><p>13:50 Motivating Teams for Growth</p><p>19:00 Addressing Overwhelm in the Beauty Industry</p><p>22:51 The Power of Three: Simplifying Tasks</p><p>26:25 Organizing Education and Trends in the Salon</p><p>30:34 Retail Strategies for Stylists</p><p>41:05 Advice for Young Stylists: Embracing Education and Positivity</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>FREE Education Planning Template: <a href="https://heatherpod.ck.page/338a145fc0" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.ck.page/338a145fc0</a></p><p>Becky's INFO:</p><p>Salon: The Style Shoppe, Frankenmuth, Michigan</p><p>IG: @styleshoppe</p><p>FB: The Style Shoppe</p><p>Email: rsdurussel@gmail.com</p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>02:13 Meet Becky: A Journey of Evolution</p><p>05:03 Embracing Change: The Importance of Location</p><p>07:45 The Role of Education in Success</p><p>12:09 Planning for Continuous Learning</p><p>13:50 Motivating Teams for Growth</p><p>19:00 Addressing Overwhelm in the Beauty Industry</p><p>22:51 The Power of Three: Simplifying Tasks</p><p>26:25 Organizing Education and Trends in the Salon</p><p>30:34 Retail Strategies for Stylists</p><p>41:05 Advice for Young Stylists: Embracing Education and Positivity</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">817b3c9d-ddd9-41d8-8509-b97c5be15ccf</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 29 Apr 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/8f287250-86a9-4576-9749-c6095b778200/riverside-copy-of-heather-apr-28-2025-001-heather-podlesney-s.mp3" length="18592514" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>38:44</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>30</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>30</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 29: Stop the CRINGE and Publish that Reel!</title><itunes:title>Episode 29: Stop the CRINGE and Publish that Reel!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather : helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:48 Celebrating Milestones and Community Engagement</p><p>02:15 The Importance of Personal Branding</p><p>04:02 Overcoming Cringe: Embracing Reels</p><p>06:20 Myth Busting: Reels and Their Purpose</p><p>08:18 Creating Non-Cringe Reels: Practical Ideas</p><p>16:17 Mini Tutorials and Quick Tips for Engagement</p><p>18:04 Authenticity in Reels: Being Yourself</p><p>22:22 Final Tips and Encouragement for Reels</p><p><br></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather : helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:48 Celebrating Milestones and Community Engagement</p><p>02:15 The Importance of Personal Branding</p><p>04:02 Overcoming Cringe: Embracing Reels</p><p>06:20 Myth Busting: Reels and Their Purpose</p><p>08:18 Creating Non-Cringe Reels: Practical Ideas</p><p>16:17 Mini Tutorials and Quick Tips for Engagement</p><p>18:04 Authenticity in Reels: Being Yourself</p><p>22:22 Final Tips and Encouragement for Reels</p><p><br></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">2d2be25a-400a-4f22-9431-996f0447c8b6</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 22 Apr 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/a308d0bb-6d8a-4c3c-ac37-40413b3d1e40/riverside-copy-of-heather-take-02-apr-23-2025-001-heather-podle.mp3" length="9167952" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:06</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>29</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 28: Personal Branding: 3 Steps to Position Yourself on Social Media</title><itunes:title>Episode 28: Personal Branding: 3 Steps to Position Yourself on Social Media</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/e347b6d88c" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">My Dream Client Exercise FREE</a></p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Personal Branding in Beauty</p><p>03:24 Defining Your Identity as a Stylist</p><p>05:48 Curating Content for Your Brand</p><p>09:08 Showing Up as Your Brand</p><p>11:48 Recap and Final Thoughts on Personal Branding</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/e347b6d88c" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">My Dream Client Exercise FREE</a></p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Introduction to Personal Branding in Beauty</p><p>03:24 Defining Your Identity as a Stylist</p><p>05:48 Curating Content for Your Brand</p><p>09:08 Showing Up as Your Brand</p><p>11:48 Recap and Final Thoughts on Personal Branding</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">46f502f5-e41c-4f9d-8453-fd9a8b6c9661</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 15 Apr 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/ade3ae9f-5614-4511-88e8-d305dd3f1535/riverside-copy-of-heather-take-03-apr-15-2025-001-heather-podle.mp3" length="7351920" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>15:19</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>28</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 27: WHY You Need Social Media (Even if You Don&apos;t Want to Be an Influencer)</title><itunes:title>Episode 27: WHY You Need Social Media (Even if You Don&apos;t Want to Be an Influencer)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>The Power of Social Class Coming up HERE:  </p><p><a href="https://www.heatherpod.com/product-page/social-media-class-10-7" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://www.heatherpod.com/product-page/social-media-class-10-7</a></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:56 The Importance of Social Media for Stylists</p><p>05:56 Statistics on Social Media Usage</p><p>09:32 Visibility Over Fame: Building Local Influence</p><p>14:17 Consistency is Key: The Long Game in Social Media</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The Power of Social Class Coming up HERE:  </p><p><a href="https://www.heatherpod.com/product-page/social-media-class-10-7" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://www.heatherpod.com/product-page/social-media-class-10-7</a></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>00:56 The Importance of Social Media for Stylists</p><p>05:56 Statistics on Social Media Usage</p><p>09:32 Visibility Over Fame: Building Local Influence</p><p>14:17 Consistency is Key: The Long Game in Social Media</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">7b525966-5712-40c0-977f-8ce87a1735b1</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 08 Apr 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/94b754af-8cff-42f1-8d3f-0082e2eef37a/riverside-copy-of-heather-apr-8-2025-001-heather-podlesney-s.mp3" length="10794231" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:29</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>27</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>27</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 26: Why isn&apos;t my grass as GREEN? Understanding What Makes &apos;GREEN GRASS&apos; in All Salon Structures</title><itunes:title>Episode 26: Why isn&apos;t my grass as GREEN? Understanding What Makes &apos;GREEN GRASS&apos; in All Salon Structures</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Link to the Chair CFO Class: <a href="https://www.heatherpod.com/product-page/the-chair-cfo-live-class-may-5" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://www.heatherpod.com/product-page/the-chair-cfo-live-class-may-5</a></p><p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Welcome to Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:15 Understanding Salon Structures</p><p>03:04 Pros and Cons of Commission Salons</p><p>10:47 Exploring Independent Stylists</p><p>16:52 Finding Your Place in the Industry</p><p><br></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Link to the Chair CFO Class: <a href="https://www.heatherpod.com/product-page/the-chair-cfo-live-class-may-5" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://www.heatherpod.com/product-page/the-chair-cfo-live-class-may-5</a></p><p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Chapters</p><p>00:00 Welcome to Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:15 Understanding Salon Structures</p><p>03:04 Pros and Cons of Commission Salons</p><p>10:47 Exploring Independent Stylists</p><p>16:52 Finding Your Place in the Industry</p><p><br></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">a947c97c-f1dd-464b-918f-867b61abc658</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 01 Apr 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/68902f69-ab3c-41c3-946e-f25c9aa02143/riverside-heather-take-02-apr-1-2025-001-heather-podlesney-s.mp3" length="10302293" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:28</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>26</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>26</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 25: Beyond the Chair: Owning a Salon Without Being a Stylist</title><itunes:title>Episode 25: Beyond the Chair: Owning a Salon Without Being a Stylist</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Where can you find Cassidy and her team? </p><p>Website: https://attractionssalon.net/</p><p>FB &amp; IG: @attractionshairnailsalon</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:15 Cassidy's Journey to Salon Ownership</p><p>05:19 Transitioning from Technician to Owner</p><p>08:38 Leading a Team Without Technical Skills</p><p>08:43 Lessons from Running a Commission-Based Salon</p><p>13:02 Navigating the Pandemic as a New Owner</p><p>16:45 Advice for Aspiring Salon Owners</p><p>18:45 Future Plans for Attraction Salon</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesney interviews Cassidy Bouchard, the owner of Attraction Salon. Cassidy shares her unique journey of becoming a salon owner in January 2020, just before the pandemic hit. She discusses the challenges of leading a commission-based salon, the importance of patience and grace in leadership, and how she navigated the difficulties of the pandemic while learning the ropes of business ownership. Cassidy also offers valuable advice for aspiring salon owners, emphasizing the importance of support and community engagement.</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Where can you find Cassidy and her team? </p><p>Website: https://attractionssalon.net/</p><p>FB &amp; IG: @attractionshairnailsalon</p><p><strong>Chapters</strong></p><p>00:00 Introduction to the Hair Hustle Podcast</p><p>01:15 Cassidy's Journey to Salon Ownership</p><p>05:19 Transitioning from Technician to Owner</p><p>08:38 Leading a Team Without Technical Skills</p><p>08:43 Lessons from Running a Commission-Based Salon</p><p>13:02 Navigating the Pandemic as a New Owner</p><p>16:45 Advice for Aspiring Salon Owners</p><p>18:45 Future Plans for Attraction Salon</p><p><strong>Summary</strong></p><p>In this episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast, host Heather Podlesney interviews Cassidy Bouchard, the owner of Attraction Salon. Cassidy shares her unique journey of becoming a salon owner in January 2020, just before the pandemic hit. She discusses the challenges of leading a commission-based salon, the importance of patience and grace in leadership, and how she navigated the difficulties of the pandemic while learning the ropes of business ownership. Cassidy also offers valuable advice for aspiring salon owners, emphasizing the importance of support and community engagement.</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">67948605-3b86-4f4a-8b4d-2febb05925f0</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 25 Mar 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/d17083a3-9acf-47c5-b529-d50f716baa70/riverside-untitled-mar-24-2025-001-heather-podlesney-s.mp3" length="10833311" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:34</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>25</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 24: The 3 Quick Social Media Tips Every Stylist or Owner Can Start NOW</title><itunes:title>Episode 24: The 3 Quick Social Media Tips Every Stylist or Owner Can Start NOW</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<h3>Podcast Episode 24: "3 Social Media Tips Every Stylist Needs to Know"</h3><p>(<em>A teaser for your $99 local class in April</em>)</p><p>🎙 <strong>Intro (1-2 min)</strong></p><ul><li>Welcome to The Hair Hustle Podcast!</li><li>Quick reminder: social media isn’t just about posting—it’s about building a business.</li><li>Exciting announcement: I’m hosting a <strong>live, hands-on social media class in April for only $99</strong>—you’ll leave with a month of content planned and a strategy that works for your business. But today, I’m giving you <strong>three quick social media tips</strong> to get you started!</li></ul><br/><h3>Tip #1: Post with Purpose (3-4 min)</h3><ul><li>Every post should fall into <strong>one of three categories</strong>: <strong>Attract, Nurture, Convert.</strong></li><li><strong>Attract</strong>: Posts that get new eyes on your page (trending sounds, collaborations, local hashtags).</li><li><strong>Nurture</strong>: Posts that build trust (education, behind-the-scenes, transformations).</li><li><strong>Convert</strong>: Posts that sell (appointment openings, service highlights, retail promos).</li><li><strong>Quick action step</strong>: Scroll your last 10 posts—how many were actually built to attract, nurture, or convert?</li><li>In my April class, I’ll help you <strong>plan content that works</strong> instead of posting randomly.</li></ul><br/><h3>Tip #2: Stop Overthinking &amp; Start Repeating What Works (3-4 min)</h3><ul><li><strong>Your best-performing content holds the secret to your next viral post.</strong></li><li>Look at your <strong>top 5 posts from the last 3 months</strong>—what do they have in common?</li><li>Was it a reel? A before &amp; after? A funny trend?</li><li><strong>Strategy shift</strong>: Instead of reinventing the wheel, <strong>remake your top-performing post with a fresh twist.</strong></li><li>April class: We’ll go over <strong>analytics made simple</strong> and set up a system so you always know what to post.</li></ul><br/><h3>Tip #3: Consistency Beats Perfection (3-4 min)</h3><ul><li><strong>Posting twice a week, every week, beats posting daily for a month and then ghosting.</strong></li><li>Find a <strong>realistic</strong> posting schedule and stick to it. Example:</li><li><strong>2 reels per week</strong> (one hair transformation, one educational tip).</li><li><strong>1 story per day</strong> (quick BTS, client shoutout, salon life).</li><li><strong>1 conversion post per week</strong> (booking reminder, service highlight).</li><li>April class: I’ll help you <strong>create a month of content in under 60 minutes</strong>—so no more stress about what to post!</li></ul><br/><p>🎙 <strong>Outro &amp; Call to Action (1-2 min)</strong></p><ul><li><strong>Loved these tips? Imagine what we can do in 2 hours, together, in person!</strong></li><li>The <strong>$99 April class is perfect</strong> if you want a social media plan that works—no guessing, no stress.</li><li><strong>Spots are limited!</strong> DM me the word <strong>SOCIAL</strong> on Instagram to grab yours!</li></ul><br/>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3>Podcast Episode 24: "3 Social Media Tips Every Stylist Needs to Know"</h3><p>(<em>A teaser for your $99 local class in April</em>)</p><p>🎙 <strong>Intro (1-2 min)</strong></p><ul><li>Welcome to The Hair Hustle Podcast!</li><li>Quick reminder: social media isn’t just about posting—it’s about building a business.</li><li>Exciting announcement: I’m hosting a <strong>live, hands-on social media class in April for only $99</strong>—you’ll leave with a month of content planned and a strategy that works for your business. But today, I’m giving you <strong>three quick social media tips</strong> to get you started!</li></ul><br/><h3>Tip #1: Post with Purpose (3-4 min)</h3><ul><li>Every post should fall into <strong>one of three categories</strong>: <strong>Attract, Nurture, Convert.</strong></li><li><strong>Attract</strong>: Posts that get new eyes on your page (trending sounds, collaborations, local hashtags).</li><li><strong>Nurture</strong>: Posts that build trust (education, behind-the-scenes, transformations).</li><li><strong>Convert</strong>: Posts that sell (appointment openings, service highlights, retail promos).</li><li><strong>Quick action step</strong>: Scroll your last 10 posts—how many were actually built to attract, nurture, or convert?</li><li>In my April class, I’ll help you <strong>plan content that works</strong> instead of posting randomly.</li></ul><br/><h3>Tip #2: Stop Overthinking &amp; Start Repeating What Works (3-4 min)</h3><ul><li><strong>Your best-performing content holds the secret to your next viral post.</strong></li><li>Look at your <strong>top 5 posts from the last 3 months</strong>—what do they have in common?</li><li>Was it a reel? A before &amp; after? A funny trend?</li><li><strong>Strategy shift</strong>: Instead of reinventing the wheel, <strong>remake your top-performing post with a fresh twist.</strong></li><li>April class: We’ll go over <strong>analytics made simple</strong> and set up a system so you always know what to post.</li></ul><br/><h3>Tip #3: Consistency Beats Perfection (3-4 min)</h3><ul><li><strong>Posting twice a week, every week, beats posting daily for a month and then ghosting.</strong></li><li>Find a <strong>realistic</strong> posting schedule and stick to it. Example:</li><li><strong>2 reels per week</strong> (one hair transformation, one educational tip).</li><li><strong>1 story per day</strong> (quick BTS, client shoutout, salon life).</li><li><strong>1 conversion post per week</strong> (booking reminder, service highlight).</li><li>April class: I’ll help you <strong>create a month of content in under 60 minutes</strong>—so no more stress about what to post!</li></ul><br/><p>🎙 <strong>Outro &amp; Call to Action (1-2 min)</strong></p><ul><li><strong>Loved these tips? Imagine what we can do in 2 hours, together, in person!</strong></li><li>The <strong>$99 April class is perfect</strong> if you want a social media plan that works—no guessing, no stress.</li><li><strong>Spots are limited!</strong> DM me the word <strong>SOCIAL</strong> on Instagram to grab yours!</li></ul><br/>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">a6ec6b52-2224-444d-998a-4daba44bed33</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 18 Mar 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/de6aa209-3acb-41c1-be11-68c25388f3c0/Episode-24.mp3" length="6523107" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>13:35</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>24</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>24</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 23: Balancing Motherhood &amp; Business: A Stylist’s Journey from Solo to Salon Owner</title><itunes:title>Episode 23: Balancing Motherhood &amp; Business: A Stylist’s Journey from Solo to Salon Owner</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Find Emily and Bonded:	</strong></p><ul><li><strong>IG: @beauty.by.bautista</strong></li><li><strong>IG: @bonded_beauty_studio</strong></li><li><strong>FB: Beauty By Bautista</strong></li><li><strong>FB: Bonded Beauty Studio</strong></li></ul><br/><p><strong>Episode 23: Balancing Motherhood &amp; Business: A Stylist’s Journey from Solo to Salon Owner</strong></p><p>1: Emily’s Journey&nbsp;</p><p>	1.	You’ve gone from independent stylist to suite owner to now a salon owner with employees—what inspired each transition, and how did motherhood play a role in those decisions?</p><p>Segment 2: Balancing Business &amp; Motherhood&nbsp;</p><p>	2.	With four kids and a growing business, what does balance actually look like for you day-to-day?</p><p>	•	Follow-up: What systems or routines have helped you manage both worlds?</p><p>	3.	What are some of the biggest challenges you’ve faced as a mom and business owner, and how have you worked through them?</p><p>	•	Follow-up: Have you ever struggled with ‘mom guilt,’ and how do you handle it?</p><p>	4.	How do you set boundaries between work and family, especially now that you have employees depending on you?</p><p>	•	Follow-up: What advice would you give to stylists who feel like they have to ‘do it all’?</p><p>Segment 3: Advice &amp; Industry Insight&nbsp;</p><p>	5.	What’s one piece of advice you’d give to a stylist who wants to grow their career without sacrificing time with their family?</p><p><br></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Find Emily and Bonded:	</strong></p><ul><li><strong>IG: @beauty.by.bautista</strong></li><li><strong>IG: @bonded_beauty_studio</strong></li><li><strong>FB: Beauty By Bautista</strong></li><li><strong>FB: Bonded Beauty Studio</strong></li></ul><br/><p><strong>Episode 23: Balancing Motherhood &amp; Business: A Stylist’s Journey from Solo to Salon Owner</strong></p><p>1: Emily’s Journey&nbsp;</p><p>	1.	You’ve gone from independent stylist to suite owner to now a salon owner with employees—what inspired each transition, and how did motherhood play a role in those decisions?</p><p>Segment 2: Balancing Business &amp; Motherhood&nbsp;</p><p>	2.	With four kids and a growing business, what does balance actually look like for you day-to-day?</p><p>	•	Follow-up: What systems or routines have helped you manage both worlds?</p><p>	3.	What are some of the biggest challenges you’ve faced as a mom and business owner, and how have you worked through them?</p><p>	•	Follow-up: Have you ever struggled with ‘mom guilt,’ and how do you handle it?</p><p>	4.	How do you set boundaries between work and family, especially now that you have employees depending on you?</p><p>	•	Follow-up: What advice would you give to stylists who feel like they have to ‘do it all’?</p><p>Segment 3: Advice &amp; Industry Insight&nbsp;</p><p>	5.	What’s one piece of advice you’d give to a stylist who wants to grow their career without sacrificing time with their family?</p><p><br></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">c8f3dfdc-075c-48a7-991d-1b49fe1f4674</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 11 Mar 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/4a34360f-c0fb-49ea-b0b1-52855f2b5132/Episode-23-Emily-Bautista-converted.mp3" length="20437852" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>28:23</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>23</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>23</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 22: From Solo Stylist to Salon Owner: Understanding Commission vs. Independent Careers with Cara Miller of Trilogy Salon</title><itunes:title>Episode 22: From Solo Stylist to Salon Owner: Understanding Commission vs. Independent Careers with Cara Miller of Trilogy Salon</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact/Follow Trilogy Salon: </p><p>IG: @trilogymidland </p><p>FB: Trilogy Salon</p><p>Website: <a href="https://www.trilogymidland.com" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">www.trilogymidland.com</a></p><p>Episode 22: From Solo Stylist to Salon Owner: Understanding Commission vs. Independent Careers with Cara Miller of Trilogy Salon</p><p>Segment 1: Your Journey (10-15 min)</p><p>	1.	What made you decide to transition from an independent stylist to a commission salon owner?</p><p>	•	Follow-up: What challenges did you face in making that leap?</p><p>Segment 2: Understanding the Career Paths (15-20 min)</p><p>	2.	Can you break down the key differences between a commission employee, a 1099 contractor, and an independent stylist?</p><p>	•	Follow-up: What are the biggest misconceptions stylists have about these roles?</p><p>	3.	What do you wish you had known earlier about taxes, benefits, and&nbsp; overall financial planning in each of these roles?</p><p>	•	Follow-up: How did your financial responsibilities shift when you became a salon owner?</p><p>	4.	What type of stylist thrives in a commission salon, and who might be better suited for independent work?</p><p>	•	Follow-up: What factors should new stylists consider when choosing between these career paths?</p><p>Segment 3: Advice &amp; Industry Insight (10-15 min)</p><p>	5.	What advice would you give to a stylist who is debating between commission and going solo?</p><p>	•	Follow-up: Are there any red flags stylists should look out for when considering job offers?</p><p>BONUS Question!!  Listen in to hear what it is! </p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact/Follow Trilogy Salon: </p><p>IG: @trilogymidland </p><p>FB: Trilogy Salon</p><p>Website: <a href="https://www.trilogymidland.com" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">www.trilogymidland.com</a></p><p>Episode 22: From Solo Stylist to Salon Owner: Understanding Commission vs. Independent Careers with Cara Miller of Trilogy Salon</p><p>Segment 1: Your Journey (10-15 min)</p><p>	1.	What made you decide to transition from an independent stylist to a commission salon owner?</p><p>	•	Follow-up: What challenges did you face in making that leap?</p><p>Segment 2: Understanding the Career Paths (15-20 min)</p><p>	2.	Can you break down the key differences between a commission employee, a 1099 contractor, and an independent stylist?</p><p>	•	Follow-up: What are the biggest misconceptions stylists have about these roles?</p><p>	3.	What do you wish you had known earlier about taxes, benefits, and&nbsp; overall financial planning in each of these roles?</p><p>	•	Follow-up: How did your financial responsibilities shift when you became a salon owner?</p><p>	4.	What type of stylist thrives in a commission salon, and who might be better suited for independent work?</p><p>	•	Follow-up: What factors should new stylists consider when choosing between these career paths?</p><p>Segment 3: Advice &amp; Industry Insight (10-15 min)</p><p>	5.	What advice would you give to a stylist who is debating between commission and going solo?</p><p>	•	Follow-up: Are there any red flags stylists should look out for when considering job offers?</p><p>BONUS Question!!  Listen in to hear what it is! </p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">c2e64bd9-5e9e-483f-9d1f-3de7a950f298</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 04 Mar 2025 13:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/6d5dc2d4-fa7b-4dde-a6ac-f1eeb8035808/Episode-22-Solo-to-Salon-Owner-converted.mp3" length="23473385" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>39:07</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>22</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 21: Boundaries and the Rise of Keyboard Courage</title><itunes:title>Episode 21: Boundaries and the Rise of Keyboard Courage</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<h3>Episode 21: Boundaries - The Rise of Keyboard Courage</h3><p>Keeping your cool in the age of keyboard courage</p><p><br></p><h3>Total Duration:</h3><p>Approximately 15 minutes</p><h3>Detailed Conversational Outline with Time Stamps</h3><h4>Introduction</h4><ul><li><strong>Welcome &amp; Episode Hook:</strong></li><li>Hey everyone, welcome back to The Hair Hustle Podcast!&nbsp; I’m Heather Podlesney, and today we’re diving into a topic that’s key for every salon owner and stylist—setting boundaries while still delivering exceptional customer service. Ever felt like you’re constantly bending over backwards for your clients? Let’s talk about how to change that!</li></ul><br/><p><br></p><ul><li><strong>Overview &amp; Tease:</strong></li><li>In today’s episode, we’re going to explore why boundaries are essential, how they can actually improve your client relationships, and I’ll share some proven scripts you can use in real-life scenarios.</li></ul><br/><p><em>Episode 11 is also a great resource for this!</em></p><h4>The Importance of Boundaries</h4><ul><li><strong>Why Boundaries Matter:</strong></li><li>Setting boundaries isn’t just about saying ‘no’—it’s about protecting your time and energy so that you can deliver the best service possible. When you establish clear expectations, you create an environment where both you and your clients know what to expect.</li><li><strong>What I see:</strong></li><li>I remember a time when a last-minute cancellation left me scrambling. If I’d had a clear policy in place, the stress would have been much lower.</li><li><strong>Key Statistic:</strong></li><li>Studies show that salons with well-defined boundaries see up to a 30% reduction in appointment conflicts and improved client satisfaction.</li></ul><br/><h4>Common Boundary Challenges in Salons</h4><ul><li><strong>Identifying the Challenges:</strong></li><li>Let’s talk about some real challenges—late cancellations, no-shows, and even clients expecting discounts at the last minute. These issues can drain your energy and hurt your bottom line.</li><li><strong>Example Scenario:</strong></li><li>Imagine a client calling 15 minutes before their appointment to cancel, or to explain they are going to be late, but they walk in with a fresh Starbies. &nbsp; How do you handle that without compromising your values or service?</li><li><strong>Reflection:</strong></li><li>These challenges aren’t personal; they’re just part of running a busy salon. The trick is to set fair policies and communicate them clearly.</li><li><strong>Strategies for Setting Clear BoundariesEstablishing Clear Policies:</strong></li><li>Start by creating clear policies and posting them both in your salon and online. For example, a reminder like 'Cancellations require 24-hour notice' can save you a lot of hassle.</li><li><strong>Communicating Boundaries Effectively:</strong></li><li>The way you communicate is key. You might say, 'We understand emergencies happen, but to ensure every client receives our best service, we ask for a 24-hour notice for cancellations.' This approach is firm yet empathetic.</li><li><strong>Actionable Tip:</strong></li><li>Write down your key policies and practice explaining them until it feels natural. Confidence in your communication goes a long way.&nbsp; When writing this, think of your top guests!</li></ul><br/><h4>&nbsp;How Boundaries Enhance Customer Service</h4><ul><li><strong>Positive Impact of Boundaries:</strong></li><li>Here’s the surprising part—when you set boundaries, your customer service actually improves. When clients know what to expect, they feel more secure and respected. Keep a few things in mind, you don’t know what you don’t know and one person's time is not more valuable than yours.&nbsp;&nbsp;</li><li><strong>Relationship Business Focus:</strong></li><li>Remember, we’re in a relationship business. It’s about building trust and a lasting connection with your clients. Unlike some of the negative trends we see on social media, where businesses might make guests feel guilty or shamed, our approach is about respect and support. Boundaries help both you and your client thrive without any of that negativity.</li><li><strong>Real-Life Example:</strong></li><li>For instance, a salon that clearly communicated its cancellation policy not only saw fewer no-shows but also had clients who appreciated the transparency—it set the stage for honest, positive interactions.</li><li><strong>Encouragement:</strong></li><li>Think of boundaries as a way to create a healthy, professional relationship. When clients understand and respect your policies, they’re more likely to value the service and the overall experience you provide.</li><li><strong>Practical Examples &amp; ScriptsScript for Late Cancellations:</strong></li><li>For example, try saying: 'I understand that plans change, but we do require a 24-hour notice to secure your appointment. Let’s find a time that works for you.' Notice how this script is empathetic yet clear.</li><li><strong>Script for Handling Discount Requests:</strong></li><li>Another script could be: 'I appreciate your loyalty, and while I can’t offer a discount today because of our policy, I’d love to share some upcoming promotions that might interest you.</li><li><strong>Role-Playing Tip:</strong></li><li>Practice these scripts with your team. Role-playing can help ensure that everyone delivers the message consistently and confidently.</li></ul><br/><h4>Interactive Q&amp;A &amp; Listener Scenarios</h4><ul><li><strong>Audience Engagement:</strong></li><li>I’d love to hear from you—what’s the most challenging boundary issue you’ve faced in your salon? Send me your stories on social media or email, and I might feature your scenario in a future episode.</li></ul><br/><h4>Conclusion &amp; Call-to-Action</h4><ul><li><strong>Recap Key Points:</strong></li><li>In summary, setting boundaries is not about being harsh—it's about fostering a respectful, transparent relationship with your clients. Clear policies and empathetic communication help everyone know what to expect, leading to better service and happier clients.</li></ul><br/><p><br></p><ul><li><strong>Closing Remarks:</strong></li><li>Thanks for tuning in today. I hope you feel empowered to set boundaries that not only protect your time but also enhance your relationships with your clients. Until next time, take care and go make some great hair happen`</li></ul><br/><p><br></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3>Episode 21: Boundaries - The Rise of Keyboard Courage</h3><p>Keeping your cool in the age of keyboard courage</p><p><br></p><h3>Total Duration:</h3><p>Approximately 15 minutes</p><h3>Detailed Conversational Outline with Time Stamps</h3><h4>Introduction</h4><ul><li><strong>Welcome &amp; Episode Hook:</strong></li><li>Hey everyone, welcome back to The Hair Hustle Podcast!&nbsp; I’m Heather Podlesney, and today we’re diving into a topic that’s key for every salon owner and stylist—setting boundaries while still delivering exceptional customer service. Ever felt like you’re constantly bending over backwards for your clients? Let’s talk about how to change that!</li></ul><br/><p><br></p><ul><li><strong>Overview &amp; Tease:</strong></li><li>In today’s episode, we’re going to explore why boundaries are essential, how they can actually improve your client relationships, and I’ll share some proven scripts you can use in real-life scenarios.</li></ul><br/><p><em>Episode 11 is also a great resource for this!</em></p><h4>The Importance of Boundaries</h4><ul><li><strong>Why Boundaries Matter:</strong></li><li>Setting boundaries isn’t just about saying ‘no’—it’s about protecting your time and energy so that you can deliver the best service possible. When you establish clear expectations, you create an environment where both you and your clients know what to expect.</li><li><strong>What I see:</strong></li><li>I remember a time when a last-minute cancellation left me scrambling. If I’d had a clear policy in place, the stress would have been much lower.</li><li><strong>Key Statistic:</strong></li><li>Studies show that salons with well-defined boundaries see up to a 30% reduction in appointment conflicts and improved client satisfaction.</li></ul><br/><h4>Common Boundary Challenges in Salons</h4><ul><li><strong>Identifying the Challenges:</strong></li><li>Let’s talk about some real challenges—late cancellations, no-shows, and even clients expecting discounts at the last minute. These issues can drain your energy and hurt your bottom line.</li><li><strong>Example Scenario:</strong></li><li>Imagine a client calling 15 minutes before their appointment to cancel, or to explain they are going to be late, but they walk in with a fresh Starbies. &nbsp; How do you handle that without compromising your values or service?</li><li><strong>Reflection:</strong></li><li>These challenges aren’t personal; they’re just part of running a busy salon. The trick is to set fair policies and communicate them clearly.</li><li><strong>Strategies for Setting Clear BoundariesEstablishing Clear Policies:</strong></li><li>Start by creating clear policies and posting them both in your salon and online. For example, a reminder like 'Cancellations require 24-hour notice' can save you a lot of hassle.</li><li><strong>Communicating Boundaries Effectively:</strong></li><li>The way you communicate is key. You might say, 'We understand emergencies happen, but to ensure every client receives our best service, we ask for a 24-hour notice for cancellations.' This approach is firm yet empathetic.</li><li><strong>Actionable Tip:</strong></li><li>Write down your key policies and practice explaining them until it feels natural. Confidence in your communication goes a long way.&nbsp; When writing this, think of your top guests!</li></ul><br/><h4>&nbsp;How Boundaries Enhance Customer Service</h4><ul><li><strong>Positive Impact of Boundaries:</strong></li><li>Here’s the surprising part—when you set boundaries, your customer service actually improves. When clients know what to expect, they feel more secure and respected. Keep a few things in mind, you don’t know what you don’t know and one person's time is not more valuable than yours.&nbsp;&nbsp;</li><li><strong>Relationship Business Focus:</strong></li><li>Remember, we’re in a relationship business. It’s about building trust and a lasting connection with your clients. Unlike some of the negative trends we see on social media, where businesses might make guests feel guilty or shamed, our approach is about respect and support. Boundaries help both you and your client thrive without any of that negativity.</li><li><strong>Real-Life Example:</strong></li><li>For instance, a salon that clearly communicated its cancellation policy not only saw fewer no-shows but also had clients who appreciated the transparency—it set the stage for honest, positive interactions.</li><li><strong>Encouragement:</strong></li><li>Think of boundaries as a way to create a healthy, professional relationship. When clients understand and respect your policies, they’re more likely to value the service and the overall experience you provide.</li><li><strong>Practical Examples &amp; ScriptsScript for Late Cancellations:</strong></li><li>For example, try saying: 'I understand that plans change, but we do require a 24-hour notice to secure your appointment. Let’s find a time that works for you.' Notice how this script is empathetic yet clear.</li><li><strong>Script for Handling Discount Requests:</strong></li><li>Another script could be: 'I appreciate your loyalty, and while I can’t offer a discount today because of our policy, I’d love to share some upcoming promotions that might interest you.</li><li><strong>Role-Playing Tip:</strong></li><li>Practice these scripts with your team. Role-playing can help ensure that everyone delivers the message consistently and confidently.</li></ul><br/><h4>Interactive Q&amp;A &amp; Listener Scenarios</h4><ul><li><strong>Audience Engagement:</strong></li><li>I’d love to hear from you—what’s the most challenging boundary issue you’ve faced in your salon? Send me your stories on social media or email, and I might feature your scenario in a future episode.</li></ul><br/><h4>Conclusion &amp; Call-to-Action</h4><ul><li><strong>Recap Key Points:</strong></li><li>In summary, setting boundaries is not about being harsh—it's about fostering a respectful, transparent relationship with your clients. Clear policies and empathetic communication help everyone know what to expect, leading to better service and happier clients.</li></ul><br/><p><br></p><ul><li><strong>Closing Remarks:</strong></li><li>Thanks for tuning in today. I hope you feel empowered to set boundaries that not only protect your time but also enhance your relationships with your clients. Until next time, take care and go make some great hair happen`</li></ul><br/><p><br></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">ee456de2-1a9d-41f2-8ae7-ce454e455f04</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/2ba371af-4a24-4eb7-8485-16e3a099df0e/Episode-21-Boundaries-the-rise-of-keyboard-courage-converted.mp3" length="12397676" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>17:13</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>21</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>21</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 20: Most Downloaded Episode to DATE and Your check in!</title><itunes:title>Episode 20: Most Downloaded Episode to DATE and Your check in!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>The Top TEN ways to kick off your 2025 was the MOST downloaded episode to date!  Go give it a listen and what things did you stick to so far?  What needs to change or stay the same!  Tell me what has been working for you!</p><p class="ql-align-center">&nbsp;00:00:05 ]Welcome to the Hair Hustle Podcast. I' m Heather</p><p class="ql-align-center">Podlesney, your salon coach dedicated to helping stylists master the business</p><p class="ql-align-center">side of beauty. Whether you' re starting your journey behind the chair or you'</p><p class="ql-align-center">re a seasoned pro looking to level up, this podcast is for you. Each week we'</p><p class="ql-align-center">ll dive into the tips and tricks you need to run a successful salon business</p><p class="ql-align-center">with topics that will change the way you work and earn. From budgeting hacks to</p><p class="ql-align-center">help you keep more of what you make, to time management tips that will keep</p><p class="ql-align-center">your schedule stress-free, and the strategies for boosting your retail sales</p><p class="ql-align-center">and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to build your dream business without</p><p class="ql-align-center">burning out. Together we' ll cut through the noise and get to the root of what</p><p class="ql-align-center">makes your salon thrive.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>[ 00:00:47</p><p>] So grab your shears,</p><p>turn up the volume, and let' s hustle. Hey, hey, welcome to episode six of the</p><p>Hair Hustle Podcast. Thank you so much for being here. I definitely have to</p><p>celebrate a little bit with you. So with just five episodes, I have had almost</p><p>150 downloads. And so if you are here, I really truly want to say thank you so</p><p>much. If you feel like these are helping you in your hair career, please feel</p><p>free to share with any salon owner, any stylist. I am so happy to help and I' m</p><p>so happy you' re here. Let' s dive right into it. Today we are going to go a</p><p>little bit longer because we are going to talk about the end of the year</p><p>follow-up and coming up with a tracking guide for yourself.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:01:38</p><p>] One of the biggest</p><p>things that I have learned in my sales career is when you get to the end of the</p><p>year, it' s simply looking at everything that you' ve done over the year and</p><p>reflecting. In the beginning of the next year, it' s simply about what worked</p><p>really well and what didn' t. And reflecting on those two things can really</p><p>help you to be a little bit better in your business for 2025. With that, we ve</p><p>got about 10 different things. I know that that' s a lot for me, but they' re</p><p>all very important and it' s all something that I want you guys to take away.</p><p>So take one of them. Take two of them. Take three of them. Take four of them.</p><p>Take five of them.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:02:26</p><p>] Take all 10, whatever</p><p>you have to do. I want you to make sure that you are at least 1% to 2% better</p><p>after this episode and that this is something that you can implement for 2025.</p><p>We are coming up into November, which is so crazy and I know how busy each and</p><p>every one of you get behind the chair. That is why I feel like it' s important</p><p>to talk about it right now. This way, you can take it and as soon as the hustle</p><p>and bustle and craziness of being behind the chair during the holiday season</p><p>starts to fizzle, this is something that I want you to be able to take. Okay?</p><p>And maybe you don' t have a super hustly and bustly holiday season in the books</p><p>and that' s okay too.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:03:15</p><p>] Maybe it' s something</p><p>that you wanted. Maybe it' s something that you didn' t. However, if it' s not</p><p>super busy and it' s something that you wanted to be super busy, these are all</p><p>things that you can take and you can reflect on for 20/25 or maybe you can even</p><p>take them and reflect on them in your last three months and start implementing</p><p>them today. So let' s dive right into it. We are going to go over your year-</p><p>end follow- up and your tracking. So the first thing that we' re going to do is</p><p>pretty obvious. We are going to review and analyze our sales data. Wah, wah. I</p><p>know no one likes to talk about that. Here' s three things that we' re going to</p><p>do.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:03:55</p><p>] We' re going to look at</p><p>our top selling products. So if you' re a salon owner or a commissioned salon</p><p>owner, you are literally going to look at what SKUs in retail sold the most. We</p><p>want to break it down by, did you sell the most hair care? Did you sell the</p><p>most skin care, hair care, shampoos and conditioners? If you don' t know, that'</p><p>s okay. That' s why we' re here. Styling products. So that' s like your hair</p><p>sprays. That is your styling aid, your smoothing products, things like that.</p><p>We' re going to break down what categories sold the most. Next up, we' re going</p><p>to go into our top 10 SKUs. The most important thing about your top 10 SKUs is</p><p>if you do not have at least five to six back, which means five to six in</p><p>inventory or on your shelf, that' s what needs to happen for ' 25.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:04:42</p><p>] If you don' t have the</p><p>retail budget for it, we' re going to try to figure out how to get the retail</p><p>budget for it. We typically say we need at least two to three SKUs of each</p><p>product on your shelf. Why? Because no one wants to take the last one. So if you'</p><p>re a salon owner, you' re So typically three is what' s recommended. This was</p><p>shared with me years ago, and it' s one to show, one to go, and one to grow. So</p><p>even if you can only afford one to show and one to go, that' s what we need. So</p><p>we do not want onesies. We want at least two to three products. And then of</p><p>your top selling SKUs, you need at least six to eight.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:05:19</p><p>] Does that mean that if</p><p>you only have three of your top sellers, that' s terrible? Terrible? No, but</p><p>that' s just a goal that you need to build up to for 2025 for your retail area.</p><p>Next part is to track what happened with each of your promotions. I have a</p><p>really great year-end promotional calendar that is a freebie. Please, you can</p><p>reach out to me. I will actually leave the link right here in the show notes.</p><p>Please go grab that, and that actually takes you right into January and</p><p>February. You can start a promotion today with that sheet. And the other thing</p><p>that we' re going to get started with that promotion, that promotional sheet,</p><p>is we are going to then, after all of our promotions are done, we' re going to</p><p>look at how did each promotion go.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:06:01</p><p>] So if you' ve been</p><p>doing your promotions since January, it' s now November or December, how did</p><p>your January and February promotion go? Did you have to pivot? Did you try pick</p><p>a kiss in February and it was a flop? Did you try scratch-offs in March and it</p><p>was like, yes, we are doing this again? Great. So we' re going to go through</p><p>and analyze all of that data and our promotions. Do you have to be completely</p><p>tech-savvy for all of this? Absolutely not. When it comes to tracking</p><p>promotions, I always suggest at the end of each promotion, simply run your</p><p>reports on how sales went from this year to year prior, especially if you' re</p><p>new to this, and you can take handwritten notes.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:06:46</p><p>] You can put them on</p><p>your laptop in one file, whatever it is that you need. It does not have to be.</p><p>It doesn' t have to be crazy, but those are all things that you' re going to</p><p>want to track. Also, on that promotional planner and you' re tracking that success,</p><p>it' s not just retail. You also need to be checking out your add-on services.</p><p>Did you do an add-on service in that time period and how did it go? Did you</p><p>maybe have too many things going on in that time frame that no one even focused</p><p>on the service promotion? Or was a specific service promotion a complete</p><p>success and then you look at the product line and realize, it was a super</p><p>success in March, but here we were in August and that line completely died down</p><p>in our sales.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:07:32</p><p>] Did we just stop</p><p>talking about it? Do we need to have two animations a year along with that</p><p>service? Do we need to have two animations a year with that service add-on? All</p><p>of those things, we need to sit down and we need to figure out so that we can</p><p>come up with a really great plan for 2025. The next step in your year-end</p><p>follow-up is going to be about your clients. We' re actually going to gather</p><p>our client and guest data and any insights that we need to know. There' s a</p><p>couple of things here. We do need to make sure that we' re running reports for</p><p>this one specifically. We' re going to look at all of our clients.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:08:07</p><p>] We want to look at our</p><p>top-selling guests because that' s also something we could do some type of a</p><p>campaign even now. If we looked at our top-selling guests and we did a</p><p>gratitude campaign for our top 10, top 20 guests, that' s always really fun.</p><p>They could get entered to win something. We want to make sure that they' re</p><p>getting a credit. It' s something that just makes people feel good. Is it going</p><p>to drive sales necessarily? It will drive a positive outlook around your</p><p>business and if you have the budget to do so it will drive sales in the future.</p><p>Is it going to have like that turnaround return? It' s not. So, if that</p><p>Something that you need, maybe that isn' t something]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The Top TEN ways to kick off your 2025 was the MOST downloaded episode to date!  Go give it a listen and what things did you stick to so far?  What needs to change or stay the same!  Tell me what has been working for you!</p><p class="ql-align-center">&nbsp;00:00:05 ]Welcome to the Hair Hustle Podcast. I' m Heather</p><p class="ql-align-center">Podlesney, your salon coach dedicated to helping stylists master the business</p><p class="ql-align-center">side of beauty. Whether you' re starting your journey behind the chair or you'</p><p class="ql-align-center">re a seasoned pro looking to level up, this podcast is for you. Each week we'</p><p class="ql-align-center">ll dive into the tips and tricks you need to run a successful salon business</p><p class="ql-align-center">with topics that will change the way you work and earn. From budgeting hacks to</p><p class="ql-align-center">help you keep more of what you make, to time management tips that will keep</p><p class="ql-align-center">your schedule stress-free, and the strategies for boosting your retail sales</p><p class="ql-align-center">and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to build your dream business without</p><p class="ql-align-center">burning out. Together we' ll cut through the noise and get to the root of what</p><p class="ql-align-center">makes your salon thrive.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>[ 00:00:47</p><p>] So grab your shears,</p><p>turn up the volume, and let' s hustle. Hey, hey, welcome to episode six of the</p><p>Hair Hustle Podcast. Thank you so much for being here. I definitely have to</p><p>celebrate a little bit with you. So with just five episodes, I have had almost</p><p>150 downloads. And so if you are here, I really truly want to say thank you so</p><p>much. If you feel like these are helping you in your hair career, please feel</p><p>free to share with any salon owner, any stylist. I am so happy to help and I' m</p><p>so happy you' re here. Let' s dive right into it. Today we are going to go a</p><p>little bit longer because we are going to talk about the end of the year</p><p>follow-up and coming up with a tracking guide for yourself.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:01:38</p><p>] One of the biggest</p><p>things that I have learned in my sales career is when you get to the end of the</p><p>year, it' s simply looking at everything that you' ve done over the year and</p><p>reflecting. In the beginning of the next year, it' s simply about what worked</p><p>really well and what didn' t. And reflecting on those two things can really</p><p>help you to be a little bit better in your business for 2025. With that, we ve</p><p>got about 10 different things. I know that that' s a lot for me, but they' re</p><p>all very important and it' s all something that I want you guys to take away.</p><p>So take one of them. Take two of them. Take three of them. Take four of them.</p><p>Take five of them.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:02:26</p><p>] Take all 10, whatever</p><p>you have to do. I want you to make sure that you are at least 1% to 2% better</p><p>after this episode and that this is something that you can implement for 2025.</p><p>We are coming up into November, which is so crazy and I know how busy each and</p><p>every one of you get behind the chair. That is why I feel like it' s important</p><p>to talk about it right now. This way, you can take it and as soon as the hustle</p><p>and bustle and craziness of being behind the chair during the holiday season</p><p>starts to fizzle, this is something that I want you to be able to take. Okay?</p><p>And maybe you don' t have a super hustly and bustly holiday season in the books</p><p>and that' s okay too.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:03:15</p><p>] Maybe it' s something</p><p>that you wanted. Maybe it' s something that you didn' t. However, if it' s not</p><p>super busy and it' s something that you wanted to be super busy, these are all</p><p>things that you can take and you can reflect on for 20/25 or maybe you can even</p><p>take them and reflect on them in your last three months and start implementing</p><p>them today. So let' s dive right into it. We are going to go over your year-</p><p>end follow- up and your tracking. So the first thing that we' re going to do is</p><p>pretty obvious. We are going to review and analyze our sales data. Wah, wah. I</p><p>know no one likes to talk about that. Here' s three things that we' re going to</p><p>do.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:03:55</p><p>] We' re going to look at</p><p>our top selling products. So if you' re a salon owner or a commissioned salon</p><p>owner, you are literally going to look at what SKUs in retail sold the most. We</p><p>want to break it down by, did you sell the most hair care? Did you sell the</p><p>most skin care, hair care, shampoos and conditioners? If you don' t know, that'</p><p>s okay. That' s why we' re here. Styling products. So that' s like your hair</p><p>sprays. That is your styling aid, your smoothing products, things like that.</p><p>We' re going to break down what categories sold the most. Next up, we' re going</p><p>to go into our top 10 SKUs. The most important thing about your top 10 SKUs is</p><p>if you do not have at least five to six back, which means five to six in</p><p>inventory or on your shelf, that' s what needs to happen for ' 25.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:04:42</p><p>] If you don' t have the</p><p>retail budget for it, we' re going to try to figure out how to get the retail</p><p>budget for it. We typically say we need at least two to three SKUs of each</p><p>product on your shelf. Why? Because no one wants to take the last one. So if you'</p><p>re a salon owner, you' re So typically three is what' s recommended. This was</p><p>shared with me years ago, and it' s one to show, one to go, and one to grow. So</p><p>even if you can only afford one to show and one to go, that' s what we need. So</p><p>we do not want onesies. We want at least two to three products. And then of</p><p>your top selling SKUs, you need at least six to eight.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:05:19</p><p>] Does that mean that if</p><p>you only have three of your top sellers, that' s terrible? Terrible? No, but</p><p>that' s just a goal that you need to build up to for 2025 for your retail area.</p><p>Next part is to track what happened with each of your promotions. I have a</p><p>really great year-end promotional calendar that is a freebie. Please, you can</p><p>reach out to me. I will actually leave the link right here in the show notes.</p><p>Please go grab that, and that actually takes you right into January and</p><p>February. You can start a promotion today with that sheet. And the other thing</p><p>that we' re going to get started with that promotion, that promotional sheet,</p><p>is we are going to then, after all of our promotions are done, we' re going to</p><p>look at how did each promotion go.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:06:01</p><p>] So if you' ve been</p><p>doing your promotions since January, it' s now November or December, how did</p><p>your January and February promotion go? Did you have to pivot? Did you try pick</p><p>a kiss in February and it was a flop? Did you try scratch-offs in March and it</p><p>was like, yes, we are doing this again? Great. So we' re going to go through</p><p>and analyze all of that data and our promotions. Do you have to be completely</p><p>tech-savvy for all of this? Absolutely not. When it comes to tracking</p><p>promotions, I always suggest at the end of each promotion, simply run your</p><p>reports on how sales went from this year to year prior, especially if you' re</p><p>new to this, and you can take handwritten notes.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:06:46</p><p>] You can put them on</p><p>your laptop in one file, whatever it is that you need. It does not have to be.</p><p>It doesn' t have to be crazy, but those are all things that you' re going to</p><p>want to track. Also, on that promotional planner and you' re tracking that success,</p><p>it' s not just retail. You also need to be checking out your add-on services.</p><p>Did you do an add-on service in that time period and how did it go? Did you</p><p>maybe have too many things going on in that time frame that no one even focused</p><p>on the service promotion? Or was a specific service promotion a complete</p><p>success and then you look at the product line and realize, it was a super</p><p>success in March, but here we were in August and that line completely died down</p><p>in our sales.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:07:32</p><p>] Did we just stop</p><p>talking about it? Do we need to have two animations a year along with that</p><p>service? Do we need to have two animations a year with that service add-on? All</p><p>of those things, we need to sit down and we need to figure out so that we can</p><p>come up with a really great plan for 2025. The next step in your year-end</p><p>follow-up is going to be about your clients. We' re actually going to gather</p><p>our client and guest data and any insights that we need to know. There' s a</p><p>couple of things here. We do need to make sure that we' re running reports for</p><p>this one specifically. We' re going to look at all of our clients.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:08:07</p><p>] We want to look at our</p><p>top-selling guests because that' s also something we could do some type of a</p><p>campaign even now. If we looked at our top-selling guests and we did a</p><p>gratitude campaign for our top 10, top 20 guests, that' s always really fun.</p><p>They could get entered to win something. We want to make sure that they' re</p><p>getting a credit. It' s something that just makes people feel good. Is it going</p><p>to drive sales necessarily? It will drive a positive outlook around your</p><p>business and if you have the budget to do so it will drive sales in the future.</p><p>Is it going to have like that turnaround return? It' s not. So, if that</p><p>Something that you need, maybe that isn' t something that you do.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:08:45</p><p>] But that' s always a</p><p>really great one. So if you can find a dryer or a curling iron or something</p><p>that' s been sitting in that back room or a thing of products that' s been</p><p>sitting in that back room or a thing of products that' s been sitting in that</p><p>back room, you can put together in a basket and simply do a gratitude campaign</p><p>for your top 10 people they' re your VIPs. That' s always a great one, okay?</p><p>That' s how we' re gonna identify those repeat buyers and that' s how we' re</p><p>also going to come up with a promotion that you can start right now. Now that</p><p>you Ve gone through and gathered all of your guest data, client data, and you'</p><p>re checking things out a couple things, two things that are really important.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:09:17</p><p>] Number one is your</p><p>average service ticket; this is is key when it comes to wanting to help your</p><p>stylist or if you' re an independent stylist make more money and it also helps</p><p>you to understand your business more. What is the average service ticket? That</p><p>means is how much on average the guest is spending, simply look at your service</p><p>sales so we' re going to add up all of our service sales and we' Re going to</p><p>divide that by the number of guests that we have, you can simply set a goal to</p><p>raise your average service ticket and that will help to make your salon more</p><p>popular, profitable, so we can dive deeper into average service ticket but</p><p>that' s a number that we want to know, so then this way we know what we need to</p><p>do um how we know exactly how much our guest is spending and then what we would</p><p>need to do for 2025.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:10:05</p><p>] The other thing that I</p><p>want to keep you guys in the loop on is the average order value, which is</p><p>called AOV in the retail world, and what that simply means is how much on</p><p>average is your guest spending on retail; but something that people don' t</p><p>understand is that the average service ticket is the average order value of the</p><p>client um I think that' s what AOV is it. Actually, the average purchase value</p><p>and then if you' re thinking about the average order value that people don' t</p><p>typically track is actually your average order value, so your aov you want to</p><p>be able to look at what people are purchasing in your retail area and what the</p><p>average order value is for that.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:10:32</p><p>] It' s not just to know</p><p>how much people are spending but it' s also how you can plan your promotions</p><p>for the next year. So, for example, if you' re looking at your average order</p><p>value in retail and it' s $59, and maybe you did a promotion back in June that</p><p>was over $60, then you get something for free. Maybe that didn' t go well. If</p><p>you would have looked at your average order value at $59, you would see that</p><p>$75 may have been a better incentive because it was just a little bit closer</p><p>and it was like one product away or one item away from getting them to that</p><p>$75.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:11:15</p><p>] So you would have</p><p>increased your average order value throughout the year, but also the promotion</p><p>may have landed a little bit better and it would have sweetened the deal a</p><p>little bit more. Those are all things to look at. We' re going to look at our</p><p>clients. We are going to see who is buying, how much they are buying in</p><p>services, and we' re also going to see how much they are spending in our retail</p><p>area. Next one is we' re going to look at and evaluate our marketing channels.</p><p>This one is huge and you can go very deep into your marketing channels. We are</p><p>going to talk about two and it' s social media and email marketing. If you are</p><p>not doing any of these, it' s okay.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:11:59</p><p>] We are an open space</p><p>here. You can start wherever you are. However, if you' re not doing anything,</p><p>your goal in this category of your marketing channels is simply going to be to</p><p>start and maybe you do need to hire someone. So if you have it in your budget,</p><p>you' re going to be able to do that. If you' Re not doing anything, you could</p><p>look into hiring someone to simply have a social media presence. You don' t</p><p>necessarily have to hire an entire marketing company at $1,500 or $2,000 a</p><p>month, but possibly looking at something that is within your budget that starts</p><p>to get you a presence and just kicks you off from where you are could be what</p><p>you need.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:12:40</p><p>] And maybe that' s even</p><p>paying a team member that you have to start getting going on your social media.</p><p>Now, if you are posting on your social media, we' re going to go through all of</p><p>our insights and we are going to go through our profile and we' re going to</p><p>look up what posts and or and or reels had the most engagement. So we need to</p><p>look up to see what did have the best engagement. So what are people liking to</p><p>see? Did you, did you possibly do a campaign and people absolutely loved it?</p><p>Did your guests love it? Did you get new guests? Was there, and this is also</p><p>when we' re kind of going to start looking at, okay, so when we' re evaluating</p><p>how many, new guests we had, maybe we had a spike in June, but maybe we also</p><p>did a social media new guest campaign.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:13:25</p><p>] So we need to make sure</p><p>what worked and why. Those are all the things that we' re going to look at when</p><p>we search in our marketing channels. The other thing is email marketing. I know</p><p>some of you are like, Heather, I do not want to do email marketing. I am going</p><p>to urge you to simply even something as simple as a weekly or monthly</p><p>newsletter. It does not have to be anything crazy, but if you are at zero and</p><p>you do not have an email list, let' s start with a weekly or a monthly</p><p>newsletter. Something that is super simple, super easy. At the end of the day,</p><p>social media is rented land on your business, okay? It can, anything can</p><p>happen. They can take things down, all of that kind of stuff.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:14:08</p><p>] At the end of the day,</p><p>you are your own voice and it is owned land. When you have your own email list,</p><p>you own all of those emails. You have the permission to use them so we are</p><p>going to use them and we are going to speak directly to them. I know that you'</p><p>re like, does anyone even open emails? Guess what: you can sign up with an</p><p>email service provider for free and you can go check that click rate if that is</p><p>if that' s what you' Re- thinking because that' s literally one of the biggest</p><p>pushbacks I get, and I think to myself I did used to think that way then I had</p><p>an email list, and then I realized how many people are clicking, and how many</p><p>people I get to talk to specifically for that.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:14:47</p><p>] I am going to challenge</p><p>you for this year coming up if you do not have an email list to simply start</p><p>with a monthly or weekly newsletter that simply shares your promotion with your</p><p>guests; Number four: we are going to measure our guest' s retention and their</p><p>loyalty. We want to know how many times our guests have been coming in, on</p><p>average, so are they at four weeks, are they at six weeks, are they at seven</p><p>weeks? This is all a standard measure, so then this way we can compare it two</p><p>years past. So for example, if you had your guests coming in in 20' 23, they</p><p>were coming in on average every four and a half weeks, and then we look at '</p><p>24, we see that on average our guests are coming in every six weeks; those are</p><p>really key points in your service sales, and they could definitely take a hit.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:15:41</p><p>] So we need to make sure</p><p>We look at our demographics as well when it comes to measuring our client</p><p>retention, because why do we have younger guests now? Maybe younger stylists</p><p>that are servicing younger guests that are doing more lived- in looks. Because</p><p>then maybe we need to think about how we run our promotions as well or are our</p><p>regular guests extending out their appointment? That' s something else that we</p><p>have to look into, so those are two things that we have to look at when we' re</p><p>looking at repeat visits up until next time. We are looking at the list for</p><p>referrals okay let. S move into the regional vin category of guest retention</p><p>and loyalty, we need to actually look at our referral and our loyalty program;</p><p>how long has it been since you revamped that referral program?</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:16:24</p><p>] Because I am going to</p><p>tell you all of the accounts that I' ve been in they' ve been running the same</p><p>referral program since lord knows when. And I think can I never find anyone who</p><p>did a referral when I' m holding my own way of doing referrals. So maybe it' s</p><p>more digital. Maybe we' re going to literally text our guests that are sitting</p><p>in our seats and say, ' Can you please send this to five friends? Because I</p><p>absolutely love having you as a guest.' Or are we going to give them cards?</p><p>What does all of that look like? And we need to figure all of those things out.</p><p>Also, your loyalty program: How much are you spending on your loyalty program?</p><p>Make sure you' re going over the budgets.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:17:11</p><p>] That definitely needs</p><p>to be done monthly and...]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">cac477b5-e3fb-4e4d-8bec-440176a83f0c</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2025 20:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/06cac2a9-89b7-458d-bd5a-167c0451589e/Episode-20-MOST-DOWNLOADED-Episode-6-converted.mp3" length="34464541" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>35:54</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>20</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>20</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Episode 19: The Retail Myths that are Holding You Back</title><itunes:title>Episode 19: The Retail Myths that are Holding You Back</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<h3>Episode 19: Retail Myths That Are Holding You Back</h3><h4>FREE Retail MythBusters Guide:<a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/ccd670337e" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">&nbsp;https://heatherpod.kit.com/ccd670337e</a></h4><p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Link to Retail Promo Playbook: <a href="https://www.heatherpod.com/product-page/retail-promo-playbook" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://www.heatherpod.com/product-page/retail-promo-playbook</a></p><p><strong>Welcome:</strong></p><p>Today we’re diving into some of the biggest myths about retail that might be stopping you from reaching your full salon potential. If you’ve ever thought, ‘Retail is too distracting’ or ‘I have to be pushy to sell products,’ stick around, because we’re about to bust these myths wide open. And later, I’m giving away our free 'Retail Myth Buster Guide'—so don’t go anywhere!</p><ul><li>Overview:</li><li>In this episode, we’re going to tackle five common myths that many salon owners face:</li></ul><br/><ol><li>Retail is a distraction from your core services.</li><li>The only way to sell retail is by discounting heavily.</li><li>Your clients don’t care about retail.</li><li>You have to be pushy to sell retail.</li><li>You don’t have the right team to sell retail.</li></ol><br/><ul><li>By the end, you'll have some actionable strategies to overcome these obstacles and boost your sales!</li></ul><br/><h4>Myth #1: "Retail is a Distraction from Your Core Services"</h4><ul><li>Discussing the Myth:</li><li>Let’s start with Myth Number One: 'Retail is a distraction from your core services.' I know many of you worry that focusing on product sales will take away from the time and energy you put into your services. But what if I told you that integrating retail can actually enhance your service experience?</li><li>Debunking the Myth:</li><li>Imagine this: every time you finish a service, you recommend a product that complements the treatment. Studies have shown that salons that do this see up to a 20% increase in overall revenue. Retail isn’t a distraction—it’s a powerful extension of your service offering.</li><li>Key Takeaway:</li><li>So, the next time you think that retail might steal your focus, remember: it can actually help your core services shine even brighter!</li></ul><br/><h4>Myth #2: "The Only Way to Sell Retail is by Discounting Heavily"</h4><ul><li>Discussing the Myth:</li><li>Now, onto Myth Number Two: 'The only way to sell retail is by discounting heavily.' I know it’s tempting to just slash prices, but heavy discounting can hurt your margins and even devalue your brand over time.</li><li>Debunking the Myth:</li><li>Instead, consider alternative strategies. For example, bundling products or offering loyalty rewards can create a premium experience without cutting into your profits. Instead of offering a 30% discount, you might package products together to provide a better value. This approach maintains the product’s premium image and keeps your profit margins healthy.</li><li>Key Takeaway:</li><li>Remember, it’s not about how low you can go, but about how smartly you can present value to your clients.</li></ul><br/><h4>Myth #3: "My Clients Don't Care About Retail"</h4><ul><li>Discussing the Myth:</li><li>Let’s move on to Myth Number Three: 'My clients don’t care about retail.' I hear this all the time—'I don’t think my clients are interested in buying products.' But, in reality, over 60% of clients are excited about personalized product recommendations when you explain the benefits.</li><li>Debunking the Myth:</li><li>Think about it: when you provide a solution that helps them maintain or enhance the results of their service at home, they’re more likely to invest in that product. It’s all about education and trust. You’re not just selling a product; you’re offering a way for your clients to keep that salon-fresh feeling going at home.</li><li>Key Takeaway:</li><li>Your clients do care—especially when you show them how a product can make a real difference in their lives.</li></ul><br/><h4>Myth #4: "I Have to Be Pushy to Sell Retail"</h4><ul><li>Discussing the Myth:</li><li>Next up, Myth Number Four: 'I have to be pushy to sell retail.' I know many of you worry that if you suggest a product, you might come off as too aggressive. But here's the secret: selling retail is really about offering solutions, not about hard selling.</li><li>Debunking the Myth:</li><li>Imagine you’re in a consultation with a client and you say, 'I’ve noticed your hair could use some extra hydration—this product might be just what you need.' That’s not pushy; that’s caring and professional advice. It’s about helping your client achieve their best look and feel.</li><li>Key Takeaway:</li><li>With the right approach and some practice using gentle, informative language, you can make product recommendations that feel natural and helpful.</li></ul><br/><h4>Myth #5: "I Don’t Have the Right Team to Sell Retail"</h4><ul><li>Discussing the Myth:</li><li>Finally, Myth Number Five: 'I don’t have the right team to sell retail.' It’s common to feel that your team might not be ready or capable of handling retail sales. But here’s the good news: with a little training and some regular team huddles, anyone can become a retail ambassador.</li><li>Debunking the Myth:</li><li>Even a short weekly training session can boost your team’s confidence and product knowledge dramatically. When your team feels informed and enthusiastic, your retail sales naturally improve, and so does the overall client experience.</li><li>Key Takeaway:</li><li>It’s not about having the 'perfect' team from day one—it’s about investing in your team and watching them grow into confident, capable sellers.</li></ul><br/><h4>Overcoming the Myths: Actionable Strategies</h4><ul><li>Recap and Action Steps:</li><li>So, how do we overcome these myths? Here are some actionable strategies you can start using today:</li><li>For Myth #1: Integrate product recommendations into every service consultation.</li><li>For Myth #2: Experiment with bundling and loyalty programs instead of just cutting prices.</li><li>For Myth #3: Educate your clients about the benefits of each product so they feel confident in their purchase.</li><li>For Myth #4: Use conversation starters that focus on problem-solving rather than pushing for a sale.</li><li>For Myth #5: Hold regular, short training sessions to empower your team.</li><li>These steps are simple but incredibly effective in boosting your retail success.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>The Freebie:</strong></p><p>And remember, I’ve put together a comprehensive 'Retail Myth Buster Guide' that breaks down all these strategies even further—with templates, scripts, and more. I’ll share the download link in the show notes, so make sure you grab it!</p><h4>Audience Interaction &amp; Q&amp;A</h4><ul><li>Engagement with Listeners:</li><li>Before we wrap up, I’d love to hear from you. Which myth did you find most surprising? Have you encountered any of these challenges in your salon? Shoot me your questions or share your experiences on social media, and I might feature some of your stories in our next episode!</li></ul><br/><h4>Conclusion &amp; Call to Action</h4><ul><li>Summary &amp; Final Thoughts:</li><li>To sum it up, don’t let these common retail myths hold you back. Retail can truly complement your services and drive revenue when approached correctly. Embrace these strategies, and you’ll see a positive change in your salon’s bottom line.</li><li>Call to Action:</li><li>Be sure to download the 'Retail Myth Buster Guide' right now—just click the link in the show notes. And if you’re ready to dive even deeper into creating a robust retail strategy, check out our Retail Promo Playbook. Thanks so much for joining me today. I can’t wait to hear about your successes. Until next time, keep busting those myths and thriving in your business!</li></ul><br/>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3>Episode 19: Retail Myths That Are Holding You Back</h3><h4>FREE Retail MythBusters Guide:<a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/ccd670337e" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">&nbsp;https://heatherpod.kit.com/ccd670337e</a></h4><p>Contact Heather: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>Link to Retail Promo Playbook: <a href="https://www.heatherpod.com/product-page/retail-promo-playbook" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://www.heatherpod.com/product-page/retail-promo-playbook</a></p><p><strong>Welcome:</strong></p><p>Today we’re diving into some of the biggest myths about retail that might be stopping you from reaching your full salon potential. If you’ve ever thought, ‘Retail is too distracting’ or ‘I have to be pushy to sell products,’ stick around, because we’re about to bust these myths wide open. And later, I’m giving away our free 'Retail Myth Buster Guide'—so don’t go anywhere!</p><ul><li>Overview:</li><li>In this episode, we’re going to tackle five common myths that many salon owners face:</li></ul><br/><ol><li>Retail is a distraction from your core services.</li><li>The only way to sell retail is by discounting heavily.</li><li>Your clients don’t care about retail.</li><li>You have to be pushy to sell retail.</li><li>You don’t have the right team to sell retail.</li></ol><br/><ul><li>By the end, you'll have some actionable strategies to overcome these obstacles and boost your sales!</li></ul><br/><h4>Myth #1: "Retail is a Distraction from Your Core Services"</h4><ul><li>Discussing the Myth:</li><li>Let’s start with Myth Number One: 'Retail is a distraction from your core services.' I know many of you worry that focusing on product sales will take away from the time and energy you put into your services. But what if I told you that integrating retail can actually enhance your service experience?</li><li>Debunking the Myth:</li><li>Imagine this: every time you finish a service, you recommend a product that complements the treatment. Studies have shown that salons that do this see up to a 20% increase in overall revenue. Retail isn’t a distraction—it’s a powerful extension of your service offering.</li><li>Key Takeaway:</li><li>So, the next time you think that retail might steal your focus, remember: it can actually help your core services shine even brighter!</li></ul><br/><h4>Myth #2: "The Only Way to Sell Retail is by Discounting Heavily"</h4><ul><li>Discussing the Myth:</li><li>Now, onto Myth Number Two: 'The only way to sell retail is by discounting heavily.' I know it’s tempting to just slash prices, but heavy discounting can hurt your margins and even devalue your brand over time.</li><li>Debunking the Myth:</li><li>Instead, consider alternative strategies. For example, bundling products or offering loyalty rewards can create a premium experience without cutting into your profits. Instead of offering a 30% discount, you might package products together to provide a better value. This approach maintains the product’s premium image and keeps your profit margins healthy.</li><li>Key Takeaway:</li><li>Remember, it’s not about how low you can go, but about how smartly you can present value to your clients.</li></ul><br/><h4>Myth #3: "My Clients Don't Care About Retail"</h4><ul><li>Discussing the Myth:</li><li>Let’s move on to Myth Number Three: 'My clients don’t care about retail.' I hear this all the time—'I don’t think my clients are interested in buying products.' But, in reality, over 60% of clients are excited about personalized product recommendations when you explain the benefits.</li><li>Debunking the Myth:</li><li>Think about it: when you provide a solution that helps them maintain or enhance the results of their service at home, they’re more likely to invest in that product. It’s all about education and trust. You’re not just selling a product; you’re offering a way for your clients to keep that salon-fresh feeling going at home.</li><li>Key Takeaway:</li><li>Your clients do care—especially when you show them how a product can make a real difference in their lives.</li></ul><br/><h4>Myth #4: "I Have to Be Pushy to Sell Retail"</h4><ul><li>Discussing the Myth:</li><li>Next up, Myth Number Four: 'I have to be pushy to sell retail.' I know many of you worry that if you suggest a product, you might come off as too aggressive. But here's the secret: selling retail is really about offering solutions, not about hard selling.</li><li>Debunking the Myth:</li><li>Imagine you’re in a consultation with a client and you say, 'I’ve noticed your hair could use some extra hydration—this product might be just what you need.' That’s not pushy; that’s caring and professional advice. It’s about helping your client achieve their best look and feel.</li><li>Key Takeaway:</li><li>With the right approach and some practice using gentle, informative language, you can make product recommendations that feel natural and helpful.</li></ul><br/><h4>Myth #5: "I Don’t Have the Right Team to Sell Retail"</h4><ul><li>Discussing the Myth:</li><li>Finally, Myth Number Five: 'I don’t have the right team to sell retail.' It’s common to feel that your team might not be ready or capable of handling retail sales. But here’s the good news: with a little training and some regular team huddles, anyone can become a retail ambassador.</li><li>Debunking the Myth:</li><li>Even a short weekly training session can boost your team’s confidence and product knowledge dramatically. When your team feels informed and enthusiastic, your retail sales naturally improve, and so does the overall client experience.</li><li>Key Takeaway:</li><li>It’s not about having the 'perfect' team from day one—it’s about investing in your team and watching them grow into confident, capable sellers.</li></ul><br/><h4>Overcoming the Myths: Actionable Strategies</h4><ul><li>Recap and Action Steps:</li><li>So, how do we overcome these myths? Here are some actionable strategies you can start using today:</li><li>For Myth #1: Integrate product recommendations into every service consultation.</li><li>For Myth #2: Experiment with bundling and loyalty programs instead of just cutting prices.</li><li>For Myth #3: Educate your clients about the benefits of each product so they feel confident in their purchase.</li><li>For Myth #4: Use conversation starters that focus on problem-solving rather than pushing for a sale.</li><li>For Myth #5: Hold regular, short training sessions to empower your team.</li><li>These steps are simple but incredibly effective in boosting your retail success.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>The Freebie:</strong></p><p>And remember, I’ve put together a comprehensive 'Retail Myth Buster Guide' that breaks down all these strategies even further—with templates, scripts, and more. I’ll share the download link in the show notes, so make sure you grab it!</p><h4>Audience Interaction &amp; Q&amp;A</h4><ul><li>Engagement with Listeners:</li><li>Before we wrap up, I’d love to hear from you. Which myth did you find most surprising? Have you encountered any of these challenges in your salon? Shoot me your questions or share your experiences on social media, and I might feature some of your stories in our next episode!</li></ul><br/><h4>Conclusion &amp; Call to Action</h4><ul><li>Summary &amp; Final Thoughts:</li><li>To sum it up, don’t let these common retail myths hold you back. Retail can truly complement your services and drive revenue when approached correctly. Embrace these strategies, and you’ll see a positive change in your salon’s bottom line.</li><li>Call to Action:</li><li>Be sure to download the 'Retail Myth Buster Guide' right now—just click the link in the show notes. And if you’re ready to dive even deeper into creating a robust retail strategy, check out our Retail Promo Playbook. Thanks so much for joining me today. I can’t wait to hear about your successes. Until next time, keep busting those myths and thriving in your business!</li></ul><br/>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">b9eb6e10-8e2e-400e-98a9-7f48b9a7cfae</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/54027a42-0eee-44f2-b52c-2fa6ef4be0c1/Episode-19-The-myths-holding-you-back-converted.mp3" length="11300533" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>15:42</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>19</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>19</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Profits &amp; Pampering: Finally Understand The Retail Game</title><itunes:title>Profits &amp; Pampering: Finally Understand The Retail Game</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<h3>Podcast Episode 18: Profit &amp; Pamper: Transforming Your Salons Retail Game</h3><p><strong>Introduction</strong></p><ul><li>Welcome listeners to the episode.</li><li>Quick overview of why salon retail is often overlooked and how a systemized approach can increase revenue.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>The Mindset Shift: Retail as a Service, Not a Sell</strong></p><ul><li>Why many stylists avoid selling retail.</li><li>Changing the perspective: retail is a <strong>continuation of service</strong>, not an upsell.</li><li>Example: A stylist wouldn't send a client home with wet hair; why send them home without the right products?</li></ul><br/><p><strong>The 3-Step Retail System</strong></p><ol><li><strong>Selection &amp; Curation</strong> – Picking the right brands that align with your salon’s identity.</li></ol><br/><ul><li>Should you carry one brand or multiple?</li><li>Importance of knowing your product ingredients and benefits.</li><li>Online Presence&nbsp;</li></ul><br/><ol><li><strong>Promotions, Pricing &amp; Placement</strong> – Display matters!</li></ol><br/><ul><li>How pricing affects sales psychology.</li><li>Strategic product placement for easy sales&nbsp;</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Sales Psychology: 1. Charm Pricing and Perceived Value</strong></p><ul><li><strong>Charm Pricing Effect:</strong></li><li>Many studies have shown that prices ending in “.99” (e.g., $9.99 instead of $10.00) can make a product appear significantly less expensive. Research indicates that charm pricing can increase sales by anywhere from <strong>15% to 30%</strong> in some retail environments.</li><li><strong>Statistic:</strong> A study by Schindler and Kibarian found that charm pricing can lead to a <strong>24% boost in sales</strong> compared to rounded prices.</li><li><strong>Psychology Behind It:</strong> Consumers tend to focus on the left-most digit, so $9.99 is processed as “under $10” rather than “almost $10,” subtly influencing the perceived value.</li></ul><br/><h3>2. Anchoring and Comparison</h3><ul><li><strong>Anchoring Effect:</strong></li><li>The first price a customer sees (the “anchor”) sets a reference point for all subsequent judgments. If you display a “regular” price next to a discounted price, consumers compare the two.</li><li><strong>Statistic:</strong> Studies in behavioral economics suggest that when a product’s price is anchored by a higher “list price,” customers are up to <strong>40% more likely</strong> to perceive the sale price as a good deal.</li><li><strong>Psychology Behind It:</strong> The anchoring effect causes consumers to rely heavily on the first piece of information (the high anchor), making the discounted price seem like a bargain—even if the discount is relatively small.</li></ul><br/><h3>3. The Impact of Discounts and Perceived Savings</h3><ul><li><strong>Discount Perception:</strong></li><li>Offering discounts can significantly boost purchase behavior, but the percentage matters.</li><li><strong>Statistic:</strong> Research has shown that a discount of <strong>10% to 20%</strong> can increase conversion rates by as much as <strong>30%</strong>, as customers feel they are getting a favorable deal.</li><li><strong>Psychology Behind It:</strong> Discounts create a sense of urgency and trigger a fear of missing out (FOMO). Consumers often associate a discount with saving money, which can accelerate the decision-making process.</li></ul><br/><h3>4. Price-Quality Guideline</h3><ul><li><strong>Quality Perception:</strong></li><li>In many cases, consumers equate price with quality—a phenomenon known as the price-quality heuristic.</li><li><strong>Statistic:</strong> According to various market research surveys, about <strong>60% to 70%</strong> of consumers believe that higher-priced items are of better quality.</li><li><strong>Psychology Behind It:</strong> While lower prices can be appealing, if a product is priced too low, it might signal inferior quality. Conversely, a higher price can justify a premium product image, leading customers to trust in its quality and effectiveness.</li></ul><br/><ol><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;<strong>Incorporating Retail Into the Consultation</strong></li></ol><br/><ul><li>How to <strong>naturally</strong> introduce retail in conversations without sounding pushy.</li><li>Example scripts and key phrases stylists can use.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>The Follow-Through: Tracking &amp; Goal Setting</strong></p><ul><li>How to track retail sales without overcomplicating it.</li><li>Setting realistic sales goals based on service revenue.</li><li>Incentives for stylists: Should you offer commissions or bonuses?</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Action Steps</strong></p><ul><li>Recap the <strong>Salon Retail System</strong> and encourage listeners to implement it.</li><li>Guide through how to use&nbsp;</li><li>✅ Choose 3-5 core retail items to focus on.</li><li>✅ Update product displays for better visibility.</li><li>✅ Practice product conversations during consultations.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Closing &amp; CTA</strong></p><ul><li>Tease the next episode: <strong>"Retail Myths That Are Holding You Back."</strong></li><li>Watch out the the Promo Playbook coming this week!!</li></ul><br/><p>GRAB THE Promo PLAYBOOK HERE and set yourself FREE for 2025</p><p><a href="https://www.heatherpod.com/product-page/retail-promo-playbook" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://www.heatherpod.com/product-page/retail-promo-playbook </a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3>Podcast Episode 18: Profit &amp; Pamper: Transforming Your Salons Retail Game</h3><p><strong>Introduction</strong></p><ul><li>Welcome listeners to the episode.</li><li>Quick overview of why salon retail is often overlooked and how a systemized approach can increase revenue.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>The Mindset Shift: Retail as a Service, Not a Sell</strong></p><ul><li>Why many stylists avoid selling retail.</li><li>Changing the perspective: retail is a <strong>continuation of service</strong>, not an upsell.</li><li>Example: A stylist wouldn't send a client home with wet hair; why send them home without the right products?</li></ul><br/><p><strong>The 3-Step Retail System</strong></p><ol><li><strong>Selection &amp; Curation</strong> – Picking the right brands that align with your salon’s identity.</li></ol><br/><ul><li>Should you carry one brand or multiple?</li><li>Importance of knowing your product ingredients and benefits.</li><li>Online Presence&nbsp;</li></ul><br/><ol><li><strong>Promotions, Pricing &amp; Placement</strong> – Display matters!</li></ol><br/><ul><li>How pricing affects sales psychology.</li><li>Strategic product placement for easy sales&nbsp;</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Sales Psychology: 1. Charm Pricing and Perceived Value</strong></p><ul><li><strong>Charm Pricing Effect:</strong></li><li>Many studies have shown that prices ending in “.99” (e.g., $9.99 instead of $10.00) can make a product appear significantly less expensive. Research indicates that charm pricing can increase sales by anywhere from <strong>15% to 30%</strong> in some retail environments.</li><li><strong>Statistic:</strong> A study by Schindler and Kibarian found that charm pricing can lead to a <strong>24% boost in sales</strong> compared to rounded prices.</li><li><strong>Psychology Behind It:</strong> Consumers tend to focus on the left-most digit, so $9.99 is processed as “under $10” rather than “almost $10,” subtly influencing the perceived value.</li></ul><br/><h3>2. Anchoring and Comparison</h3><ul><li><strong>Anchoring Effect:</strong></li><li>The first price a customer sees (the “anchor”) sets a reference point for all subsequent judgments. If you display a “regular” price next to a discounted price, consumers compare the two.</li><li><strong>Statistic:</strong> Studies in behavioral economics suggest that when a product’s price is anchored by a higher “list price,” customers are up to <strong>40% more likely</strong> to perceive the sale price as a good deal.</li><li><strong>Psychology Behind It:</strong> The anchoring effect causes consumers to rely heavily on the first piece of information (the high anchor), making the discounted price seem like a bargain—even if the discount is relatively small.</li></ul><br/><h3>3. The Impact of Discounts and Perceived Savings</h3><ul><li><strong>Discount Perception:</strong></li><li>Offering discounts can significantly boost purchase behavior, but the percentage matters.</li><li><strong>Statistic:</strong> Research has shown that a discount of <strong>10% to 20%</strong> can increase conversion rates by as much as <strong>30%</strong>, as customers feel they are getting a favorable deal.</li><li><strong>Psychology Behind It:</strong> Discounts create a sense of urgency and trigger a fear of missing out (FOMO). Consumers often associate a discount with saving money, which can accelerate the decision-making process.</li></ul><br/><h3>4. Price-Quality Guideline</h3><ul><li><strong>Quality Perception:</strong></li><li>In many cases, consumers equate price with quality—a phenomenon known as the price-quality heuristic.</li><li><strong>Statistic:</strong> According to various market research surveys, about <strong>60% to 70%</strong> of consumers believe that higher-priced items are of better quality.</li><li><strong>Psychology Behind It:</strong> While lower prices can be appealing, if a product is priced too low, it might signal inferior quality. Conversely, a higher price can justify a premium product image, leading customers to trust in its quality and effectiveness.</li></ul><br/><ol><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;<strong>Incorporating Retail Into the Consultation</strong></li></ol><br/><ul><li>How to <strong>naturally</strong> introduce retail in conversations without sounding pushy.</li><li>Example scripts and key phrases stylists can use.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>The Follow-Through: Tracking &amp; Goal Setting</strong></p><ul><li>How to track retail sales without overcomplicating it.</li><li>Setting realistic sales goals based on service revenue.</li><li>Incentives for stylists: Should you offer commissions or bonuses?</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Action Steps</strong></p><ul><li>Recap the <strong>Salon Retail System</strong> and encourage listeners to implement it.</li><li>Guide through how to use&nbsp;</li><li>✅ Choose 3-5 core retail items to focus on.</li><li>✅ Update product displays for better visibility.</li><li>✅ Practice product conversations during consultations.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Closing &amp; CTA</strong></p><ul><li>Tease the next episode: <strong>"Retail Myths That Are Holding You Back."</strong></li><li>Watch out the the Promo Playbook coming this week!!</li></ul><br/><p>GRAB THE Promo PLAYBOOK HERE and set yourself FREE for 2025</p><p><a href="https://www.heatherpod.com/product-page/retail-promo-playbook" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://www.heatherpod.com/product-page/retail-promo-playbook </a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">4b7cf291-a517-4350-a43a-2a8f2118c025</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/990056d4-bec5-417b-a8d1-1b1a3f7d720c/Episode-18-Profits-Pamper-Transforming-Salons-Profits-converted.mp3" length="22378855" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>31:05</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>18</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>18</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>BONUS Episode 17: The HIGHLY REQUESTED Personal Budgeting Episode! NOT just for stylists!</title><itunes:title>BONUS Episode 17: The HIGHLY REQUESTED Personal Budgeting Episode! NOT just for stylists!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p><strong>FREE RESOURCES:</strong></p><p>Personal Expense Tracker<strong>: </strong><a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/8650607451" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/8650607451</a>&nbsp;</p><p>Independent Stylist Expense Tracker: <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/705f2f912f" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/705f2f912f</a></p><p>Independent Stylist Budget Guide: <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/c9f316e834" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/c9f316e834</a></p><p>Questions/Concerns OR Would you like to know the advanced tracker I use?  Contact me via email at helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Introduction</strong></p><ul><li>Acknowledging the January budgeting series and how the bonus episode is for anyone looking to manage their personal finances.</li><li>Whether you’re a busy parent, a side hustler, or just looking to make sense of your money, today’s episode will give you practical steps to take control of your finances without feeling overwhelmed.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 1: Why Personal Budgeting Matters</strong></p><ul><li>The importance of a personal budget:</li><li>Helps you reduce financial stress.</li><li>Builds confidence in managing money.</li><li>Allows you to align spending with your values and goals.</li><li>Addressing common fears: "Budgeting doesn’t mean you can’t have fun—it’s about making your money work for you."</li><li>Quick example: A budget is like a GPS for your finances—it guides you to where you want to go.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 2: The Basics of Personal Budgeting</strong></p><ul><li><strong>Step 1: Understand Your Income</strong></li><li>Identify all sources of income: salary, side hustles, investments.</li><li>Know your monthly take-home pay</li><li><strong>Step 2: List Your Expenses</strong></li><li>Fixed expenses (rent/mortgage, insurance, subscriptions).</li><li>Variable expenses (groceries, gas, entertainment).</li><li>Irregular expenses (birthdays, car repairs).</li><li>FREE budgeting BASIC tracker has Monthly and Variable</li><li><strong>Step 3: Categorize Your Spending</strong></li><li>Essentials (needs): housing, utilities, food.</li><li>Wants: dining out, hobbies, travel.</li><li>Savings/Debt repayment.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 3: Building Your Personal Budget</strong></p><ul><li>Use the 50/30/20 Rule as a starting point:</li><li>50% for needs</li><li>30% for wants</li><li>20% for savings or paying off debt</li><li>Customize it to fit your situation. Example: "If you’re paying off debt, increase the savings category and reduce spending on wants temporarily."</li><li>Tools to create a budget:</li><li>Pen and paper.</li><li>Apps: Every Dollar</li><li>Google Sheets (link to a simple personal budget template as a freebie).</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 4: Staying on Track Without Burnout</strong></p><ul><li>Weekly check-ins: Spend 10 minutes reviewing transaction</li><li>Automate savings and bill payments: Treat savings like a non-negotiable bill.</li><li>Plan for fun: Budgeting isn’t about deprivation. Set aside money for the things you enjoy.</li><li>Address budget fails:</li><li>"Unexpected expense? Adjust your plan for the rest of the month."</li><li>"Overspent? Learn from it and move forward without guilt."</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 5: Setting Personal Financial Goals</strong></p><ul><li>Why goals make budgeting meaningful: When you have a purpose, it’s easier to stick to the plan.</li><li>Examples of personal goals:</li><li>Build a $5,000 emergency fund or 3-6 month emergency fund</li><li>Save for a family vacation.</li><li>Pay off credit card debt.</li><li>Break big goals into smaller milestones: If you want to save $1,200 for the year, that’s $100 a month.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Conclusion</strong></p><ul><li>Recap actionable steps:</li></ul><br/><ol><li>Understand your income.</li><li>List and categorize your expenses.</li><li>Build your budget using a rule like 50/30/20.</li><li>Stay on track with weekly check-ins and automation.</li><li>Align your budget with your personal goals.</li></ol><br/><ul><li>Encouragement: Budgeting isn’t about perfection—it’s about progress. Start small, stay consistent, and watch your finances transform.</li><li>Freebie reminder: Download the personal expense template linked in the show notes to get started today.</li><li>Did you love this episode? Let me know!!!&nbsp;&nbsp;</li></ul><br/>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>FREE RESOURCES:</strong></p><p>Personal Expense Tracker<strong>: </strong><a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/8650607451" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/8650607451</a>&nbsp;</p><p>Independent Stylist Expense Tracker: <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/705f2f912f" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/705f2f912f</a></p><p>Independent Stylist Budget Guide: <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/c9f316e834" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/c9f316e834</a></p><p>Questions/Concerns OR Would you like to know the advanced tracker I use?  Contact me via email at helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p><strong>Introduction</strong></p><ul><li>Acknowledging the January budgeting series and how the bonus episode is for anyone looking to manage their personal finances.</li><li>Whether you’re a busy parent, a side hustler, or just looking to make sense of your money, today’s episode will give you practical steps to take control of your finances without feeling overwhelmed.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 1: Why Personal Budgeting Matters</strong></p><ul><li>The importance of a personal budget:</li><li>Helps you reduce financial stress.</li><li>Builds confidence in managing money.</li><li>Allows you to align spending with your values and goals.</li><li>Addressing common fears: "Budgeting doesn’t mean you can’t have fun—it’s about making your money work for you."</li><li>Quick example: A budget is like a GPS for your finances—it guides you to where you want to go.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 2: The Basics of Personal Budgeting</strong></p><ul><li><strong>Step 1: Understand Your Income</strong></li><li>Identify all sources of income: salary, side hustles, investments.</li><li>Know your monthly take-home pay</li><li><strong>Step 2: List Your Expenses</strong></li><li>Fixed expenses (rent/mortgage, insurance, subscriptions).</li><li>Variable expenses (groceries, gas, entertainment).</li><li>Irregular expenses (birthdays, car repairs).</li><li>FREE budgeting BASIC tracker has Monthly and Variable</li><li><strong>Step 3: Categorize Your Spending</strong></li><li>Essentials (needs): housing, utilities, food.</li><li>Wants: dining out, hobbies, travel.</li><li>Savings/Debt repayment.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 3: Building Your Personal Budget</strong></p><ul><li>Use the 50/30/20 Rule as a starting point:</li><li>50% for needs</li><li>30% for wants</li><li>20% for savings or paying off debt</li><li>Customize it to fit your situation. Example: "If you’re paying off debt, increase the savings category and reduce spending on wants temporarily."</li><li>Tools to create a budget:</li><li>Pen and paper.</li><li>Apps: Every Dollar</li><li>Google Sheets (link to a simple personal budget template as a freebie).</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 4: Staying on Track Without Burnout</strong></p><ul><li>Weekly check-ins: Spend 10 minutes reviewing transaction</li><li>Automate savings and bill payments: Treat savings like a non-negotiable bill.</li><li>Plan for fun: Budgeting isn’t about deprivation. Set aside money for the things you enjoy.</li><li>Address budget fails:</li><li>"Unexpected expense? Adjust your plan for the rest of the month."</li><li>"Overspent? Learn from it and move forward without guilt."</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 5: Setting Personal Financial Goals</strong></p><ul><li>Why goals make budgeting meaningful: When you have a purpose, it’s easier to stick to the plan.</li><li>Examples of personal goals:</li><li>Build a $5,000 emergency fund or 3-6 month emergency fund</li><li>Save for a family vacation.</li><li>Pay off credit card debt.</li><li>Break big goals into smaller milestones: If you want to save $1,200 for the year, that’s $100 a month.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Conclusion</strong></p><ul><li>Recap actionable steps:</li></ul><br/><ol><li>Understand your income.</li><li>List and categorize your expenses.</li><li>Build your budget using a rule like 50/30/20.</li><li>Stay on track with weekly check-ins and automation.</li><li>Align your budget with your personal goals.</li></ol><br/><ul><li>Encouragement: Budgeting isn’t about perfection—it’s about progress. Start small, stay consistent, and watch your finances transform.</li><li>Freebie reminder: Download the personal expense template linked in the show notes to get started today.</li><li>Did you love this episode? Let me know!!!&nbsp;&nbsp;</li></ul><br/>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">29108388-8da3-4405-ad88-51e16ce41d9c</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 30 Jan 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/7e02d4d5-751f-431d-9559-9d478fd3f616/Episode-17-Budgeting-BONUS-Personal-Budgeting-converted.mp3" length="17404409" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>24:10</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>17</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>17</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>The Budgeting Series Pt 4: Budgeting for BIG Dream, Not BIG Stress</title><itunes:title>The Budgeting Series Pt 4: Budgeting for BIG Dream, Not BIG Stress</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Episode 16: Part 4 of the Budgeting Series</strong></p><p>Budgeting for Big Dreams, Not Big Stress</p><p>Introduction</p><ul><li>[Music fades in]</li><li>Recap the journey through the January budgeting series: steps to take control, tools for tracking, and now, how to save for your biggest dreams.</li><li>Teaser: Whether it’s launching your dream salon suite, upgrading your tools, or taking that once-in-a-lifetime trip, today we’re diving deep into how to turn big financial goals into reality—without the stress.</li></ul><br/><p>Segment 1: Dream Big with a Plan</p><ul><li>The importance of dreaming big: Your dreams fuel your motivation. They’re what make budgeting exciting instead of just another chore.</li><li>Define your dream:</li><li>Is it business-focused? (e.g., expanding services, buying equipment)</li><li>Is it personal? (e.g., a family vacation, building a safety net)</li><li>How much will it cost?</li><li>Action Step: Break your dream into a tangible financial goal.</li><li>Example: A $5,000 salon renovation might feel overwhelming, but over a year, it’s $417 a month.</li></ul><br/><p>Segment 2: Reverse-Engineer Your Savings Goal</p><ul><li>Set a timeline:</li><li>How soon do you want to achieve your goal?</li><li>Consider realistic milestones.</li><li>Calculate your monthly savings target:</li><li>Divide the total cost by the number of months in your timeline.</li><li>Include this amount as a non-negotiable in your budget.</li><li>Example: Example: A $5,000 salon renovation might feel overwhelming, but over a year, it’s $417 a month.</li></ul><br/><p>PERSONAL Example - Saving for a $3,000 vacation over 18 months? That’s just $167 per month.</p><p>Segment 3: Cut Costs &amp; add Income Without Sacrificing Joy</p><ul><li>Identify areas to trim:</li><li>Fixed expenses: renegotiate contracts or cut unused subscriptions.</li><li>Variable expenses: make small sacrifices, like fewer takeout meals.</li><li>Be mindful of cost cutting efforts - weigh your time to cost ratio</li><li>Creative cost-saving ideas:</li><li>DIY projects: Instead of buying decor for your salon, make it a fun craft day.</li><li>Reminder on loyalty/rewards programs.</li><li>Add in income streams like treatment days BTC.&nbsp;</li><li>Do not discount your service but try talking about a new experience or a Treat Yo-self campaign in the salon.&nbsp; Do you have treatments laying around? Or add on service options?</li><li>Action Step: Redirect savings into a dedicated fund.</li><li>Open a separate account or use an envelope system with a fireproof safe</li></ul><br/><p>Segment 4: Make Your Money Work for YouAutomate your savings:</p><ul><li>Set up recurring transfers to your goal account.</li><li>Look for additional income streams:</li><li>Take extra clients, sell unused equipment, or monetize a skill.</li><li>Invest wisely:</li><li>If your timeline is over a year, consider a high-yield savings account to grow your money faster. (please speak to your trusted advisor on this!!)</li><li><br></li><li><br></li></ul><br/><p>Segment 5: Stay Inspired and Accountable</p><ul><li>Visualize your progress:</li><li>Use a dream board or savings tracker.</li><li>Celebrate small wins along the way.</li><li>Share your goal:</li><li>Tell a trusted friend or accountability partner or find a stylist that has similar goals and set a day/time to text each other your weekly goals.</li><li>Stay flexible:</li><li>Life happens. If you need to adjust your timeline, that’s okay—just don’t give up.</li></ul><br/><p>Conclusion</p><ul><li>Recap actionable steps:</li></ul><br/><ol><li>Define your dream.</li><li>Break it into a savings goal.</li><li>Trim costs, add income and redirect savings.</li><li>Automate your savings.</li><li>Stay inspired and accountable.</li></ol><br/><ul><li>Actionable takeaway: Dream big, start small, and stay consistent. You’ll be amazed at how quickly you can turn your vision into reality.</li><li>Reminder to download the budgeting series freebies!!</li></ul><br/><ol><li>Expense Tracker for Independent Stylists <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/705f2f912f" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/705f2f912f</a>&nbsp;</li><li>Budget Guidelines <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/c9f316e834" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/c9f316e834</a>&nbsp;</li><li>Personal Expense Tracker <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/8650607451" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/8650607451</a>February we will get into everything from gaining more clients - boundaries - increasing income and setting goals! PLUS keep your eyes open for Thursdays BONUS episode on personal budgeting basics!</li></ol><br/><ul><li>[Music fades out]</li></ul><br/>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Episode 16: Part 4 of the Budgeting Series</strong></p><p>Budgeting for Big Dreams, Not Big Stress</p><p>Introduction</p><ul><li>[Music fades in]</li><li>Recap the journey through the January budgeting series: steps to take control, tools for tracking, and now, how to save for your biggest dreams.</li><li>Teaser: Whether it’s launching your dream salon suite, upgrading your tools, or taking that once-in-a-lifetime trip, today we’re diving deep into how to turn big financial goals into reality—without the stress.</li></ul><br/><p>Segment 1: Dream Big with a Plan</p><ul><li>The importance of dreaming big: Your dreams fuel your motivation. They’re what make budgeting exciting instead of just another chore.</li><li>Define your dream:</li><li>Is it business-focused? (e.g., expanding services, buying equipment)</li><li>Is it personal? (e.g., a family vacation, building a safety net)</li><li>How much will it cost?</li><li>Action Step: Break your dream into a tangible financial goal.</li><li>Example: A $5,000 salon renovation might feel overwhelming, but over a year, it’s $417 a month.</li></ul><br/><p>Segment 2: Reverse-Engineer Your Savings Goal</p><ul><li>Set a timeline:</li><li>How soon do you want to achieve your goal?</li><li>Consider realistic milestones.</li><li>Calculate your monthly savings target:</li><li>Divide the total cost by the number of months in your timeline.</li><li>Include this amount as a non-negotiable in your budget.</li><li>Example: Example: A $5,000 salon renovation might feel overwhelming, but over a year, it’s $417 a month.</li></ul><br/><p>PERSONAL Example - Saving for a $3,000 vacation over 18 months? That’s just $167 per month.</p><p>Segment 3: Cut Costs &amp; add Income Without Sacrificing Joy</p><ul><li>Identify areas to trim:</li><li>Fixed expenses: renegotiate contracts or cut unused subscriptions.</li><li>Variable expenses: make small sacrifices, like fewer takeout meals.</li><li>Be mindful of cost cutting efforts - weigh your time to cost ratio</li><li>Creative cost-saving ideas:</li><li>DIY projects: Instead of buying decor for your salon, make it a fun craft day.</li><li>Reminder on loyalty/rewards programs.</li><li>Add in income streams like treatment days BTC.&nbsp;</li><li>Do not discount your service but try talking about a new experience or a Treat Yo-self campaign in the salon.&nbsp; Do you have treatments laying around? Or add on service options?</li><li>Action Step: Redirect savings into a dedicated fund.</li><li>Open a separate account or use an envelope system with a fireproof safe</li></ul><br/><p>Segment 4: Make Your Money Work for YouAutomate your savings:</p><ul><li>Set up recurring transfers to your goal account.</li><li>Look for additional income streams:</li><li>Take extra clients, sell unused equipment, or monetize a skill.</li><li>Invest wisely:</li><li>If your timeline is over a year, consider a high-yield savings account to grow your money faster. (please speak to your trusted advisor on this!!)</li><li><br></li><li><br></li></ul><br/><p>Segment 5: Stay Inspired and Accountable</p><ul><li>Visualize your progress:</li><li>Use a dream board or savings tracker.</li><li>Celebrate small wins along the way.</li><li>Share your goal:</li><li>Tell a trusted friend or accountability partner or find a stylist that has similar goals and set a day/time to text each other your weekly goals.</li><li>Stay flexible:</li><li>Life happens. If you need to adjust your timeline, that’s okay—just don’t give up.</li></ul><br/><p>Conclusion</p><ul><li>Recap actionable steps:</li></ul><br/><ol><li>Define your dream.</li><li>Break it into a savings goal.</li><li>Trim costs, add income and redirect savings.</li><li>Automate your savings.</li><li>Stay inspired and accountable.</li></ol><br/><ul><li>Actionable takeaway: Dream big, start small, and stay consistent. You’ll be amazed at how quickly you can turn your vision into reality.</li><li>Reminder to download the budgeting series freebies!!</li></ul><br/><ol><li>Expense Tracker for Independent Stylists <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/705f2f912f" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/705f2f912f</a>&nbsp;</li><li>Budget Guidelines <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/c9f316e834" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/c9f316e834</a>&nbsp;</li><li>Personal Expense Tracker <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/8650607451" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/8650607451</a>February we will get into everything from gaining more clients - boundaries - increasing income and setting goals! PLUS keep your eyes open for Thursdays BONUS episode on personal budgeting basics!</li></ol><br/><ul><li>[Music fades out]</li></ul><br/>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">4b73d551-90b9-4a0c-b2c0-bfcd351851da</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/0b1e4ce7-252e-4aa7-a0ba-be48b2f3dbc0/Episode-16-Budgeting-Series-pt-4-Big-Dreams-not-Big-Stress-conv.mp3" length="17941068" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>24:55</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>16</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>16</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>The Budgeting Series Pt 3: The Routine That Will Set You FREE!</title><itunes:title>The Budgeting Series Pt 3: The Routine That Will Set You FREE!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Free Resources: </p><p>Budget Guide:<a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/c9f316e834" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"> https://heatherpod.kit.com/c9f316e834</a></p><p>Expense Tracker: <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/705f2f912f" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/705f2f912f</a> </p><p><strong>Episode 15</strong> <strong>Podcast Outline: My Monthly Budget Routine</strong></p><p><strong>Introduction</strong></p><ul><li>Brief recap of the January budgeting series so far and a reminder about the free resources available (budgeting checklist and expense tracker).</li><li>Teaser: Today, I’m walking you through my exact monthly budget routine. This is the system I use to stay on track, reduce stress, and make progress toward my financial goals. Ready to take control of your month? Let’s dive in!</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 1: Setting the Stage</strong></p><ul><li>Importance of having a consistent monthly budgeting routine:</li><li>Keeps you proactive instead of reactive.</li><li>Builds financial confidence.</li><li>Helps you stay aligned with your goals.</li><li>Ideal timing: I do my budget routine on the first of the month or the last day of the previous month and do tracking 1x per week.&nbsp; Personal is 1-2x per week. Find a time that works best for you.</li><li>Tools needed: digital tracker (e.g., Google Sheets), a notebook, or an app.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 2: Step 1 - Review the Previous Month(s)</strong></p><ul><li>Start by assessing the prior month’s income and expenses:</li><li>Compare actual spending to your budgeted amounts.</li><li>Identify areas where you overspent or underspent.</li><li>Reflect on any unexpected expenses and how they impacted your budget.</li><li>Example: Last month, I spent $50 more on supplies than planned, but I also saved $75 on marketing costs.</li><li>Pro tip: Use color-coding in your tracker to highlight trends.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 3: Step 2 - Plan for the New Month</strong></p><ul><li>Set your income expectations:</li><li>Account for services, retail, and tips.</li><li>Consider any planned promotions or special events that might affect revenue.</li><li>Do not forget to count for no shows or appointments moving.</li><li>List all expected expenses:</li><li>Fixed: rent</li><li>Variable: supplies, education, marketing,</li><li>Irregular: annual fees (amazon, insurance) , one-time purchases.</li><li>Include a buffer for unexpected costs (5-10% of your monthly expenses).</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 4: Step 3 - Set Your Monthly Goals</strong></p><ul><li>Tie your financial goals to your budget:</li><li>Example: Save $200 for new tools or pay off a $500 debt.</li><li>Use the SMART framework:</li><li>Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, Time-bound.</li><li>Pro tip: Break larger goals into monthly chunks to stay motivated.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 5: Step 4 - Track Weekly Progress</strong></p><ul><li>Importance of checking in weekly:</li><li>Prevents overspending.</li><li>Helps you course-correct mid-month.</li><li>Quick tasks for weekly reviews:</li><li>Log all income and expenses onto a sheet&nbsp;</li><li>Update your tracker or app.</li><li>Adjust your budget if necessary.</li><li>Example: If you earn $200 extra in tips, decide how to allocate it immediately—savings, debt, or a fun purchase. - I save all my tips for something for myself.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 6: Step 5 - Celebrate and Reflect</strong></p><ul><li>Celebrate small wins: Did you stick to your budget? Save more than expected? Pay off debt? Acknowledge your progress.</li><li>Reflect on challenges:</li><li>What worked well?</li><li>What could you improve next month?</li><li>Reminder: Budgeting is a journey, not a sprint. Give yourself grace while staying consistent.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Conclusion</strong></p><ul><li>Recap the steps of the monthly budget routine:</li><li>Review the previous month.</li><li>Plan for the new month.</li><li>Set your monthly goals.</li><li>Track weekly progress.</li><li>Celebrate and reflect.</li><li>Actionable takeaway: Block out time for your own budget routine this month and commit to doing it every month moving forward.</li><li>Reminder about the free resources available:</li><li>Budgeting checklist and expense tracker (link in the show notes).</li><li>Teaser for next week’s bonus episode: We’ll be diving into personal budgeting tips for independent stylists. Don’t miss it!</li></ul><br/>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Free Resources: </p><p>Budget Guide:<a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/c9f316e834" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"> https://heatherpod.kit.com/c9f316e834</a></p><p>Expense Tracker: <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/705f2f912f" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/705f2f912f</a> </p><p><strong>Episode 15</strong> <strong>Podcast Outline: My Monthly Budget Routine</strong></p><p><strong>Introduction</strong></p><ul><li>Brief recap of the January budgeting series so far and a reminder about the free resources available (budgeting checklist and expense tracker).</li><li>Teaser: Today, I’m walking you through my exact monthly budget routine. This is the system I use to stay on track, reduce stress, and make progress toward my financial goals. Ready to take control of your month? Let’s dive in!</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 1: Setting the Stage</strong></p><ul><li>Importance of having a consistent monthly budgeting routine:</li><li>Keeps you proactive instead of reactive.</li><li>Builds financial confidence.</li><li>Helps you stay aligned with your goals.</li><li>Ideal timing: I do my budget routine on the first of the month or the last day of the previous month and do tracking 1x per week.&nbsp; Personal is 1-2x per week. Find a time that works best for you.</li><li>Tools needed: digital tracker (e.g., Google Sheets), a notebook, or an app.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 2: Step 1 - Review the Previous Month(s)</strong></p><ul><li>Start by assessing the prior month’s income and expenses:</li><li>Compare actual spending to your budgeted amounts.</li><li>Identify areas where you overspent or underspent.</li><li>Reflect on any unexpected expenses and how they impacted your budget.</li><li>Example: Last month, I spent $50 more on supplies than planned, but I also saved $75 on marketing costs.</li><li>Pro tip: Use color-coding in your tracker to highlight trends.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 3: Step 2 - Plan for the New Month</strong></p><ul><li>Set your income expectations:</li><li>Account for services, retail, and tips.</li><li>Consider any planned promotions or special events that might affect revenue.</li><li>Do not forget to count for no shows or appointments moving.</li><li>List all expected expenses:</li><li>Fixed: rent</li><li>Variable: supplies, education, marketing,</li><li>Irregular: annual fees (amazon, insurance) , one-time purchases.</li><li>Include a buffer for unexpected costs (5-10% of your monthly expenses).</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 4: Step 3 - Set Your Monthly Goals</strong></p><ul><li>Tie your financial goals to your budget:</li><li>Example: Save $200 for new tools or pay off a $500 debt.</li><li>Use the SMART framework:</li><li>Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, Time-bound.</li><li>Pro tip: Break larger goals into monthly chunks to stay motivated.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 5: Step 4 - Track Weekly Progress</strong></p><ul><li>Importance of checking in weekly:</li><li>Prevents overspending.</li><li>Helps you course-correct mid-month.</li><li>Quick tasks for weekly reviews:</li><li>Log all income and expenses onto a sheet&nbsp;</li><li>Update your tracker or app.</li><li>Adjust your budget if necessary.</li><li>Example: If you earn $200 extra in tips, decide how to allocate it immediately—savings, debt, or a fun purchase. - I save all my tips for something for myself.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 6: Step 5 - Celebrate and Reflect</strong></p><ul><li>Celebrate small wins: Did you stick to your budget? Save more than expected? Pay off debt? Acknowledge your progress.</li><li>Reflect on challenges:</li><li>What worked well?</li><li>What could you improve next month?</li><li>Reminder: Budgeting is a journey, not a sprint. Give yourself grace while staying consistent.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Conclusion</strong></p><ul><li>Recap the steps of the monthly budget routine:</li><li>Review the previous month.</li><li>Plan for the new month.</li><li>Set your monthly goals.</li><li>Track weekly progress.</li><li>Celebrate and reflect.</li><li>Actionable takeaway: Block out time for your own budget routine this month and commit to doing it every month moving forward.</li><li>Reminder about the free resources available:</li><li>Budgeting checklist and expense tracker (link in the show notes).</li><li>Teaser for next week’s bonus episode: We’ll be diving into personal budgeting tips for independent stylists. Don’t miss it!</li></ul><br/>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">54bb2416-b52a-4303-b0fa-cdb7e2b5318d</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/eb382aab-e12d-4fe7-8056-8af7566f63fc/Episode-15-Budgeting-Series-My-Routine-converted.mp3" length="17332938" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>24:04</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>15</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>15</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>The Budgeting Series Pt 2: Where is it all Going?</title><itunes:title>The Budgeting Series Pt 2: Where is it all Going?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Episode 14: Where is the Money Going??</p><p><strong>Podcast Episode Outline: 3 Tools to Simplify Expense Tracking</strong></p><p><strong>Introduction</strong></p><ul><li>[Music fades in]</li><li>Quick recap of Episode 1 and reminder to download the budgeting checklist.</li><li>In today’s episode, we’re simplifying expense tracking with three amazing tools that will save you time and headaches. Plus, I’ve got a free Google Sheets expense tracker for you at the end of the episode!</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 1: Why Expense Tracking Matters</strong></p><ul><li>Explanation of why tracking expenses is essential for business success:</li><li>Keeps finances organized.</li><li>Helps identify spending patterns.</li><li>Prevents overspending and ensures profitability.</li><li>Story about how expense tracking helps</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 2: Tool #1 - Digital Expense Tracking Apps</strong></p><ul><li>Introduction to apps like QuickBooks, Wave, and Expensify.</li><li>Features: automated tracking, receipt uploads, tax preparation.</li><li>Benefits: Saves time and reduces manual errors.</li><li>Example use case: "Imagine uploading your supply receipts and having the app categorize them for you in seconds."</li><li>Tips for choosing the right app:</li><li>Look for user-friendly interfaces.</li><li>Check for features like bank account syncing.</li><li>Consider cost-effectiveness (free vs. paid versions).</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 3: Tool #2 - Spreadsheets (Google Sheets)</strong></p><ul><li>Advantages of using spreadsheets:</li><li>Customizable to fit your needs.</li><li>Free and accessible.</li><li>Easily shared with accountants or business partners.</li><li>Walkthrough of the free Google Sheets tracker:</li><li>Date, Amount, Categories (Rent, Product, Education, Taxes, Insurance, Subscriptions/Fee, Time Off/Vacation), Fixed (pink with red letters) or Variable (red with pink letters) Expenses, and over or under budget</li><li>How to input expenses</li><li>You’ll find the link to download this customizable sheet in the show notes.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 4: Tool #3 - Receipt Management&nbsp;</strong></p><ul><li>Importance of organizing receipts:</li><li>Helps with tax deductions.</li><li>Avoids scrambling during tax season.</li><li>Digital tools for receipt storage:</li><li>CamScanner for scanning paper receipts.</li><li>Dropbox or Google Drive for digital storage.</li><li>Apps like Hubdoc for integration with expense trackers.</li><li>Tips for creating a receipt filing routine:</li><li>Weekly or monthly organization sessions.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Conclusion</strong></p><ul><li>Recap of the three tools: digital apps, Google Sheets, and receipt management systems.</li><li>Actionable advice: "Pick one tool to start with and commit to using it consistently for the next month."</li><li>Reminder to download the free Google Sheets tracker from the show notes.</li><li>Teaser for next week’s episode: "My Monthly Budgeting Routine."</li><li>[Music fades out]</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Freebie: HP Consulting Expense Tracker</strong></p><p><a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/705f2f912f" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/705f2f912f </a></p><p><strong>If you missed last weeks free budgeting guide!&nbsp; Grab it here!&nbsp;</strong></p><p>The Budgeting Guide: <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/c9f316e834" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/c9f316e834</a> </p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Episode 14: Where is the Money Going??</p><p><strong>Podcast Episode Outline: 3 Tools to Simplify Expense Tracking</strong></p><p><strong>Introduction</strong></p><ul><li>[Music fades in]</li><li>Quick recap of Episode 1 and reminder to download the budgeting checklist.</li><li>In today’s episode, we’re simplifying expense tracking with three amazing tools that will save you time and headaches. Plus, I’ve got a free Google Sheets expense tracker for you at the end of the episode!</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 1: Why Expense Tracking Matters</strong></p><ul><li>Explanation of why tracking expenses is essential for business success:</li><li>Keeps finances organized.</li><li>Helps identify spending patterns.</li><li>Prevents overspending and ensures profitability.</li><li>Story about how expense tracking helps</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 2: Tool #1 - Digital Expense Tracking Apps</strong></p><ul><li>Introduction to apps like QuickBooks, Wave, and Expensify.</li><li>Features: automated tracking, receipt uploads, tax preparation.</li><li>Benefits: Saves time and reduces manual errors.</li><li>Example use case: "Imagine uploading your supply receipts and having the app categorize them for you in seconds."</li><li>Tips for choosing the right app:</li><li>Look for user-friendly interfaces.</li><li>Check for features like bank account syncing.</li><li>Consider cost-effectiveness (free vs. paid versions).</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 3: Tool #2 - Spreadsheets (Google Sheets)</strong></p><ul><li>Advantages of using spreadsheets:</li><li>Customizable to fit your needs.</li><li>Free and accessible.</li><li>Easily shared with accountants or business partners.</li><li>Walkthrough of the free Google Sheets tracker:</li><li>Date, Amount, Categories (Rent, Product, Education, Taxes, Insurance, Subscriptions/Fee, Time Off/Vacation), Fixed (pink with red letters) or Variable (red with pink letters) Expenses, and over or under budget</li><li>How to input expenses</li><li>You’ll find the link to download this customizable sheet in the show notes.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Segment 4: Tool #3 - Receipt Management&nbsp;</strong></p><ul><li>Importance of organizing receipts:</li><li>Helps with tax deductions.</li><li>Avoids scrambling during tax season.</li><li>Digital tools for receipt storage:</li><li>CamScanner for scanning paper receipts.</li><li>Dropbox or Google Drive for digital storage.</li><li>Apps like Hubdoc for integration with expense trackers.</li><li>Tips for creating a receipt filing routine:</li><li>Weekly or monthly organization sessions.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Conclusion</strong></p><ul><li>Recap of the three tools: digital apps, Google Sheets, and receipt management systems.</li><li>Actionable advice: "Pick one tool to start with and commit to using it consistently for the next month."</li><li>Reminder to download the free Google Sheets tracker from the show notes.</li><li>Teaser for next week’s episode: "My Monthly Budgeting Routine."</li><li>[Music fades out]</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Freebie: HP Consulting Expense Tracker</strong></p><p><a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/705f2f912f" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/705f2f912f </a></p><p><strong>If you missed last weeks free budgeting guide!&nbsp; Grab it here!&nbsp;</strong></p><p>The Budgeting Guide: <a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/c9f316e834" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/c9f316e834</a> </p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">74987d13-9bb9-430c-9bcd-2d8239a5700a</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/66d3702a-4b03-4525-bce5-d5dfbcbfc24d/Episode-14-where-is-the-money-going-converted.mp3" length="10646322" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>14:47</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>14</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>14</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>The Budgeting Series Pt 1: Where is this Money GOING?</title><itunes:title>The Budgeting Series Pt 1: Where is this Money GOING?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Episode 13: The 5 Steps to Take Control of Your Budget</strong></p><p><strong>Introduction</strong></p><p>Host Intro:</p><p>I’m thrilled to kick off our January budgeting series. This month, we’re diving into all things money management for stylists and salon owners. Today’s episode is all about the five steps to take control of your budget. Whether you’re feeling overwhelmed or just looking for a reset, this episode will give you actionable steps to get started. So grab a notebook or just sit back and listen—I’ve got you covered. Let’s dive in!</p><p><strong>Step 1: Separate Personal and Business Finances</strong></p><p><br></p><p>This first step is critical: separating your personal and business finances. If you’re still mixing these together, it’s time to stop. Open a business bank account if you don’t already have one, and make sure you’re using separate credit cards for personal and business expenses. Why is this so important? Because when everything is mixed, it’s almost impossible to know how your business is really performing. Plus, come tax season, you’ll save yourself a ton of stress by having everything organized.</p><p>This doesn’t have to be complicated. Start small. Transfer a set amount from your business account to your personal account each month as your salary. This keeps things clean and helps you budget personally as well.</p><p><strong>Step 2: Understand Your Starting Point</strong></p><p><br></p><p>The next step to taking control of your budget is understanding where you’re starting from. Before you can set goals or make changes, you need to have a clear picture of your current financial situation. This means gathering all your financial data. Take a look at your income sources—service revenue, retail sales, tips, maybe even side gigs like teaching classes or consulting. Write these down so you know exactly how much money is coming in each month.</p><p>Next, list out all your expenses. Start with the big ones like rent or booth fees, supplies, and insurance. Don’t forget smaller costs like subscriptions for software or marketing expenses. Be honest with yourself. The goal here is to know exactly what you’re working with, so don’t leave anything out.</p><p>Finally, break these expenses into two categories: recurring and one-time. This will help you see patterns and prepare for big-ticket items that don’t come up every month. Once you have this information, you’ll have a much clearer idea of where your money is going.</p><p><strong>Step 3: Prioritize Essential Expenses</strong></p><p><br></p><p>Step three is all about prioritizing your expenses. Take a hard look at your list from step one and categorize everything into three groups: ‘must-haves,’ ‘nice-to-haves,’ and ‘cuttable.’ For example, rent and supplies are must-haves. A subscription to a fancy magazine? That might be cuttable.</p><p>The goal here is to ensure that your essential expenses are always covered and to identify areas where you might be overspending. Maybe you’ve been paying for a tool or software you’re not even using. Or perhaps there’s a way to negotiate lower costs on certain items. These little adjustments can add up to big savings.</p><p><strong>Step 4: Set Achievable Financial Goals</strong></p><p><br></p><p>Now that you’ve cleaned up your finances, it’s time to set some goals. And not just any goals—SMART goals. That stands for Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, and Time-bound. Let’s say you want to save $1,000 for a new piece of equipment. Break that down. If you give yourself six months, that’s about $167 a month. Suddenly, it feels much more doable, right?</p><p>You can apply this to all kinds of goals: paying off debt, building an emergency fund, or even saving for a dream vacation. The key is to assign timelines and make these goals part of your budget.</p><p><strong>Step 5: Build a Tracking System</strong></p><p><br></p><p>Finally, step five is building a system to track your progress. This can be as simple or as fancy as you want. Maybe it’s a bookkeeping app like QuickBooks or Wave. Maybe it’s a spreadsheet or even a notebook. Whatever you choose, the important thing is consistency.</p><p>Set reminders to review your finances weekly and monthly. Use these check-ins to track your income, see if you’re staying within your budget, and make adjustments as needed. Consistency is what turns budgeting into a habit.</p><p><strong>Wrap-Up</strong></p><p><br></p><p>So there you have it: the five steps to take control of your budget. Let’s recap. First, separate your personal and business finances.&nbsp; Second, understand your starting point. Third, prioritize your expenses. Fourth, set achievable goals. And fifth, build a tracking system. These steps might feel overwhelming at first, but remember: progress, not perfection.</p><p>Before we go, I have a free basic tracking guide for you to download. It’ll guide you through these steps and help you take action right away. Check the link in the show notes to grab your copy. And if you found this episode helpful, share it with a fellow stylist who might need it.</p><p>Thanks for tuning in to the Hair Hustle Podcast. Don’t forget to subscribe so you don’t miss next week’s episode, where we’ll talk about three tools to simplify expense tracking. Until then, take care and keep hustling!</p><p><br></p><p>Link to Take Control of your Money Guidelines <a href="https://www.canva.com/design/DAGbeOELoXk/JrZ1zr4iSm_gSQZTxWgrng/view?utm_content=DAGbeOELoXk&amp;utm_campaign=designshare&amp;utm_medium=link&amp;utm_source=publishsharelink&amp;mode=preview" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">HERE</a></p><p>OR Below</p><p><a href="https://www.canva.com/design/DAGbeOELoXk/JrZ1zr4iSm_gSQZTxWgrng/view?utm_content=DAGbeOELoXk&amp;utm_campaign=designshare&amp;utm_medium=link&amp;utm_source=publishsharelink&amp;mode=preview" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://www.canva.com/design/DAGbeOELoXk/JrZ1zr4iSm_gSQZTxWgrng/view?utm_content=DAGbeOELoXk&amp;utm_campaign=designshare&amp;utm_medium=link&amp;utm_source=publishsharelink&amp;mode=preview</a></p><p><br></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Episode 13: The 5 Steps to Take Control of Your Budget</strong></p><p><strong>Introduction</strong></p><p>Host Intro:</p><p>I’m thrilled to kick off our January budgeting series. This month, we’re diving into all things money management for stylists and salon owners. Today’s episode is all about the five steps to take control of your budget. Whether you’re feeling overwhelmed or just looking for a reset, this episode will give you actionable steps to get started. So grab a notebook or just sit back and listen—I’ve got you covered. Let’s dive in!</p><p><strong>Step 1: Separate Personal and Business Finances</strong></p><p><br></p><p>This first step is critical: separating your personal and business finances. If you’re still mixing these together, it’s time to stop. Open a business bank account if you don’t already have one, and make sure you’re using separate credit cards for personal and business expenses. Why is this so important? Because when everything is mixed, it’s almost impossible to know how your business is really performing. Plus, come tax season, you’ll save yourself a ton of stress by having everything organized.</p><p>This doesn’t have to be complicated. Start small. Transfer a set amount from your business account to your personal account each month as your salary. This keeps things clean and helps you budget personally as well.</p><p><strong>Step 2: Understand Your Starting Point</strong></p><p><br></p><p>The next step to taking control of your budget is understanding where you’re starting from. Before you can set goals or make changes, you need to have a clear picture of your current financial situation. This means gathering all your financial data. Take a look at your income sources—service revenue, retail sales, tips, maybe even side gigs like teaching classes or consulting. Write these down so you know exactly how much money is coming in each month.</p><p>Next, list out all your expenses. Start with the big ones like rent or booth fees, supplies, and insurance. Don’t forget smaller costs like subscriptions for software or marketing expenses. Be honest with yourself. The goal here is to know exactly what you’re working with, so don’t leave anything out.</p><p>Finally, break these expenses into two categories: recurring and one-time. This will help you see patterns and prepare for big-ticket items that don’t come up every month. Once you have this information, you’ll have a much clearer idea of where your money is going.</p><p><strong>Step 3: Prioritize Essential Expenses</strong></p><p><br></p><p>Step three is all about prioritizing your expenses. Take a hard look at your list from step one and categorize everything into three groups: ‘must-haves,’ ‘nice-to-haves,’ and ‘cuttable.’ For example, rent and supplies are must-haves. A subscription to a fancy magazine? That might be cuttable.</p><p>The goal here is to ensure that your essential expenses are always covered and to identify areas where you might be overspending. Maybe you’ve been paying for a tool or software you’re not even using. Or perhaps there’s a way to negotiate lower costs on certain items. These little adjustments can add up to big savings.</p><p><strong>Step 4: Set Achievable Financial Goals</strong></p><p><br></p><p>Now that you’ve cleaned up your finances, it’s time to set some goals. And not just any goals—SMART goals. That stands for Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, and Time-bound. Let’s say you want to save $1,000 for a new piece of equipment. Break that down. If you give yourself six months, that’s about $167 a month. Suddenly, it feels much more doable, right?</p><p>You can apply this to all kinds of goals: paying off debt, building an emergency fund, or even saving for a dream vacation. The key is to assign timelines and make these goals part of your budget.</p><p><strong>Step 5: Build a Tracking System</strong></p><p><br></p><p>Finally, step five is building a system to track your progress. This can be as simple or as fancy as you want. Maybe it’s a bookkeeping app like QuickBooks or Wave. Maybe it’s a spreadsheet or even a notebook. Whatever you choose, the important thing is consistency.</p><p>Set reminders to review your finances weekly and monthly. Use these check-ins to track your income, see if you’re staying within your budget, and make adjustments as needed. Consistency is what turns budgeting into a habit.</p><p><strong>Wrap-Up</strong></p><p><br></p><p>So there you have it: the five steps to take control of your budget. Let’s recap. First, separate your personal and business finances.&nbsp; Second, understand your starting point. Third, prioritize your expenses. Fourth, set achievable goals. And fifth, build a tracking system. These steps might feel overwhelming at first, but remember: progress, not perfection.</p><p>Before we go, I have a free basic tracking guide for you to download. It’ll guide you through these steps and help you take action right away. Check the link in the show notes to grab your copy. And if you found this episode helpful, share it with a fellow stylist who might need it.</p><p>Thanks for tuning in to the Hair Hustle Podcast. Don’t forget to subscribe so you don’t miss next week’s episode, where we’ll talk about three tools to simplify expense tracking. Until then, take care and keep hustling!</p><p><br></p><p>Link to Take Control of your Money Guidelines <a href="https://www.canva.com/design/DAGbeOELoXk/JrZ1zr4iSm_gSQZTxWgrng/view?utm_content=DAGbeOELoXk&amp;utm_campaign=designshare&amp;utm_medium=link&amp;utm_source=publishsharelink&amp;mode=preview" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">HERE</a></p><p>OR Below</p><p><a href="https://www.canva.com/design/DAGbeOELoXk/JrZ1zr4iSm_gSQZTxWgrng/view?utm_content=DAGbeOELoXk&amp;utm_campaign=designshare&amp;utm_medium=link&amp;utm_source=publishsharelink&amp;mode=preview" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://www.canva.com/design/DAGbeOELoXk/JrZ1zr4iSm_gSQZTxWgrng/view?utm_content=DAGbeOELoXk&amp;utm_campaign=designshare&amp;utm_medium=link&amp;utm_source=publishsharelink&amp;mode=preview</a></p><p><br></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">2f65cb03-4048-4bfe-9b99-392357e2818c</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 07 Jan 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/33c47470-3b8e-4d3e-a45b-6471a23fcb49/Episode-13-Budgeting-Series-Pt-1-converted.mp3" length="15796938" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:56</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>13</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>13</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Money Moves: Make Sure it Moves in YOUR Favor!</title><itunes:title>Money Moves: Make Sure it Moves in YOUR Favor!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Episode 12:</strong> <strong>Money Moves – Budgeting Tips to Boost Your Stylist Business</strong></p><h3>5 Budgeting Tips&nbsp;</h3><h4>1. Pay Yourself First</h4><ul><li><strong>What It Means:</strong> Set aside a percentage of your income for personal use before allocating money to business expenses.</li><li><strong>Why It’s Important:</strong> It ensures you’re not just working to pay bills but also reaping the rewards of your hard work.</li><li><strong>How to Do It:</strong></li><li>50% to pay yourself, 30% to expenses, and 20% for savings or debt repayment.</li><li>Automate your savings so it’s non-negotiable.</li></ul><br/><h4>2. Track Every Dollar</h4><ul><li><strong>What It Means:</strong> Know where your money is going by keeping detailed records of your income and expenses.</li><li><strong>Why It’s Important:</strong> Helps you spot unnecessary spending and ensures your pricing covers your costs.</li><li><strong>How to Do It:</strong></li><li>Use apps like QuickBooks, Mint, Every Dollar or even a simple Excel sheet.</li><li>Categorize expenses: rent, supplies, education, marketing, etc.</li><li>Regularly review and adjust your budget.</li></ul><br/><h4>3. Create a Seasonal Budget OR Sinking Funds</h4><ul><li><strong>&nbsp;What It Means:</strong> Plan your budget around the natural ebbs and flows of the salon industry (e.g., busy holidays vs. slow summer months).</li><li><strong>Why It’s Important:</strong> Helps you stay afloat during slower periods and make the most of your busy season profits.</li><li><strong>How to Do It:</strong></li><li>Save a percentage of your income during peak months to cover slower periods.</li><li>Invest in marketing and promotions during slower times to boost business.</li></ul><br/><h4>4. Budget for Education and Growth</h4><ul><li><strong>What It Means:</strong> Set aside money for continuing education, tools, or marketing that will grow your business.</li><li><strong>Why It’s Important:</strong> Staying ahead in your skills and marketing game keeps you competitive.</li><li><strong>How to Do It:</strong></li><li>Allocate a fixed percentage of your income (e.g., 5%) for education or business growth.</li><li>Plan ahead for big-ticket items like conferences or certifications.</li></ul><br/><h4>5. Build an Emergency Fund</h4><ul><li><strong>What It Means:</strong> Have savings to cover unexpected expenses like equipment repairs or personal emergencies.</li><li><strong>Why It’s Important:</strong> Protects your business from being derailed by unforeseen costs.</li><li><strong>How to Do It:</strong></li><li>Start small: Aim for 1-2 months of expenses saved.</li><li>Add to it consistently until you reach 6 months of expenses.</li></ul><br/><h3>Dos and Don’ts of Stylist Budgeting (5 minutes)</h3><h4>Dos:</h4><ul><li><strong>Do Review Regularly:</strong> Check your budget monthly to ensure you’re on track.</li><li><strong>Do Set Goals:</strong> Have short-term and long-term financial goals to keep you motivated.</li><li><strong>Do Separate Personal and Business Finances:</strong> Open a dedicated business account to make tracking easier.</li><li><strong>Do Invest in Yourself:</strong> Spend wisely on tools, training, and marketing that will grow your income.</li></ul><br/><h4>Don’ts:</h4><ul><li><strong>Don’t Ignore Small Expenses:</strong> Little costs like coffee runs or subscriptions can add up fast.</li><li><strong>Don’t Underprice Your Services:</strong> Budgeting starts with proper pricing—know your worth!</li><li><strong>Don’t Forget Taxes:</strong> Set aside 20-30% of your income for taxes to avoid surprises later.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Don’t Skip Emergency Savings:</strong> A financial cushion is non-negotiable.</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Episode 12:</strong> <strong>Money Moves – Budgeting Tips to Boost Your Stylist Business</strong></p><h3>5 Budgeting Tips&nbsp;</h3><h4>1. Pay Yourself First</h4><ul><li><strong>What It Means:</strong> Set aside a percentage of your income for personal use before allocating money to business expenses.</li><li><strong>Why It’s Important:</strong> It ensures you’re not just working to pay bills but also reaping the rewards of your hard work.</li><li><strong>How to Do It:</strong></li><li>50% to pay yourself, 30% to expenses, and 20% for savings or debt repayment.</li><li>Automate your savings so it’s non-negotiable.</li></ul><br/><h4>2. Track Every Dollar</h4><ul><li><strong>What It Means:</strong> Know where your money is going by keeping detailed records of your income and expenses.</li><li><strong>Why It’s Important:</strong> Helps you spot unnecessary spending and ensures your pricing covers your costs.</li><li><strong>How to Do It:</strong></li><li>Use apps like QuickBooks, Mint, Every Dollar or even a simple Excel sheet.</li><li>Categorize expenses: rent, supplies, education, marketing, etc.</li><li>Regularly review and adjust your budget.</li></ul><br/><h4>3. Create a Seasonal Budget OR Sinking Funds</h4><ul><li><strong>&nbsp;What It Means:</strong> Plan your budget around the natural ebbs and flows of the salon industry (e.g., busy holidays vs. slow summer months).</li><li><strong>Why It’s Important:</strong> Helps you stay afloat during slower periods and make the most of your busy season profits.</li><li><strong>How to Do It:</strong></li><li>Save a percentage of your income during peak months to cover slower periods.</li><li>Invest in marketing and promotions during slower times to boost business.</li></ul><br/><h4>4. Budget for Education and Growth</h4><ul><li><strong>What It Means:</strong> Set aside money for continuing education, tools, or marketing that will grow your business.</li><li><strong>Why It’s Important:</strong> Staying ahead in your skills and marketing game keeps you competitive.</li><li><strong>How to Do It:</strong></li><li>Allocate a fixed percentage of your income (e.g., 5%) for education or business growth.</li><li>Plan ahead for big-ticket items like conferences or certifications.</li></ul><br/><h4>5. Build an Emergency Fund</h4><ul><li><strong>What It Means:</strong> Have savings to cover unexpected expenses like equipment repairs or personal emergencies.</li><li><strong>Why It’s Important:</strong> Protects your business from being derailed by unforeseen costs.</li><li><strong>How to Do It:</strong></li><li>Start small: Aim for 1-2 months of expenses saved.</li><li>Add to it consistently until you reach 6 months of expenses.</li></ul><br/><h3>Dos and Don’ts of Stylist Budgeting (5 minutes)</h3><h4>Dos:</h4><ul><li><strong>Do Review Regularly:</strong> Check your budget monthly to ensure you’re on track.</li><li><strong>Do Set Goals:</strong> Have short-term and long-term financial goals to keep you motivated.</li><li><strong>Do Separate Personal and Business Finances:</strong> Open a dedicated business account to make tracking easier.</li><li><strong>Do Invest in Yourself:</strong> Spend wisely on tools, training, and marketing that will grow your income.</li></ul><br/><h4>Don’ts:</h4><ul><li><strong>Don’t Ignore Small Expenses:</strong> Little costs like coffee runs or subscriptions can add up fast.</li><li><strong>Don’t Underprice Your Services:</strong> Budgeting starts with proper pricing—know your worth!</li><li><strong>Don’t Forget Taxes:</strong> Set aside 20-30% of your income for taxes to avoid surprises later.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Don’t Skip Emergency Savings:</strong> A financial cushion is non-negotiable.</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">64e88d5d-a12a-4592-b642-03d6ffaf8ee2</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 17 Dec 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/af7c6f98-b6df-4587-b2ad-c43821259c79/Episode-12-Money-Moves-Budgetin-Podcast-converted.mp3" length="16443312" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:50</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>12</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>12</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Navigating No Shows and Cancellations</title><itunes:title>Navigating No Shows and Cancellations</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Link to The Nordstrom Way <a href="https://a.co/d/10PR8G3" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://a.co/d/10PR8G3</a> </p><p>Email Contact: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><h3>Podcast Episode: “Navigating Cancellation Policies with Empathy and Strategy”</h3><p><strong>Introduction (2 minutes)</strong></p><p>"Welcome to <em>The Hair Hustle Podcast</em>! I’m Heather Pod, and today we’re diving into one of the hottest and sometimes most controversial topics in the salon industry—<em>cancellation policies.</em></p><p>We’ve all been there: a last-minute cancellation or no-show can throw off your day, cost you money, and feel incredibly frustrating. But are we handling cancellations in a way that benefits both our business <em>and</em> our clients?</p><p>In this episode, we’re breaking it down:</p><ul><li>How to create an effective cancellation policy.</li><li>Why posting harsh policies might hurt your business.</li><li>How to handle repeat offenders without alienating your guests.</li></ul><br/><p>Let’s find a balance between protecting your time and maintaining strong client relationships."</p><h3>Guidelines for a Stylist Cancellation Policy (8 minutes)</h3><p><strong>1. Be Clear and Specific</strong></p><ul><li><strong>What to Include:</strong></li><li>Required notice period (e.g., 24-48 hours).</li><li>Consequences of canceling late or not showing up (e.g., fee, deposit forfeiture).</li><li>How clients can reschedule (e.g., phone, app, text).</li><li><strong>Example Policy:</strong></li><li>“Cancellations or rescheduling require a 24-hour notice. No-shows or late cancellations will result in a $25 fee, charged at the next appointment.”</li></ul><br/><p><strong>2. Communicate Privately</strong></p><ul><li>Instead of plastering your policy on social media or booking pages, share it directly with clients when they book.</li><li>Use email confirmations, appointment reminders, and a simple, friendly tone to explain the policy.</li><li><strong>Why:</strong> Publicly posting can come off as harsh or impersonal. Direct communication feels more professional and considerate.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>3. Build in Flexibility</strong></p><ul><li>Allow for a <em>one-time grace period</em> for first-time offenders.</li><li>Communicate empathy for emergencies or unforeseen circumstances.</li><li><strong>Why:</strong> Life happens. Being too rigid can damage client relationships.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>4. Collect Deposits for High-Demand Services</strong></p><ul><li>For longer services or first-time clients, require a deposit to secure the appointment.</li><li>Clearly state that the deposit will be forfeited for late cancellations.</li><li><strong>Why:</strong> It protects your time while giving clients a stake in keeping their commitment.</li></ul><br/><h3>Why the Industry Might Be Too Harsh on Guests (5 minutes)</h3><p>The salon industry has seen a shift towards strict, punitive policies, often posted in bold fonts on social media. While boundaries are necessary, consider this:</p><ul><li><strong>Clients Are Human:</strong> Emergencies, illnesses, and childcare issues happen. Not every cancellation is a reflection of disrespect.</li><li><strong>Your Tone Matters:</strong> Publicly shaming or using aggressive language (e.g., “If you can’t respect my time, don’t book”) might turn off not just offenders but also other clients.</li><li><strong>Reputation Counts:</strong> You want to be seen as approachable and professional, not intimidating.</li></ul><br/><h3>How to Handle Repeat Offenders (5 minutes)</h3><p><strong>1. Track and Identify Patterns</strong></p><ul><li>Keep notes on client history in your booking system.</li><li>Look for repeat no-shows or last-minute cancellations.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>2. Address the Issue Directly</strong></p><ul><li>Reach out privately to discuss the issue:</li><li>Example: “Hi [Name], I noticed you’ve had a few last-minute cancellations recently. I understand life gets busy, but it does impact my schedule. I’d love to work with you to find times that are easier to commit to.”</li></ul><br/><p><strong>3. Set Firm Boundaries for Repeat Offenders</strong></p><ul><li>Require a deposit or prepayment for their appointments moving forward.</li><li>Politely but firmly enforce your policy:</li><li>Example: “To continue booking with me, I’ll need a 50% deposit for future appointments. I hope you understand, and I appreciate your support!”</li></ul><br/><p><strong>4. Know When to Let Go</strong></p><ul><li>If a client continues to disregard your policy, it may be time to part ways. Politely recommend another stylist or let them know you can no longer accommodate their scheduling habits.</li></ul><br/><h3>Dos and Don’ts of Cancellation Policies (5 minutes)</h3><h4>Dos:</h4><ul><li><strong>Do Communicate Policies Clearly:</strong> Use friendly, non-threatening language in reminders and confirmations.</li><li><strong>Do Empathize:</strong> Consider giving grace for first-time offenses or genuine emergencies.</li><li><strong>Do Collect Deposits:</strong> Protect your time without alienating clients.</li></ul><br/><h4>Don’ts:</h4><ul><li><strong>Don’t Post Aggressive Policies:</strong> Avoid public ultimatums or shaming language.</li><li><strong>Don’t Make It Personal:</strong> Approach the issue professionally and privately.</li><li><strong>Don’t Ignore Repeat Offenders:</strong> Address patterns directly and enforce boundaries.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Conclusion (2 minutes)</strong></p><p>"At the end of the day, cancellation policies are about balance—respecting your time while maintaining trust and rapport with your clients. By being clear, consistent, and empathetic, you can protect your business without damaging relationships.</p><p>Thanks for tuning in to <em>The Hair Hustle Podcast</em>! I’d love to hear how you handle cancellations—send me a message on Instagram @HeatherPod or leave a review. See you next week!"</p><h3>Examples of Clear, Non-Threatening Policy Verbiage</h3><h4>Booking Confirmation or Policy Reminder:</h4><p>"Hi [Client Name], I’m so excited to see you for your upcoming appointment on [Date/Time]. Just a quick reminder of my cancellation policy: I kindly ask for at least 24 hours' notice if you need to reschedule or cancel. Late cancellations or no-shows may result in a $25 fee added to your next service.</p><p>If you have any questions, feel free to reach out. Looking forward to making your hair goals a reality!"</p><h4>Appointment Reminder with Graceful Policy Mention:</h4><p>"Your appointment is coming up on [Date/Time]! If you need to make any changes, please let me know at least 24 hours in advance so I can adjust my schedule. A $25 fee may apply for late cancellations or no-shows.</p><p>Thanks for your understanding—I can’t wait to see you!"</p><h4>Private Message to a Repeat Offender:</h4><p>"Hi [Client Name], I hope you’re doing well! I wanted to touch base about your recent appointments. I noticed there have been a couple of last-minute cancellations, and I completely understand that life happens.</p><p>To help manage my schedule, I’ll need to take a 50% deposit for future appointments. This helps me hold your spot while ensuring I can provide the best service to all my clients. Thanks so much for your understanding, and I’m happy to chat if you have any questions!"</p><h3>Examples of Aggressive Policy Verbiage (What to Avoid)</h3><h4>Publicly Posted Harsh Policies:</h4><p>"If you can’t respect my time, don’t bother booking with me. No-shows and late cancellations will be charged 100% of the service cost. This is your warning!"</p><h4>Shaming or Ultimatums in Reminders:</h4><p>"Any client who cancels within 24 hours will be required to prepay for all future appointments. No exceptions."</p><h4>Harsh Private Communication:</h4><p>"Hi [Client Name], your last-minute cancellations are unacceptable. Moving forward, I’ll require full payment upfront or I won’t book you anymore."</p><h3>Why Non-Threatening Verbiage Works</h3><ul><li><strong>Professional Tone:</strong> Maintains your reputation as approachable and client-focused.</li><li><strong>Builds Trust:</strong> Clients are more likely to respect policies when they feel valued and understood.</li></ul><br/><p><br></p><p><strong>Avoids Backlash:</strong> Harsh language can discourage not just offenders but also well-meaning clients who might feel intimidated.</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Link to The Nordstrom Way <a href="https://a.co/d/10PR8G3" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://a.co/d/10PR8G3</a> </p><p>Email Contact: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><h3>Podcast Episode: “Navigating Cancellation Policies with Empathy and Strategy”</h3><p><strong>Introduction (2 minutes)</strong></p><p>"Welcome to <em>The Hair Hustle Podcast</em>! I’m Heather Pod, and today we’re diving into one of the hottest and sometimes most controversial topics in the salon industry—<em>cancellation policies.</em></p><p>We’ve all been there: a last-minute cancellation or no-show can throw off your day, cost you money, and feel incredibly frustrating. But are we handling cancellations in a way that benefits both our business <em>and</em> our clients?</p><p>In this episode, we’re breaking it down:</p><ul><li>How to create an effective cancellation policy.</li><li>Why posting harsh policies might hurt your business.</li><li>How to handle repeat offenders without alienating your guests.</li></ul><br/><p>Let’s find a balance between protecting your time and maintaining strong client relationships."</p><h3>Guidelines for a Stylist Cancellation Policy (8 minutes)</h3><p><strong>1. Be Clear and Specific</strong></p><ul><li><strong>What to Include:</strong></li><li>Required notice period (e.g., 24-48 hours).</li><li>Consequences of canceling late or not showing up (e.g., fee, deposit forfeiture).</li><li>How clients can reschedule (e.g., phone, app, text).</li><li><strong>Example Policy:</strong></li><li>“Cancellations or rescheduling require a 24-hour notice. No-shows or late cancellations will result in a $25 fee, charged at the next appointment.”</li></ul><br/><p><strong>2. Communicate Privately</strong></p><ul><li>Instead of plastering your policy on social media or booking pages, share it directly with clients when they book.</li><li>Use email confirmations, appointment reminders, and a simple, friendly tone to explain the policy.</li><li><strong>Why:</strong> Publicly posting can come off as harsh or impersonal. Direct communication feels more professional and considerate.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>3. Build in Flexibility</strong></p><ul><li>Allow for a <em>one-time grace period</em> for first-time offenders.</li><li>Communicate empathy for emergencies or unforeseen circumstances.</li><li><strong>Why:</strong> Life happens. Being too rigid can damage client relationships.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>4. Collect Deposits for High-Demand Services</strong></p><ul><li>For longer services or first-time clients, require a deposit to secure the appointment.</li><li>Clearly state that the deposit will be forfeited for late cancellations.</li><li><strong>Why:</strong> It protects your time while giving clients a stake in keeping their commitment.</li></ul><br/><h3>Why the Industry Might Be Too Harsh on Guests (5 minutes)</h3><p>The salon industry has seen a shift towards strict, punitive policies, often posted in bold fonts on social media. While boundaries are necessary, consider this:</p><ul><li><strong>Clients Are Human:</strong> Emergencies, illnesses, and childcare issues happen. Not every cancellation is a reflection of disrespect.</li><li><strong>Your Tone Matters:</strong> Publicly shaming or using aggressive language (e.g., “If you can’t respect my time, don’t book”) might turn off not just offenders but also other clients.</li><li><strong>Reputation Counts:</strong> You want to be seen as approachable and professional, not intimidating.</li></ul><br/><h3>How to Handle Repeat Offenders (5 minutes)</h3><p><strong>1. Track and Identify Patterns</strong></p><ul><li>Keep notes on client history in your booking system.</li><li>Look for repeat no-shows or last-minute cancellations.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>2. Address the Issue Directly</strong></p><ul><li>Reach out privately to discuss the issue:</li><li>Example: “Hi [Name], I noticed you’ve had a few last-minute cancellations recently. I understand life gets busy, but it does impact my schedule. I’d love to work with you to find times that are easier to commit to.”</li></ul><br/><p><strong>3. Set Firm Boundaries for Repeat Offenders</strong></p><ul><li>Require a deposit or prepayment for their appointments moving forward.</li><li>Politely but firmly enforce your policy:</li><li>Example: “To continue booking with me, I’ll need a 50% deposit for future appointments. I hope you understand, and I appreciate your support!”</li></ul><br/><p><strong>4. Know When to Let Go</strong></p><ul><li>If a client continues to disregard your policy, it may be time to part ways. Politely recommend another stylist or let them know you can no longer accommodate their scheduling habits.</li></ul><br/><h3>Dos and Don’ts of Cancellation Policies (5 minutes)</h3><h4>Dos:</h4><ul><li><strong>Do Communicate Policies Clearly:</strong> Use friendly, non-threatening language in reminders and confirmations.</li><li><strong>Do Empathize:</strong> Consider giving grace for first-time offenses or genuine emergencies.</li><li><strong>Do Collect Deposits:</strong> Protect your time without alienating clients.</li></ul><br/><h4>Don’ts:</h4><ul><li><strong>Don’t Post Aggressive Policies:</strong> Avoid public ultimatums or shaming language.</li><li><strong>Don’t Make It Personal:</strong> Approach the issue professionally and privately.</li><li><strong>Don’t Ignore Repeat Offenders:</strong> Address patterns directly and enforce boundaries.</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Conclusion (2 minutes)</strong></p><p>"At the end of the day, cancellation policies are about balance—respecting your time while maintaining trust and rapport with your clients. By being clear, consistent, and empathetic, you can protect your business without damaging relationships.</p><p>Thanks for tuning in to <em>The Hair Hustle Podcast</em>! I’d love to hear how you handle cancellations—send me a message on Instagram @HeatherPod or leave a review. See you next week!"</p><h3>Examples of Clear, Non-Threatening Policy Verbiage</h3><h4>Booking Confirmation or Policy Reminder:</h4><p>"Hi [Client Name], I’m so excited to see you for your upcoming appointment on [Date/Time]. Just a quick reminder of my cancellation policy: I kindly ask for at least 24 hours' notice if you need to reschedule or cancel. Late cancellations or no-shows may result in a $25 fee added to your next service.</p><p>If you have any questions, feel free to reach out. Looking forward to making your hair goals a reality!"</p><h4>Appointment Reminder with Graceful Policy Mention:</h4><p>"Your appointment is coming up on [Date/Time]! If you need to make any changes, please let me know at least 24 hours in advance so I can adjust my schedule. A $25 fee may apply for late cancellations or no-shows.</p><p>Thanks for your understanding—I can’t wait to see you!"</p><h4>Private Message to a Repeat Offender:</h4><p>"Hi [Client Name], I hope you’re doing well! I wanted to touch base about your recent appointments. I noticed there have been a couple of last-minute cancellations, and I completely understand that life happens.</p><p>To help manage my schedule, I’ll need to take a 50% deposit for future appointments. This helps me hold your spot while ensuring I can provide the best service to all my clients. Thanks so much for your understanding, and I’m happy to chat if you have any questions!"</p><h3>Examples of Aggressive Policy Verbiage (What to Avoid)</h3><h4>Publicly Posted Harsh Policies:</h4><p>"If you can’t respect my time, don’t bother booking with me. No-shows and late cancellations will be charged 100% of the service cost. This is your warning!"</p><h4>Shaming or Ultimatums in Reminders:</h4><p>"Any client who cancels within 24 hours will be required to prepay for all future appointments. No exceptions."</p><h4>Harsh Private Communication:</h4><p>"Hi [Client Name], your last-minute cancellations are unacceptable. Moving forward, I’ll require full payment upfront or I won’t book you anymore."</p><h3>Why Non-Threatening Verbiage Works</h3><ul><li><strong>Professional Tone:</strong> Maintains your reputation as approachable and client-focused.</li><li><strong>Builds Trust:</strong> Clients are more likely to respect policies when they feel valued and understood.</li></ul><br/><p><br></p><p><strong>Avoids Backlash:</strong> Harsh language can discourage not just offenders but also well-meaning clients who might feel intimidated.</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">7bebabef-83cc-404f-bc9a-006ecc3a3f27</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/6b0db4c1-0a0e-4ed3-a24f-58104a9a2aeb/Episode-11-Cancellations-Policies-that-dont-suck-converted.mp3" length="25933806" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>27:01</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>11</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>11</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Seasonal Drop in Promos to Prevent Team Burn Out and ACTUALLY Convert to Sales!</title><itunes:title>Seasonal Drop in Promos to Prevent Team Burn Out and ACTUALLY Convert to Sales!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather:</p><p>Email: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>IG &amp; TT: @heatherpodsaloncoach </p><p>FB: Heather Pod</p><p>[ 00:00:05</p><p>]Welcome to the Hair</p><p>Hustle Podcast. I'm Heather Podlesny, your salon coach dedicated to helping</p><p>stylists master the business side of beauty. Whether you're starting your</p><p>journey behind the chair or you're a seasoned pro looking to level up, this</p><p>podcast is for you. Each week we'll dive into the tips and tricks you need to</p><p>run a successful salon business with topics that will change the way you work</p><p>and earn. From budgeting hacks to help you keep more of what you make to time</p><p>management tips that will keep your schedule stress-free and the strategies for</p><p>boosting your retail sales and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to build</p><p>your dream business without burning out. Together we'll cut through the noise</p><p>and get to the root of what makes your salon thrive.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>[ 00:00:47</p><p>] So grab your shears,</p><p>turn up the volume, and let's hustle. Welcome to the Hair Hustle Podcast. This</p><p>is episode 10. And I am so excited to be here with you today as we kick off</p><p>this December. If you can believe it. As we begin to round out the year, I want</p><p>to say thank you so much for being here with me on this last few months of the</p><p>year. I appreciate you coming to listen. Also, we are going to talk today about</p><p>creating seasonal promotions that attract and that get you sales. Now, I know</p><p>that you're all excited to be here with me today. I'm so excited to be here</p><p>with you today. I know that you are like Heather. I already have all of my</p><p>retail promotions lined up.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:01:31</p><p>] It's the beginning of</p><p>December. And if you do high five, I am so proud of you. You can keep</p><p>listening. It's a short, fun episode. And maybe you can even get some tweaks to</p><p>really move through some product or even increase your add-on services for your</p><p>team or for yourself. This episode could be very beneficial for you. And then</p><p>if you are like, 'sister', I am so far behind. This is for me. I am so happy</p><p>you're here as well. Let's dive right into it. In this episode, I want to share</p><p>five tips that are creative that can either elevate the promotions that you are</p><p>already running or there's something that you can simply start right away. You</p><p>can start them today because you don't have a ton of time.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:02:16</p><p>] We're going to get you</p><p>going because let's be honest, December is one of the busiest months for</p><p>salons. Why are we not making it the most busy month for salons? Why are we not</p><p>making it the most profitable? Let's get started with tip number one. We are going</p><p>to do a countdown to Christmas. So if you have not started this, this is</p><p>similar to my 12 deals of Christmas. If you're like, I can't do 12 deals of</p><p>Christmas because I don't have that kind of time. That's a-okay. You could do</p><p>the 12 days of Christmas and like list them off and then someone could pick and</p><p>like take advantage of what those would look like. But also you could do a</p><p>countdown to Christmas. How fun would that be to have it be seven days in</p><p>December?</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:02:55</p><p>] Where you simply build</p><p>excitement. A couple of examples for days and things that you could do would</p><p>simply be, purchase a gift card of $100 or more. You get $20 in salon bucks. We</p><p>don't always recommend 20%, but it's one day and it's one day only. And it's</p><p>not like an annual commitment because it's simply the seven days that you're</p><p>counting down to Christmas. Also, maybe a free conditioning treatment with any</p><p>color service. We can post this on our social media, hoping to engage with some</p><p>guests that maybe need to get in last minute. And we can put them with some of</p><p>our newer, less seasoned stylists. Also buy two retail products. You get one</p><p>free.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:03:37</p><p>] Those would all be</p><p>something that creates a sense of urgency because it's one day we're counting</p><p>down to Christmas and you can follow along. It'll also help your social media</p><p>engagement and it will create urgency. The first year, I will say I've had salons</p><p>do this for years. The first year, I've had salons do this for years. The first</p><p>year, I've had salons do this for years. I do feel like it's a little bit</p><p>lighter because it's getting used to it. But at the same time, the more that we</p><p>do it, the more guests start to love it. And so the first time that you do it,</p><p>don't ever feel like it's a flop. Tweak it and go from there. Next tip, holiday</p><p>glow up package. Let's get a holiday glow up.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:04:13</p><p>] Everyone who comes and</p><p>sits in your chair wants to be glowed up. Let's be honest. A couple different</p><p>things that you can do is you can create a bundle package. So that would be</p><p>like a service and a service. And then you can create a bundle package. So that</p><p>would be like a service and a service. And then you can create a bundle</p><p>package. So that would be a retail product wrapped up into one. And I really</p><p>love to focus on blowouts this time of year because I feel like it can actually</p><p>capture people's attention to want blowouts all year long. Of course, they're</p><p>going to want to get blowouts this year. They have family pictures. They're</p><p>seeing all of these people that they haven't seen in years.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:04:40</p><p>] And maybe they're</p><p>seeing, you know, family members that they don't even really like that much.</p><p>They want to look their best. So this is the time where we could do like a</p><p>blowout, a gloss and a retail product, maybe for one set price. It doesn't</p><p>necessarily have to be a blowout. It doesn't necessarily have to be a blowout.</p><p>It doesn't a discount but it can be featured in that bundle and especially for</p><p>your newer stylists who have lighter books this could be a really great</p><p>opportunity for them to also grow. Another example in the holiday glow up</p><p>packages is simply an express menu. If you are a seasoned stylist, and you're</p><p>like, 'I do not have any room in December coming up with a holiday express</p><p>menu.' It's very simple, quick add-on services that you can offer anywhere from</p><p>$15 to $25, and it can be conditioning treatments, it can be a gloss, it can be</p><p>little things that do not take a ton of time but they have very high impact.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:05:38</p><p>] I want you to think</p><p>about doing those things because then this way number one it builds confidence</p><p>in your guest, but then also it puts some more money in your pocket which we</p><p>absolutely love. Third tip is going to be gift cards. Did we offer gift cards?</p><p>What does that look like? I know that some of you have already offered gift</p><p>cards and you probably want to be like, 'Heather, stop talking about gift</p><p>cards.' But I'm not stopping talking about gift cards. If you have one great.</p><p>If you do not have one, something that you can offer is bonus bucks. Very</p><p>simple, clean, easy. It can be if you purchase a $100 gift card you get $10 in</p><p>salon bucks back and that $10 in salon bucks could be used January 1st to</p><p>February 28th, something along those lines.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:06:22</p><p>] They can use it on</p><p>retail anything like that. That's always a fun one. You can also offer 10% off</p><p>gift cards to create a sense of urgency. Only offer them for one week or</p><p>something like along those lines and here's a little bonus for you. Make sure</p><p>that you are contacting every single one of your top clients, partners,</p><p>spouses, moms, aunts, whoever it is-whoever would want to purchase for your</p><p>guests. Think about contacting those people to make sure that they are aware.</p><p>We all experience gift buying burnout when you're like I have no idea what I'm</p><p>going to get this person or I have no idea what I should buy whoever it is.</p><p>Make sure that you are contacting like spouses and things like that to make</p><p>sure that they could look like the hero at their Christmas because they stuffed</p><p>their wife's stocking with a gift card to their favorite hair salon.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:07:21</p><p>] Who wouldn't love that?</p><p>Do not forget about those people. We want to make sure that we're talking to</p><p>them and that they know the deals and discounts. Next tip: self-care sale.</p><p>Everybody's very into self-care right now. This one's a little fun tagline to</p><p>help you with your retail sales, so it could be Self-Care Saturday. If your</p><p>salon's open on Sunday, great. It could be Self-Care Sunday. It could be</p><p>Self-Care Wednesday. It really doesn't have to even start with an S. However,</p><p>for the entire month you could have a self-care promotion. You could offer</p><p>discounts on retail for services booked on a lighter day. So maybe Fridays just</p><p>don't seem to be the day that we are busting it out in December this year.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:08:03</p><p>] So we could have</p><p>self-care Friday and book a Friday blowout and you get 15% off a retail product</p><p>of your choice. That's for a lighter day on the books and in your salon. So if</p><p>you have newer stylists that are not booked on certain days or certain times or</p><p>certain days are lighter, this is the perfect way to get people in and</p><p>especially with that blowout. A blowout is a great way like we had just talked</p><p>about. People want to look their best especially for the]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Contact Heather:</p><p>Email: helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>IG &amp; TT: @heatherpodsaloncoach </p><p>FB: Heather Pod</p><p>[ 00:00:05</p><p>]Welcome to the Hair</p><p>Hustle Podcast. I'm Heather Podlesny, your salon coach dedicated to helping</p><p>stylists master the business side of beauty. Whether you're starting your</p><p>journey behind the chair or you're a seasoned pro looking to level up, this</p><p>podcast is for you. Each week we'll dive into the tips and tricks you need to</p><p>run a successful salon business with topics that will change the way you work</p><p>and earn. From budgeting hacks to help you keep more of what you make to time</p><p>management tips that will keep your schedule stress-free and the strategies for</p><p>boosting your retail sales and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to build</p><p>your dream business without burning out. Together we'll cut through the noise</p><p>and get to the root of what makes your salon thrive.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>[ 00:00:47</p><p>] So grab your shears,</p><p>turn up the volume, and let's hustle. Welcome to the Hair Hustle Podcast. This</p><p>is episode 10. And I am so excited to be here with you today as we kick off</p><p>this December. If you can believe it. As we begin to round out the year, I want</p><p>to say thank you so much for being here with me on this last few months of the</p><p>year. I appreciate you coming to listen. Also, we are going to talk today about</p><p>creating seasonal promotions that attract and that get you sales. Now, I know</p><p>that you're all excited to be here with me today. I'm so excited to be here</p><p>with you today. I know that you are like Heather. I already have all of my</p><p>retail promotions lined up.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:01:31</p><p>] It's the beginning of</p><p>December. And if you do high five, I am so proud of you. You can keep</p><p>listening. It's a short, fun episode. And maybe you can even get some tweaks to</p><p>really move through some product or even increase your add-on services for your</p><p>team or for yourself. This episode could be very beneficial for you. And then</p><p>if you are like, 'sister', I am so far behind. This is for me. I am so happy</p><p>you're here as well. Let's dive right into it. In this episode, I want to share</p><p>five tips that are creative that can either elevate the promotions that you are</p><p>already running or there's something that you can simply start right away. You</p><p>can start them today because you don't have a ton of time.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:02:16</p><p>] We're going to get you</p><p>going because let's be honest, December is one of the busiest months for</p><p>salons. Why are we not making it the most busy month for salons? Why are we not</p><p>making it the most profitable? Let's get started with tip number one. We are going</p><p>to do a countdown to Christmas. So if you have not started this, this is</p><p>similar to my 12 deals of Christmas. If you're like, I can't do 12 deals of</p><p>Christmas because I don't have that kind of time. That's a-okay. You could do</p><p>the 12 days of Christmas and like list them off and then someone could pick and</p><p>like take advantage of what those would look like. But also you could do a</p><p>countdown to Christmas. How fun would that be to have it be seven days in</p><p>December?</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:02:55</p><p>] Where you simply build</p><p>excitement. A couple of examples for days and things that you could do would</p><p>simply be, purchase a gift card of $100 or more. You get $20 in salon bucks. We</p><p>don't always recommend 20%, but it's one day and it's one day only. And it's</p><p>not like an annual commitment because it's simply the seven days that you're</p><p>counting down to Christmas. Also, maybe a free conditioning treatment with any</p><p>color service. We can post this on our social media, hoping to engage with some</p><p>guests that maybe need to get in last minute. And we can put them with some of</p><p>our newer, less seasoned stylists. Also buy two retail products. You get one</p><p>free.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:03:37</p><p>] Those would all be</p><p>something that creates a sense of urgency because it's one day we're counting</p><p>down to Christmas and you can follow along. It'll also help your social media</p><p>engagement and it will create urgency. The first year, I will say I've had salons</p><p>do this for years. The first year, I've had salons do this for years. The first</p><p>year, I've had salons do this for years. I do feel like it's a little bit</p><p>lighter because it's getting used to it. But at the same time, the more that we</p><p>do it, the more guests start to love it. And so the first time that you do it,</p><p>don't ever feel like it's a flop. Tweak it and go from there. Next tip, holiday</p><p>glow up package. Let's get a holiday glow up.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:04:13</p><p>] Everyone who comes and</p><p>sits in your chair wants to be glowed up. Let's be honest. A couple different</p><p>things that you can do is you can create a bundle package. So that would be</p><p>like a service and a service. And then you can create a bundle package. So that</p><p>would be like a service and a service. And then you can create a bundle</p><p>package. So that would be a retail product wrapped up into one. And I really</p><p>love to focus on blowouts this time of year because I feel like it can actually</p><p>capture people's attention to want blowouts all year long. Of course, they're</p><p>going to want to get blowouts this year. They have family pictures. They're</p><p>seeing all of these people that they haven't seen in years.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:04:40</p><p>] And maybe they're</p><p>seeing, you know, family members that they don't even really like that much.</p><p>They want to look their best. So this is the time where we could do like a</p><p>blowout, a gloss and a retail product, maybe for one set price. It doesn't</p><p>necessarily have to be a blowout. It doesn't necessarily have to be a blowout.</p><p>It doesn't a discount but it can be featured in that bundle and especially for</p><p>your newer stylists who have lighter books this could be a really great</p><p>opportunity for them to also grow. Another example in the holiday glow up</p><p>packages is simply an express menu. If you are a seasoned stylist, and you're</p><p>like, 'I do not have any room in December coming up with a holiday express</p><p>menu.' It's very simple, quick add-on services that you can offer anywhere from</p><p>$15 to $25, and it can be conditioning treatments, it can be a gloss, it can be</p><p>little things that do not take a ton of time but they have very high impact.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:05:38</p><p>] I want you to think</p><p>about doing those things because then this way number one it builds confidence</p><p>in your guest, but then also it puts some more money in your pocket which we</p><p>absolutely love. Third tip is going to be gift cards. Did we offer gift cards?</p><p>What does that look like? I know that some of you have already offered gift</p><p>cards and you probably want to be like, 'Heather, stop talking about gift</p><p>cards.' But I'm not stopping talking about gift cards. If you have one great.</p><p>If you do not have one, something that you can offer is bonus bucks. Very</p><p>simple, clean, easy. It can be if you purchase a $100 gift card you get $10 in</p><p>salon bucks back and that $10 in salon bucks could be used January 1st to</p><p>February 28th, something along those lines.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:06:22</p><p>] They can use it on</p><p>retail anything like that. That's always a fun one. You can also offer 10% off</p><p>gift cards to create a sense of urgency. Only offer them for one week or</p><p>something like along those lines and here's a little bonus for you. Make sure</p><p>that you are contacting every single one of your top clients, partners,</p><p>spouses, moms, aunts, whoever it is-whoever would want to purchase for your</p><p>guests. Think about contacting those people to make sure that they are aware.</p><p>We all experience gift buying burnout when you're like I have no idea what I'm</p><p>going to get this person or I have no idea what I should buy whoever it is.</p><p>Make sure that you are contacting like spouses and things like that to make</p><p>sure that they could look like the hero at their Christmas because they stuffed</p><p>their wife's stocking with a gift card to their favorite hair salon.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:07:21</p><p>] Who wouldn't love that?</p><p>Do not forget about those people. We want to make sure that we're talking to</p><p>them and that they know the deals and discounts. Next tip: self-care sale.</p><p>Everybody's very into self-care right now. This one's a little fun tagline to</p><p>help you with your retail sales, so it could be Self-Care Saturday. If your</p><p>salon's open on Sunday, great. It could be Self-Care Sunday. It could be</p><p>Self-Care Wednesday. It really doesn't have to even start with an S. However,</p><p>for the entire month you could have a self-care promotion. You could offer</p><p>discounts on retail for services booked on a lighter day. So maybe Fridays just</p><p>don't seem to be the day that we are busting it out in December this year.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:08:03</p><p>] So we could have</p><p>self-care Friday and book a Friday blowout and you get 15% off a retail product</p><p>of your choice. That's for a lighter day on the books and in your salon. So if</p><p>you have newer stylists that are not booked on certain days or certain times or</p><p>certain days are lighter, this is the perfect way to get people in and</p><p>especially with that blowout. A blowout is a great way like we had just talked</p><p>about. People want to look their best especially for the holiday season and</p><p>it's a great way just to get your team booked as well. Next and last, number</p><p>five, is something that I call the Nutcracker Hop. So everybody can benefit</p><p>from this. I don't care if you have a promotion, whatever it is.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:08:49</p><p>] This is a really fun</p><p>promotion that's for your team and for your guest. You simply need to go to</p><p>some type of store, so you can go to a Christmas store, you can go to a dollar</p><p>store, Hobby Lobby, Michaels, all the things, and grab a nutcracker. So we're</p><p>going to grab a Christmas holiday-themed nutcracker. We're going to pick it up.</p><p>You probably pick one up for 10 or $12. We are then going to take that to the</p><p>salon and we are going to designate days, or we may do from December 2nd all</p><p>the way until you know Christmas Eve. And we are going to designate days for</p><p>that. So we are going to designate days for that. And we have a nutcracker hop.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:09:22</p><p>] What this means is that</p><p>every single time a stylist sells a product, the Nutcracker hops to their</p><p>station. This promotion was so fun and super successful. And you can even do a</p><p>bunny hop. And I've done a bunny hop during like spring, and it's very successful</p><p>then as well. With the Nutcracker hop, you have to make sure that you have</p><p>someone behind the scenes. So if you've got a buddy, a friend, a mom, a sister,</p><p>a son, something that has someone that helps you behind the scenes that can</p><p>call the salon during certain times, even if they have to put calendar</p><p>reminders and every time they call whoever has the Nutcracker on their station,</p><p>the stylist gets a gift card and the guest gets a gift card and it can be a</p><p>five-dollar coffee card, simple things, nothing crazy.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:10:14</p><p>] It can be a lottery</p><p>ticket, a scratch-off, something like that to keep it light and fun. And then</p><p>even for the guest, it can be $10 towards the salon. Or it can be a voucher</p><p>that's like $10 to use in January, or maybe even a free treatment for their next</p><p>visit. Something fun and exciting for the guests that also gets the guests who</p><p>are sitting there that one engaged to possibly buy retail to keep the</p><p>Nutcracker on their station. So that one is a super fun one that helps to</p><p>generate retail sales. It keeps the mood up in the salon and the culture up as</p><p>well, which is something that we also have to keep in mind, especially during</p><p>this holiday season and the busiest time when everybody is really just</p><p>crunching the clock trying to get through.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:11:01</p><p>] A couple bonus tips of</p><p>do's and don'ts. Now that we have gone through the five seasonal promotions</p><p>that will attract and get your sales going, I want to give you a couple of do's</p><p>and don'ts for this process. First, we're going to make sure that we plan ahead.</p><p>I know that it's December and the planners who are listening to this are like,</p><p>'You're too late.' I'm already into February. And I love you because I love to</p><p>be that way. However, there's several of us that are not and that is okay too.</p><p>So please make sure that you're scheduling the social media posts that we talk</p><p>about. Make sure you have a calendar that says this is going to be the gift</p><p>card promotion.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:11:43</p><p>] If you have an email</p><p>list, make sure that those emails are scheduled to go out. Make sure that you</p><p>have it on your list. Make sure that you have it on your list. Make sure that</p><p>you have when you're out shopping with your family to pick up a nutcracker if</p><p>you decide to do the Nutcracker Hop. Another do is to make sure that you're</p><p>adding value to everything that you do, not just a discount. And I talk about</p><p>this a lot when it comes to offering certain packages that they don't always</p><p>have to be discounted, but they can be a feature. And some of these things,</p><p>instead of offering money off right there, they can also be redeemed next year</p><p>and we can create a voucher as opposed to a gift card.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:12:19</p><p>] So I want you to keep</p><p>that in mind. Also, you've already heard me talk about it. The silent</p><p>salesperson is your signage. We're promoting it everywhere. It's on our social</p><p>media. It's on our website banners. It's on everything. It's on every mirror.</p><p>It's on every single place in our salon. When you look, we should be able to</p><p>see some type of a sign that's talking about one of the promotions that are</p><p>going on. And also, lastly, don't forget to make it exclusive to create a sense</p><p>of urgency around some of these deals. So when you do a gift card promotion</p><p>that's 10% off gift cards, make sure people know it is for this week only. It</p><p>creates that, oh my word, well, I guess I need to buy it right now.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:12:58</p><p>] An urgency buyer is</p><p>someone who buys right then and there because they do not want to miss the</p><p>deal. There are a couple of don'ts, to be honest, but I want to talk about one.</p><p>You have, if you've been listening to this podcast, you probably have so many ideas</p><p>because I do spew out so many things that you can offer. The biggest don't that</p><p>I have when it comes to creating seasonal promotions, but also just creating</p><p>promotions all year long. So this is a something that you can take into 2025 is</p><p>to not overcomplicate it. And if something seems too hard or too much, we're</p><p>going to take it off the plate. We need to focus on if it's gift cards, we're</p><p>focusing on gift cards.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:13:40</p><p>] If we need to focus on</p><p>moving our box sets, then we need to focus on moving our box sets. Don’t</p><p>just keep layering on top of your team because there’s going to be</p><p>so many things going on that they just give up and they don’t</p><p>do anything. I want you to keep that in mind when you are planning these</p><p>promotions. So if you’re looking at your numbers and it’s</p><p>like, I have so many things, why are the box sets not selling? Why is this not</p><p>happening? It could simply be that your team actually has too much to talk</p><p>about that they don’t even know what to talk about. The</p><p>biggest don't when creating promotions is don't overcomplicate or overwhelm.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:14:15</p><p>] I sure hope that you</p><p>got something great out of this podcast. Way to kick off December with me.</p><p>Thank you so much for being here. Please do not forget, you can always reach</p><p>out to me via email, hellohetherpod at gmail . com with questions, any of my</p><p>social media platforms. And I am so happy to help you with any questions. And</p><p>please feel free to tag me in any of your successes or if you created a</p><p>promotion that I inspired you, please send it over. I would be so happy to see</p><p>it. Thank you so much for being here today and we'll see you next time. Go make</p><p>some great hair happen.</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">fd91bf8d-ced4-46f6-b107-3c2bf2677e63</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 03 Dec 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/ebfb05ce-add4-4083-947f-9e75723ac623/Episode-10-SEASONAL-Promo-Booster-converted.mp3" length="12500159" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>14:53</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>10</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>10</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>The Checklist You Never Thought You Needed for Thanksgiving!</title><itunes:title>The Checklist You Never Thought You Needed for Thanksgiving!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>[ 00:00:05</p><p>]Welcome to the Hair</p><p>Hustle Podcast. I'm Heather Podlesney, your salon coach, dedicated to helping</p><p>stylists master the business side of beauty. Whether you're starting your</p><p>journey behind the chair or you're a seasoned pro looking to level up, this</p><p>podcast is for you. Each week we'll dive into the tips and tricks you need to</p><p>run a successful salon business with topics that will change the way you work</p><p>and earn. From budgeting hacks to help you keep more of what you make, to time</p><p>management tips that will keep your schedule stress-free, and the strategies</p><p>for boosting your retail sales and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to</p><p>build your dream business without burning out. Together, we'll cut through the</p><p>noise and get to the root of what makes your salon thrive.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>[ 00:00:47</p><p>] So, grab your shears,</p><p>turn up the volume, and let's hustle. Hey, hey, welcome to The Hair Hustle</p><p>Podcast. Thank you so much for joining me today. I'm Heather Podlesny, your</p><p>salon coach dedicated to helping stylists master the business side of beauty.</p><p>Whether you're starting your journey behind the chair, I know that it is the</p><p>week of Thanksgiving and we are doing a quickie episode today. Today's episode</p><p>is all about your Black Friday, Small Business Saturday, and I am going to give</p><p>you a little checklist to make sure that if you didn't get everything in order</p><p>and you're like, 'how is it Thanksgiving even though it's a little late?' We're</p><p>going to get it done today. Let's go.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:01:17</p><p>] The first thing on our</p><p>checklist is we are going to make sure all of our promotions are planned and</p><p>ready to go for Friday, Saturday, or Friday night. If you're not even open,</p><p>that's okay. We are going to make sure that they are locked and loaded for December</p><p>2nd when we kick off. Do you have a gift card promotion? Did that get pushed to</p><p>the wayside, but yet it's going to launch December 2nd? Make sure that you have</p><p>that signage ready. Make sure your team knows what that looks like. Get the signage</p><p>ready. Go on Canva, go on Adobe, whatever platform that you would like to use,</p><p>or if you have a team member that you need to pay to get it done, make sure</p><p>that's ready for Black Friday because we all know how this week is going to go</p><p>and you guys got this.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:01:55</p><p>] So let's get started.</p><p>Let's get started. Next is going to be, are you offering any type of service</p><p>discount or promotion? You know that I'm not a lover of service discounts, but</p><p>maybe you're doing like a blowout to go out for the holiday weekend or something</p><p>like that for some of your newer, younger stylists. So if that's a feature or a</p><p>promotion, make sure that all of those are lined up and ready and that we have</p><p>signage, that we've texted, called the correct customers, emailed the correct</p><p>customers, all of that so that we know. Next is going to be, count your sets</p><p>because we need to figure out what kind of retail bundle that we are doing for</p><p>Black Friday.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:02:30</p><p>] So if you do not have a</p><p>set in stone retail promotion, I am going to challenge you to count every</p><p>single set that you have and make sure that you're on track. If you're on</p><p>track, great. Maybe you can still do a Black Friday deal. Maybe you took</p><p>advantage of some of the other sales that were going on, and you got 20% off a</p><p>box set, and maybe you could do an extra 20% off flash sale on Black Friday.</p><p>Get that lined up and make sure that it makes sense to you. If it's like, hey,</p><p>I'm not even sure what is happening with these box sets. Has anyone sold any?</p><p>Then maybe looking at breaking them up and doing something like a 'buy two, get</p><p>one free' off of this specific table.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:03:07</p><p>] Whatever is going to</p><p>make the most sense for your salon, we're going to do that. Now that we've</p><p>decided, and I've given you a couple of examples on what you can do for your</p><p>promotions on Black Friday, we are going to look at an express menu because you</p><p>also need some type of a service promotion as well. So December 2nd, if you</p><p>don't have a holiday express menu out, get one out and get it ready. It doesn't</p><p>take super long. I just want to have super simple things on there and it could</p><p>be like a glitz and glam where you offer hair tinsel. It can be like a Mary</p><p>treatment where you have some type of a bonded treatment,</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:03:44</p><p>] some type of a scalp</p><p>facial treatment, something that is holiday themed and exciting for your guests</p><p>who are coming in because we all know that we're going to have several moms and</p><p>several women in our chair who have been busting it out for everybody else this</p><p>holiday season and this is the time that they get to treat themselves. If we</p><p>can capture them with an extra five minutes on helping them to feel better</p><p>about themselves and get them through the season, we're going to have that</p><p>express menu ready to offer to them because they want to treat themselves. Even</p><p>if it is a treat yourself menu, we are going with it and we want to make sure</p><p>that we capture every single opportunity that we can when we're behind the</p><p>chair, especially in the season.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:04:29</p><p>] The second item on our</p><p>list here is going to be to prep your retail space. Now that you have</p><p>determined what the retail and service promotions are, you know what day they</p><p>have to be ready. If it's Black Friday, if it's Small Business Saturday, or</p><p>even if it is Monday the 2nd, we are now going to make sure that our retail</p><p>space is prepped and ready. What does that mean? That means we're going to have</p><p>all of our signage printed out. If you have any questions, feel free to reach</p><p>out to me. I'm going to be happy to answer any of your questions. We're going</p><p>to have the gift card promotion. We're going to make sure we have a sign for</p><p>that up at our front desk.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:04:57</p><p>] We are also going to</p><p>make sure we have some type of a cling on each of the mirrors. Whatever bundle</p><p>that you're offering for retail or if it's off of box sets, we want to make</p><p>sure that signage is ready. Next is going to be to create some type of an eye-catching</p><p>display. So once we have the signage ready, we want to make sure that we've</p><p>changed it up. Are you doing a stocking stuffer bar? Do you need items that</p><p>need to ship as soon as possible? Or do you maybe need to go to a store to</p><p>purchase some fun things? Some boxes, some fun stockings, something like that.</p><p>I'm talking inexpensive things. I'm not saying to go out and buy these crazy</p><p>things.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:05:30</p><p>] But if you have not</p><p>done any of that, and you're like, 'Wow, I wish', go find a local dollar store</p><p>and see what you can find to help your guests create a really fun gift for</p><p>their friends and family. And then just make sure, like I said, we have all those</p><p>shelf talkers. Signage is your silent salesperson. While all of your team,</p><p>possibly you are running around like a chicken with your head cut off trying to</p><p>get everybody beautiful for Thanksgiving. We want to make sure that we're</p><p>utilizing those silent salespeople, which is our signage. So we're going to</p><p>prep that retail space. Last thing on our list because we're keeping this super</p><p>short and sweet is to make sure that you prep your team. This could be the most</p><p>important thing.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:06:09</p><p>] First thing we're going</p><p>to do when it comes to prep our team is: we are going to count all of our sets,</p><p>and we're going to do our homework. The second thing we're going to figure out</p><p>how many sets we have left to sell before December 16th, because if you've been</p><p>following me, you know that we like to have all the sets sold Before Christmas.</p><p>Next is: we are also going to start a pre-book and win contest. If you are</p><p>looking at your January books and you're looking at your February books, March,</p><p>and you're like, 'What has happened here?' We are going to start a pre-book and</p><p>win contest that we're going to talk to our team about.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:06:42</p><p>] And what that is, is</p><p>every time a guest comes in when they pre-book their next three appointments,</p><p>which then puts you January, February, March, some of the lighter months in our</p><p>industry. March is typically not, sometimes January is, sometimes it's not.</p><p>February does typically tend to be pretty light across the board. This contest</p><p>will lock in your guests for February as well. What this contest looks like is</p><p>every time a guest books the next three appointments, they get entered to win</p><p>something great. If that is a local restaurant gift card from you guys, that</p><p>maybe if you had to barter, totally fine, because it wasn't in your budget. If</p><p>you found an iron in the back room or on sale at a distributor, we're going to</p><p>put that in the description.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:07:23</p><p>] Great. If you want to</p><p>do free hairspray for a year and you can get a deal on 12 hairsprays, the guest</p><p>simply comes in and pulls one hairspray off the shelf for every appointment and</p><p>they get to take advantage of that. That one's a little bit easier also on your</p><p>budget because they're coming in every six weeks and they're...]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>[ 00:00:05</p><p>]Welcome to the Hair</p><p>Hustle Podcast. I'm Heather Podlesney, your salon coach, dedicated to helping</p><p>stylists master the business side of beauty. Whether you're starting your</p><p>journey behind the chair or you're a seasoned pro looking to level up, this</p><p>podcast is for you. Each week we'll dive into the tips and tricks you need to</p><p>run a successful salon business with topics that will change the way you work</p><p>and earn. From budgeting hacks to help you keep more of what you make, to time</p><p>management tips that will keep your schedule stress-free, and the strategies</p><p>for boosting your retail sales and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to</p><p>build your dream business without burning out. Together, we'll cut through the</p><p>noise and get to the root of what makes your salon thrive.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>[ 00:00:47</p><p>] So, grab your shears,</p><p>turn up the volume, and let's hustle. Hey, hey, welcome to The Hair Hustle</p><p>Podcast. Thank you so much for joining me today. I'm Heather Podlesny, your</p><p>salon coach dedicated to helping stylists master the business side of beauty.</p><p>Whether you're starting your journey behind the chair, I know that it is the</p><p>week of Thanksgiving and we are doing a quickie episode today. Today's episode</p><p>is all about your Black Friday, Small Business Saturday, and I am going to give</p><p>you a little checklist to make sure that if you didn't get everything in order</p><p>and you're like, 'how is it Thanksgiving even though it's a little late?' We're</p><p>going to get it done today. Let's go.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:01:17</p><p>] The first thing on our</p><p>checklist is we are going to make sure all of our promotions are planned and</p><p>ready to go for Friday, Saturday, or Friday night. If you're not even open,</p><p>that's okay. We are going to make sure that they are locked and loaded for December</p><p>2nd when we kick off. Do you have a gift card promotion? Did that get pushed to</p><p>the wayside, but yet it's going to launch December 2nd? Make sure that you have</p><p>that signage ready. Make sure your team knows what that looks like. Get the signage</p><p>ready. Go on Canva, go on Adobe, whatever platform that you would like to use,</p><p>or if you have a team member that you need to pay to get it done, make sure</p><p>that's ready for Black Friday because we all know how this week is going to go</p><p>and you guys got this.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:01:55</p><p>] So let's get started.</p><p>Let's get started. Next is going to be, are you offering any type of service</p><p>discount or promotion? You know that I'm not a lover of service discounts, but</p><p>maybe you're doing like a blowout to go out for the holiday weekend or something</p><p>like that for some of your newer, younger stylists. So if that's a feature or a</p><p>promotion, make sure that all of those are lined up and ready and that we have</p><p>signage, that we've texted, called the correct customers, emailed the correct</p><p>customers, all of that so that we know. Next is going to be, count your sets</p><p>because we need to figure out what kind of retail bundle that we are doing for</p><p>Black Friday.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:02:30</p><p>] So if you do not have a</p><p>set in stone retail promotion, I am going to challenge you to count every</p><p>single set that you have and make sure that you're on track. If you're on</p><p>track, great. Maybe you can still do a Black Friday deal. Maybe you took</p><p>advantage of some of the other sales that were going on, and you got 20% off a</p><p>box set, and maybe you could do an extra 20% off flash sale on Black Friday.</p><p>Get that lined up and make sure that it makes sense to you. If it's like, hey,</p><p>I'm not even sure what is happening with these box sets. Has anyone sold any?</p><p>Then maybe looking at breaking them up and doing something like a 'buy two, get</p><p>one free' off of this specific table.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:03:07</p><p>] Whatever is going to</p><p>make the most sense for your salon, we're going to do that. Now that we've</p><p>decided, and I've given you a couple of examples on what you can do for your</p><p>promotions on Black Friday, we are going to look at an express menu because you</p><p>also need some type of a service promotion as well. So December 2nd, if you</p><p>don't have a holiday express menu out, get one out and get it ready. It doesn't</p><p>take super long. I just want to have super simple things on there and it could</p><p>be like a glitz and glam where you offer hair tinsel. It can be like a Mary</p><p>treatment where you have some type of a bonded treatment,</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:03:44</p><p>] some type of a scalp</p><p>facial treatment, something that is holiday themed and exciting for your guests</p><p>who are coming in because we all know that we're going to have several moms and</p><p>several women in our chair who have been busting it out for everybody else this</p><p>holiday season and this is the time that they get to treat themselves. If we</p><p>can capture them with an extra five minutes on helping them to feel better</p><p>about themselves and get them through the season, we're going to have that</p><p>express menu ready to offer to them because they want to treat themselves. Even</p><p>if it is a treat yourself menu, we are going with it and we want to make sure</p><p>that we capture every single opportunity that we can when we're behind the</p><p>chair, especially in the season.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:04:29</p><p>] The second item on our</p><p>list here is going to be to prep your retail space. Now that you have</p><p>determined what the retail and service promotions are, you know what day they</p><p>have to be ready. If it's Black Friday, if it's Small Business Saturday, or</p><p>even if it is Monday the 2nd, we are now going to make sure that our retail</p><p>space is prepped and ready. What does that mean? That means we're going to have</p><p>all of our signage printed out. If you have any questions, feel free to reach</p><p>out to me. I'm going to be happy to answer any of your questions. We're going</p><p>to have the gift card promotion. We're going to make sure we have a sign for</p><p>that up at our front desk.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:04:57</p><p>] We are also going to</p><p>make sure we have some type of a cling on each of the mirrors. Whatever bundle</p><p>that you're offering for retail or if it's off of box sets, we want to make</p><p>sure that signage is ready. Next is going to be to create some type of an eye-catching</p><p>display. So once we have the signage ready, we want to make sure that we've</p><p>changed it up. Are you doing a stocking stuffer bar? Do you need items that</p><p>need to ship as soon as possible? Or do you maybe need to go to a store to</p><p>purchase some fun things? Some boxes, some fun stockings, something like that.</p><p>I'm talking inexpensive things. I'm not saying to go out and buy these crazy</p><p>things.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:05:30</p><p>] But if you have not</p><p>done any of that, and you're like, 'Wow, I wish', go find a local dollar store</p><p>and see what you can find to help your guests create a really fun gift for</p><p>their friends and family. And then just make sure, like I said, we have all those</p><p>shelf talkers. Signage is your silent salesperson. While all of your team,</p><p>possibly you are running around like a chicken with your head cut off trying to</p><p>get everybody beautiful for Thanksgiving. We want to make sure that we're</p><p>utilizing those silent salespeople, which is our signage. So we're going to</p><p>prep that retail space. Last thing on our list because we're keeping this super</p><p>short and sweet is to make sure that you prep your team. This could be the most</p><p>important thing.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:06:09</p><p>] First thing we're going</p><p>to do when it comes to prep our team is: we are going to count all of our sets,</p><p>and we're going to do our homework. The second thing we're going to figure out</p><p>how many sets we have left to sell before December 16th, because if you've been</p><p>following me, you know that we like to have all the sets sold Before Christmas.</p><p>Next is: we are also going to start a pre-book and win contest. If you are</p><p>looking at your January books and you're looking at your February books, March,</p><p>and you're like, 'What has happened here?' We are going to start a pre-book and</p><p>win contest that we're going to talk to our team about.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:06:42</p><p>] And what that is, is</p><p>every time a guest comes in when they pre-book their next three appointments,</p><p>which then puts you January, February, March, some of the lighter months in our</p><p>industry. March is typically not, sometimes January is, sometimes it's not.</p><p>February does typically tend to be pretty light across the board. This contest</p><p>will lock in your guests for February as well. What this contest looks like is</p><p>every time a guest books the next three appointments, they get entered to win</p><p>something great. If that is a local restaurant gift card from you guys, that</p><p>maybe if you had to barter, totally fine, because it wasn't in your budget. If</p><p>you found an iron in the back room or on sale at a distributor, we're going to</p><p>put that in the description.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:07:23</p><p>] Great. If you want to</p><p>do free hairspray for a year and you can get a deal on 12 hairsprays, the guest</p><p>simply comes in and pulls one hairspray off the shelf for every appointment and</p><p>they get to take advantage of that. That one's a little bit easier also on your</p><p>budget because they're coming in every six weeks and they're taking one</p><p>product. So then this way it's also not an upfront cost. So that could be a</p><p>great one. And you can draw the winner on Christmas Eve to make it super fun or</p><p>even the 23rd. Another thing that we're going to do to prep for the next three</p><p>weeks is, we're going to prep our team: if you have someone that's doing your</p><p>social media, what are the 12 Deals of Christmas going to look like?</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:07:58</p><p>] Because if you are</p><p>promoting the 12 deals of Christmas or the 12 Days of Christmas, that really</p><p>needs to start right after Thanksgiving. Why? Because you're only open probably</p><p>five to six days a week. And if you want 12 deals in there, it's going to take</p><p>you possibly three weeks to get those 12 deals in. I also have had people who</p><p>didn't run deals on Saturdays. Maybe they just did the 12 Days of Deals Tuesday</p><p>through Friday. So make sure that's ready to go and that anyone who's doing</p><p>your social media for you, or if you're doing it yourself, you're the social</p><p>media manager. So we need to make sure that we have that down and locked in.</p><p>Next is obviously if you're doing any type of holiday, VIP, we're going to make</p><p>sure that we have those people contacted.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:08:45</p><p>] Any type of event, we</p><p>want to make sure that we have all of those people locked in and ready to go. I</p><p>feel like Thanksgiving is a little bit later this year, so I do almost feel</p><p>like we're kind of missing out on a couple of extra days, which is critical.</p><p>So, that's why number three of prepping your team and making sure that we have</p><p>all of these things ready to go. We know how many sets that each one of them</p><p>has to sell, and we talk to them about it. You have to make your team a</p><p>checklist, just like I made you a checklist right here, get after it, and you</p><p>can do this. And we're going to make sure that everybody is ready to go, ready,</p><p>and set to go. I'm sure hope that this episode was helpful for you, and that</p><p>you were able to take just a couple of things in this probably eight minutes to</p><p>move forward with your holiday sales and make sure that you are prepped and</p><p>ready for December 2nd to kick off and for your Black Friday sales and your</p><p>Small Business Saturday. Thank you so much for hanging out with me today, and I</p><p>will talk to you guys next week on the Hair Hustle Podcast. Go make some good.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>&nbsp;</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">3240301f-bcb3-4598-aa5d-f028bac9d026</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Mon, 25 Nov 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/11f503cb-078c-4588-9782-ccc2a0617aea/Episode-9-Black-Friday-Checklist-converted.mp3" length="8268709" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>09:51</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>9</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>9</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>STOP the ICK of Selling Retail in your Salon</title><itunes:title>STOP the ICK of Selling Retail in your Salon</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p class="ql-align-center"><br></p><p>LINK to Promo Planner to close 2024:</p><p><a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/c33c065299" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/c33c065299</a></p><p>LINK to Creating a Retail Experience: </p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/five-easy-steps-to-holiday-success/id1767511345?i=1000674013282" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/five-easy-steps-to-holiday-success/id1767511345?i=1000674013282</a></p><p>[ 00:00:05]Welcome to the Hair</p><p>Hustle Podcast. I'm Heather Podlesney, your salon coach dedicated to helping</p><p>stylists master the business side of beauty. Whether you're starting your</p><p>journey behind the chair or you're a seasoned pro looking to level up, this</p><p>podcast is for you. Each week we'll dive into the tips and tricks you need to</p><p>run a successful salon business with topics that will change the way you work</p><p>and earn. From budgeting hacks to help you keep more of what you make to time</p><p>management tips that will keep your schedule stress-free and the strategies for</p><p>boosting your retail sales and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to build</p><p>your dream business without burning out. Together, we'll cut through the noise</p><p>and get to the root of what makes your salon thrive.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:00:47</p><p>] So grab your shears,</p><p>turn up the volume, and let's hustle. Hey, hey, welcome to episode eight of The</p><p>Hair Hustle Podcast. Thank you so much, thank you so much for joining me today.</p><p>I am so excited to have you to talk about one of my favorite subjects. And</p><p>today we are going to talk about the retail hustle and how to make you sell</p><p>without feeling salesy, pushy-and we're going to get rid of that ick for you</p><p>today. I've got three ways. We all know retail is such an important part of our</p><p>business. However, I know many of you are going to say, well, I don't know how</p><p>to sell in retail. I know so many of you hesitate to promote products because</p><p>you don't want to come off feeling salesy or pushy.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:01:31</p><p>] I hear this so many</p><p>times, especially in my one-on-ones, even with owners. And I totally get it. We</p><p>are people who work from our heart, and sometimes it's really hard to number</p><p>one, charge people what we're supposed to be charging. Last week's episode was</p><p>about that. 1. 5% of our sales per week. And then we're going to top it off</p><p>with a number of times; off and put the cherry on top with some retail. So a</p><p>couple of things that I'm going to share with you right now to start this</p><p>episode. Number one, we are not in charge of anyone else's money and it is not</p><p>our job to spend someone else's money. We're going to take ourselves out of</p><p>their wallet to start this episode.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:02:16</p><p>] The next thing that</p><p>we're going to talk about to start this episode is you guys, it is 20**24**, if</p><p>you are not making the correct product recommendations for your guest, your</p><p>guest is being influenced or being sold to by a 20-year-old on TikTok. Now there's</p><p>nothing wrong with the 20-year-olds on TikTok, but at the end of the day they</p><p>could be recommending, number one, they might not even be a professional.</p><p>Number two, they could be recommending a product but the guest really isn't</p><p>understanding exactly why they would use that product. It works for their hair</p><p>so it must work for them. Number three, they could be recommending a product</p><p>but the I want you to all think about that and we're going to get those</p><p>thoughts working through our head and we're going to take a deep breath and we</p><p>are going to talk about the three ways to help boost your retail sales in the</p><p>salon without feeling pushy or salesy.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:03:06</p><p>] Let's get into it. The</p><p>first way we're going to talk about is we're not going to be a product</p><p>salesperson. We are going to be a product matchmaker. I want you to get</p><p>everything in your head that you ever thought that you were about being a</p><p>salesperson in retail and I want you to think of it in a little lighter fashion</p><p>like a matchmaker. You are no longer this person that just has to push retail.</p><p>We are now connecting our client with a product that solves their problems. We</p><p>want to make sure that we are connecting the guest with the correct product to</p><p>solve what problems that they have. How do we do that? In three ways. We're</p><p>going to pay attention to what the client's hair needs truly are and we're</p><p>going to start that right in the consultation.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:03:57</p><p>] How we start that in</p><p>the consultation is we can simply ask, 'How are you feeling about your hair or</p><p>'Is there a look that you have been trying to achieve that you simply haven't</p><p>been able to get?' There are so many different questions. There's two. Number</p><p>one, how are you feeling? That's so simple and that's something I want you to</p><p>think about. I want to make sure everybody has something. If you've been doing</p><p>guests for a really long time, I totally understand this and now we're just</p><p>going to like jump into this retail game. So those are very simple easy</p><p>questions, and light that it's not like oh, and now I'm starting to sell retail</p><p>right now.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:04:36</p><p>] When we ask them that,</p><p>it could be something like yes, actually after I do my hair, I notice at work,</p><p>right before I'm about to leave, and I have to go to my son's football game,</p><p>and my hair is a little messy, and I'm not really sure what to do about that.</p><p>There was one in on what product that we are going to match this guest with, in</p><p>order to help solve her problem, because at the end of the day she would much</p><p>rather buy a 30 or 40 dollar product than look like a hot mess at her son's</p><p>football game. We have to think about those things and how that would make</p><p>someone feel and the confidence that it would give them if we match them with</p><p>the right product.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:05:17</p><p>] So, now using that,</p><p>we're performing the service; we can simply say, 'I have this amazing spray oil</p><p>that you can actually put on and blow out your hair, and it lasts 72 hours</p><p>because you had explained to me that whatever frizz product that you're using currently</p><p>is not lasting throughout the entire day. So, this one would actually last 72</p><p>hours, which is three days for you. Would you like me to give it a try on you?</p><p>Absolutely! So, do you see how we talked about? Her problem was at the very beginning</p><p>of the service and now we are solving that problem. Then at the end of the</p><p>service, we are going to pull that product from the shelf with her shampoo and</p><p>conditioner that we used on her and we are going to say, 'Here are three</p><p>products that I used on you today.' If I had to take one home, I would highly</p><p>recommend that you take home the frizz oil spray that we talked about because I</p><p>know</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:06:19</p><p>] that you really want to</p><p>be able to maintain that frizz-free look all day long. Do you see how easy that</p><p>was? It was exactly what she said, 'we are going to mirror that.' That's a</p><p>trick in selling. We are going to mirror that to help her feel more comfortable</p><p>with her purchase and help her understand. Bonus tip! We're not going to say,</p><p>'Would you like to take this home today?' We're not going to say that. We are</p><p>simply going to say what you recommend. We are going to recommend frizz-free</p><p>look based on stuff that you have. You may want to consider the feelings and</p><p>the problems that they had at the beginning of their service, and we're going</p><p>to match them.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:06:56</p><p>] We're going to make a</p><p>whole new little love out of this client and this product. They are going to</p><p>live happily ever after together with great hair, and that's what we want to</p><p>see. We're going to become product matchmakers, get rid of the salesperson, get</p><p>rid of all that. We are matchmakers. Next up for the second way that we are</p><p>going to boost our sales without feeling pushy or salesy, we are going to make</p><p>sure that all of our retail is visible and accessible. There's a couple</p><p>different things that we can talk about here. First of all, when we say visible</p><p>and accessible, if you have things behind glass or under glass or in glass, oh</p><p>my word, let's get that out, and we want to make sure that we can touch it.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:07:36</p><p>] I want you to think</p><p>about like an Ulta and a Sephora experience or just a shopping experience that</p><p>you're used to, that we can actually go in, touch, see, feel. I did a holiday</p><p>episode about like a sensorial experience, which was like using all of your senses,</p><p>and I want you to go back and listen to that. I will put the episode in the</p><p>show notes so that you can kind of check that out as well, because when we</p><p>create a retail experience, we want to make sure that the guest has the entire</p><p>experience, and we do not want it to be blocked by some glass, okay? We want</p><p>them to be able to open up that shampoo and give it a smell, because some</p><p>people purchase based on sense, which is really important.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:08:16</p><p>] We are going to make</p><p>our retail area visible and accessible. We are going to make our retail area</p><p>accessible. A couple more tips that we have on this subject is...]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="ql-align-center"><br></p><p>LINK to Promo Planner to close 2024:</p><p><a href="https://heatherpod.kit.com/c33c065299" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.kit.com/c33c065299</a></p><p>LINK to Creating a Retail Experience: </p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/five-easy-steps-to-holiday-success/id1767511345?i=1000674013282" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/five-easy-steps-to-holiday-success/id1767511345?i=1000674013282</a></p><p>[ 00:00:05]Welcome to the Hair</p><p>Hustle Podcast. I'm Heather Podlesney, your salon coach dedicated to helping</p><p>stylists master the business side of beauty. Whether you're starting your</p><p>journey behind the chair or you're a seasoned pro looking to level up, this</p><p>podcast is for you. Each week we'll dive into the tips and tricks you need to</p><p>run a successful salon business with topics that will change the way you work</p><p>and earn. From budgeting hacks to help you keep more of what you make to time</p><p>management tips that will keep your schedule stress-free and the strategies for</p><p>boosting your retail sales and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to build</p><p>your dream business without burning out. Together, we'll cut through the noise</p><p>and get to the root of what makes your salon thrive.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:00:47</p><p>] So grab your shears,</p><p>turn up the volume, and let's hustle. Hey, hey, welcome to episode eight of The</p><p>Hair Hustle Podcast. Thank you so much, thank you so much for joining me today.</p><p>I am so excited to have you to talk about one of my favorite subjects. And</p><p>today we are going to talk about the retail hustle and how to make you sell</p><p>without feeling salesy, pushy-and we're going to get rid of that ick for you</p><p>today. I've got three ways. We all know retail is such an important part of our</p><p>business. However, I know many of you are going to say, well, I don't know how</p><p>to sell in retail. I know so many of you hesitate to promote products because</p><p>you don't want to come off feeling salesy or pushy.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:01:31</p><p>] I hear this so many</p><p>times, especially in my one-on-ones, even with owners. And I totally get it. We</p><p>are people who work from our heart, and sometimes it's really hard to number</p><p>one, charge people what we're supposed to be charging. Last week's episode was</p><p>about that. 1. 5% of our sales per week. And then we're going to top it off</p><p>with a number of times; off and put the cherry on top with some retail. So a</p><p>couple of things that I'm going to share with you right now to start this</p><p>episode. Number one, we are not in charge of anyone else's money and it is not</p><p>our job to spend someone else's money. We're going to take ourselves out of</p><p>their wallet to start this episode.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:02:16</p><p>] The next thing that</p><p>we're going to talk about to start this episode is you guys, it is 20**24**, if</p><p>you are not making the correct product recommendations for your guest, your</p><p>guest is being influenced or being sold to by a 20-year-old on TikTok. Now there's</p><p>nothing wrong with the 20-year-olds on TikTok, but at the end of the day they</p><p>could be recommending, number one, they might not even be a professional.</p><p>Number two, they could be recommending a product but the guest really isn't</p><p>understanding exactly why they would use that product. It works for their hair</p><p>so it must work for them. Number three, they could be recommending a product</p><p>but the I want you to all think about that and we're going to get those</p><p>thoughts working through our head and we're going to take a deep breath and we</p><p>are going to talk about the three ways to help boost your retail sales in the</p><p>salon without feeling pushy or salesy.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:03:06</p><p>] Let's get into it. The</p><p>first way we're going to talk about is we're not going to be a product</p><p>salesperson. We are going to be a product matchmaker. I want you to get</p><p>everything in your head that you ever thought that you were about being a</p><p>salesperson in retail and I want you to think of it in a little lighter fashion</p><p>like a matchmaker. You are no longer this person that just has to push retail.</p><p>We are now connecting our client with a product that solves their problems. We</p><p>want to make sure that we are connecting the guest with the correct product to</p><p>solve what problems that they have. How do we do that? In three ways. We're</p><p>going to pay attention to what the client's hair needs truly are and we're</p><p>going to start that right in the consultation.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:03:57</p><p>] How we start that in</p><p>the consultation is we can simply ask, 'How are you feeling about your hair or</p><p>'Is there a look that you have been trying to achieve that you simply haven't</p><p>been able to get?' There are so many different questions. There's two. Number</p><p>one, how are you feeling? That's so simple and that's something I want you to</p><p>think about. I want to make sure everybody has something. If you've been doing</p><p>guests for a really long time, I totally understand this and now we're just</p><p>going to like jump into this retail game. So those are very simple easy</p><p>questions, and light that it's not like oh, and now I'm starting to sell retail</p><p>right now.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:04:36</p><p>] When we ask them that,</p><p>it could be something like yes, actually after I do my hair, I notice at work,</p><p>right before I'm about to leave, and I have to go to my son's football game,</p><p>and my hair is a little messy, and I'm not really sure what to do about that.</p><p>There was one in on what product that we are going to match this guest with, in</p><p>order to help solve her problem, because at the end of the day she would much</p><p>rather buy a 30 or 40 dollar product than look like a hot mess at her son's</p><p>football game. We have to think about those things and how that would make</p><p>someone feel and the confidence that it would give them if we match them with</p><p>the right product.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:05:17</p><p>] So, now using that,</p><p>we're performing the service; we can simply say, 'I have this amazing spray oil</p><p>that you can actually put on and blow out your hair, and it lasts 72 hours</p><p>because you had explained to me that whatever frizz product that you're using currently</p><p>is not lasting throughout the entire day. So, this one would actually last 72</p><p>hours, which is three days for you. Would you like me to give it a try on you?</p><p>Absolutely! So, do you see how we talked about? Her problem was at the very beginning</p><p>of the service and now we are solving that problem. Then at the end of the</p><p>service, we are going to pull that product from the shelf with her shampoo and</p><p>conditioner that we used on her and we are going to say, 'Here are three</p><p>products that I used on you today.' If I had to take one home, I would highly</p><p>recommend that you take home the frizz oil spray that we talked about because I</p><p>know</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:06:19</p><p>] that you really want to</p><p>be able to maintain that frizz-free look all day long. Do you see how easy that</p><p>was? It was exactly what she said, 'we are going to mirror that.' That's a</p><p>trick in selling. We are going to mirror that to help her feel more comfortable</p><p>with her purchase and help her understand. Bonus tip! We're not going to say,</p><p>'Would you like to take this home today?' We're not going to say that. We are</p><p>simply going to say what you recommend. We are going to recommend frizz-free</p><p>look based on stuff that you have. You may want to consider the feelings and</p><p>the problems that they had at the beginning of their service, and we're going</p><p>to match them.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:06:56</p><p>] We're going to make a</p><p>whole new little love out of this client and this product. They are going to</p><p>live happily ever after together with great hair, and that's what we want to</p><p>see. We're going to become product matchmakers, get rid of the salesperson, get</p><p>rid of all that. We are matchmakers. Next up for the second way that we are</p><p>going to boost our sales without feeling pushy or salesy, we are going to make</p><p>sure that all of our retail is visible and accessible. There's a couple</p><p>different things that we can talk about here. First of all, when we say visible</p><p>and accessible, if you have things behind glass or under glass or in glass, oh</p><p>my word, let's get that out, and we want to make sure that we can touch it.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:07:36</p><p>] I want you to think</p><p>about like an Ulta and a Sephora experience or just a shopping experience that</p><p>you're used to, that we can actually go in, touch, see, feel. I did a holiday</p><p>episode about like a sensorial experience, which was like using all of your senses,</p><p>and I want you to go back and listen to that. I will put the episode in the</p><p>show notes so that you can kind of check that out as well, because when we</p><p>create a retail experience, we want to make sure that the guest has the entire</p><p>experience, and we do not want it to be blocked by some glass, okay? We want</p><p>them to be able to open up that shampoo and give it a smell, because some</p><p>people purchase based on sense, which is really important.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:08:16</p><p>] We are going to make</p><p>our retail area visible and accessible. We are going to make our retail area</p><p>accessible. A couple more tips that we have on this subject is to create a</p><p>retail station for your guests. Almost think of it like a PlayStation. I had a</p><p>salon that did this when I was in sales, and it was almost, it was a spare</p><p>station, so if you have an open station, this could be a great way to utilize</p><p>it. If you don't have an open station, you can simply do a chair and a mirror</p><p>and like some type of a, it doesn't have to be like a formal station, but some</p><p>type of like a table. You can put a mirror in front, make it look cute, and</p><p>make it look like an experience, but it had like their top-selling iron on it.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:08:55</p><p>] It had their</p><p>top-selling products. It had their, some of their stylist faves and their salon</p><p>faves, and a guest was literally able to go see, touch, feel, use, use the</p><p>iron. It was plugged in all the time, use the blow dryer, things like that, so</p><p>then this way a guest could really get a feel for how that iron worked, how</p><p>that product worked, what the product smelled like, anything like that, and</p><p>that was actually really, really important. So, if you have an open station,</p><p>it's going to be great to have like in their waiting area because then this way</p><p>it gave like the whole shop around a whole new level because then they were</p><p>able to use it, which I think is super amazing, and it even starts the</p><p>conversation, I feel like, with the guest before they even get into your chair.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:09:35</p><p>] Another thing is going</p><p>to be to make sure, this one seems so simple, but make sure that your styling</p><p>stations have some type of a product. I know some of us have like community</p><p>stations for all of our styles. I'm totally on board with that, but if you're a</p><p>stylist using the product, make sure to either, you're using the product,</p><p>you're either going to hand it to your guests so that they can check it out, or</p><p>you are going to set it on the station right in front of them so that they're</p><p>actually able to see it, and they can start to make that connection with it.</p><p>Remember, you're a matchmaker. And then the other thing, this is a really great</p><p>hot tip, and it's simply to make sure that you have a product of the week.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:10:14</p><p>] So, are you</p><p>highlighting any type of product? Are you highlighting like your stylist's</p><p>favorites? Are you highlighting a salon favorite? So, that's something that can</p><p>go right up at your front desk or your cash register. Then, your guests can</p><p>always know which one is the salon pick of the week. That's also a great social</p><p>media campaign, helps to fill some of that social media, because I know</p><p>sometimes we dread that too. And I want you to keep this in mind, and it's that</p><p>visibility builds curiosity, which also builds sales. People want to see,</p><p>touch, feel, and they are coming to the salon for that experience. So, if</p><p>you're a matchmaker, you're going to want to make sure that we give that to</p><p>them, even on behalf of retail.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:10:52</p><p>] All right, way number</p><p>three that we are going to boost retail sales without feeling salesy. Are you</p><p>guys ready? Is we are going to use promotions, bundles, and incentives. Now,</p><p>when I say promotions, bundles, features, incentives, we're not going to give</p><p>away the farm here, you guys. I understand that sometimes you're like, Heather,</p><p>I don't want to give away this deep discount or do this crazy thing. And you</p><p>don't have to. I don't want you to feel like if you're an owner or manager,</p><p>we're just going to give away the farm all the time. You're not going to. When</p><p>I say features, sometimes it's just about talking about a product. That's it.</p><p>Maybe we all know that some products are also seasonal, just like I was talking</p><p>about that frizz product.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:11:36</p><p>] This is the time of</p><p>year where your hair gets really dry and frizzy. That's what we're going to</p><p>talk about. January and February, we typically talk about scalp health. Why?</p><p>Because we want to make sure that we're featuring products seasonally, but then</p><p>also we're looking at all of our products and how we can sell them together. So</p><p>we may be looking at creating some product bundles. For example, if you have</p><p>some box sets that are not moving, maybe we need to change up the real estate,</p><p>take them out of the box set, put a cute little bow on them, put them in a</p><p>different little like organza bag or something like that, and do something cute</p><p>and fun and create it the X, Y, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z,</p><p>Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, Z, experience bundle.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:12:20</p><p>] And so it could have</p><p>your top selling shampoo and conditioner, something like that. So do you see</p><p>how you changed the way that looked than just a box set? Also, something, and</p><p>this one I do love, so that's why I'm saying it. However, I also came from that</p><p>side of things. So I totally understand if this is not, you're not able to do</p><p>this and it's to offer free samples. So for example, if we take the guest up,</p><p>we show them three products and they don't purchase, we typically go with, like</p><p>a free sample. So like, great. You didn't want to take this oil home today. I</p><p>do have a small sample that I'd love to send you with. Also on that, we want to</p><p>make sure that we put a sticker or something on there.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:12:58</p><p>] Our cart, we need</p><p>something on there that says, bring it back for 20% off the full-size friend.</p><p>Just so then this way, it's like a bounce back. So they go home, try it. They</p><p>love it. They're going to bring it back and they're automatically going to get 20%</p><p>off. I also understand that there are not always samples. So if you have a</p><p>brand partner that you can reach out to, to maybe get some sample sizes, some</p><p>brand partners, brands don't even offer certain things in sample sizes that you</p><p>want. You have to be a little bit more strategic there, but if you can, please</p><p>try. The last thing under bundles, incentives, features, promotions is to make</p><p>sure that you're running a promotion. Honestly, you only need six promotions a</p><p>year.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:13:35</p><p>] Everyone thinks you</p><p>need once a month. You don't, you don't need one once a month. You don't need</p><p>to be changing it every four weeks. Honestly, I feel like when you kind of get</p><p>into this whole idea that you need to change it every month, you just get into</p><p>the promotion and then it's changed. And typically on average, guests aren't</p><p>coming every month. They're coming every four, six, eight weeks. So I want you</p><p>to keep that in mind that as you want to keep your promotions to simply six a</p><p>year. And that, like I said, doesn't have to be giving away the farm. It can be</p><p>new to you for January and February. And that's any product that's new to you.</p><p>You get 20% off something super, something simple.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:14:17</p><p>] Maybe your client has</p><p>never tried this specific hairspray that you think would be great for her hair.</p><p>And you can simply say, oh my word, you've always wanted to try this hairspray,</p><p>or we've talked about this hairspray so many times. We have this really great</p><p>promotion called new to you. You can get 20% off today because you've never</p><p>purchased it from here. Oh, done. Do you see how you close that sale? And it</p><p>felt like a friend conversation. I also want you guys to keep in mind that when</p><p>we run these types of promotions, guests want to purchase from you. So if</p><p>you're a new to this promotion, you need to make sure that you have a product</p><p>that's new to you. It's something that we hold back on and we don't make it</p><p>part of our appointment.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:14:53</p><p>] That's why we want to</p><p>make sure that we have promotions or features. That's like we talked about</p><p>earlier, stylist favorites, product bundles, that's promotions, that's samples,</p><p>that's features, that's even stylist picks. Like we had talked about before,</p><p>what a great way to feature each product. And we can actually have a retail</p><p>area all out and imagine putting just cute, fun little stars. You can make them</p><p>in Canva, get yourself a template with your stylist headshot and making it say</p><p>Heather's fave. Every stylist has a fave and it goes on there. Then once the</p><p>guest goes to sit down in their chair, they can say, well, why do you love that</p><p>multi-benefit spray so much? And then we can tell them exactly why we love it.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:15:43</p><p>] So there's so many</p><p>different ways and that doesn't even necessarily have to be on sale. That's</p><p>being able to talk about it. And it's bringing the retail conversation up in a</p><p>way that does not feel salesy. It's a conversation. Think about when you're going</p><p>on a girl's trip and you have all of these women around you and they're like,</p><p>well, what would you use on my hair? What would you do? We all in this industry</p><p>have had that experience. I want you to think about that. And I want you to</p><p>take that right to behind your chair and helping your guests find the products</p><p>that they need. To give them the confidence in their real life every single</p><p>day. Stop thinking that we are being salesy, that we're being pitchy.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:16:26</p><p>] You guys got this. I</p><p>know you can do it. And I know your guest wants to...]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">8e76d584-da25-45d8-b91a-2861ecc37b1e</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/73441523-d036-46fe-ae16-f4c1d71d7a01/Episode-8-STOP-feeling-Salesy-converted.mp3" length="15383680" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>18:19</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>8</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>8</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>STOP Guessing your Way to Profitability!</title><itunes:title>STOP Guessing your Way to Profitability!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p class="ql-align-center"><strong>Episode 7 - Take CONTROL of your PRICING.mp3</strong></p><p class="ql-align-center"><br></p><p>[ 00:00:05</p><p>]Welcome to the Hair</p><p>Hustle Podcast. I' m Heather Podlesny, your salon coach dedicated to helping</p><p>stylists master the business side of beauty. Whether you' re starting your</p><p>journey behind the chair or you' re a seasoned pro looking to level up, this</p><p>podcast is for you. Each week we' ll dive into the tips and tricks you need to</p><p>run a successful salon business with topics that will change the way you work</p><p>and earn. From budgeting hacks to help you keep more of what you make to time</p><p>management tips that will keep your schedule stress- free and the strategies</p><p>for boosting your retail sales and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to</p><p>build your dream business without burning out. Together we' ll cut through the</p><p>noise and get to the root of what makes your salon thrive.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>[ 00:00:47</p><p>] So grab your shears,</p><p>turn up the volume and let' s hustle. Hey, hey, welcome to episode seven of the</p><p>Hair Hustle Podcast. Thank you so much for joining me. Today we are going to</p><p>take control of our prices. This is a request from the request line. Just kidding.</p><p>This was actually dropped into my DMs though and I want to say thank you so</p><p>much for requesting a subject for me to talk about because this one</p><p>specifically is near and dear to my heart. I started independent stylist</p><p>coaching specifically when I found out how my stylists were charging and</p><p>honestly just the lack of confidence behind their pricing and the services that</p><p>they were offering, and I understand that it is an issue amongst several of our</p><p>salons and stylists.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:01:42</p><p>] This one is for our</p><p>independent stylists. Let' s give them a shout out and we are going to help</p><p>them take control of their money and their prices and I' m going to give them a</p><p>great formula on how to revamp their prices. So if you want to start a new salon,</p><p>revamping your prices, I highly recommend now right before the holiday season</p><p>kicks off. Do not wait until January. If you are here, sister, you are doing it</p><p>or brother, please. You are starting now and we are getting this done. The best</p><p>time to raise your prices is actually right now, not January 1st. Please do not</p><p>put a sign up. Prices going up in January.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:02:21</p><p>] We will have a whole</p><p>other episode on that because I like to keep these episodes short, and if I get</p><p>down that road, it' s not going to be great. For today, we all know that I have</p><p>five bullet points on how you can take control of your money and how to charge</p><p>appropriately in this episode today. So, we' re going to kick this episode off.</p><p>I am also going to say that we are located in the Midwest of the United States.</p><p>We have lots of small town USA stylists and salons. I am happy to represent them.</p><p>My biggest reason for leaving corporate was because I wanted to make sure to</p><p>represent the stylists and salons that were small and I just want you guys to</p><p>keep in mind that if you are from the west side of the United States, if you'</p><p>re from the east side, if you' re from an urban city, I' m going to start</p><p>talking about some prices and you may be like, ' That is ridiculous.'</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:03:21</p><p>] If that' s how you</p><p>feel, that is okay. This episode may not be for you. However, if you are</p><p>sitting there thinking, ' Yeah, I don' I really know why I charge what I charge</p><p>or I have no idea about the value of myself behind the chair, all of these</p><p>things, this episode is for you and if you' re someone that thinks that this</p><p>pricing is too low, simply increase it, okay? But at the end of the day, when</p><p>we look up on average how much our stylists are making across the United</p><p>States, it' s about $23 to $27 an hour. At the end of the day, I think that we</p><p>are hitting so many more people by being able to talk about that and not having</p><p>to talk about these big numbers that make someone, especially from the Midwest,</p><p>feel like, oh, I' m not charging enough and I can' t relate to them.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:04:10</p><p>] So this is meant to be</p><p>a relatable episode for everyone and it' s meant to be an open platform. If you</p><p>are ready and you feel like you want to keep moving on, let' s jump into it.</p><p>The first thing that I' m going to have you do seems so simple and it is to</p><p>calculate. What are your household needs? If you' ve been an independent</p><p>stylist for a minute or even if you' re going to be a new independent stylist,</p><p>this can be a goal for you on what you need because sometimes I totally</p><p>understand if you' re just getting started, you may need to do something else.</p><p>When I first started as an independent stylist, I waited tables, I bartended, I</p><p>did all the things just until I got my income up there.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:04:48</p><p>] But at the end of the</p><p>day, you need to calculate what your household needs from you in order to</p><p>figure out exactly where you' re going to be. Also, I have to say, you guys,</p><p>this is one of the most beautiful things about this industry. You have the</p><p>control to do this. So if you feel like you' re not making enough money or if</p><p>you feel like you' re booked and busy, but you' re not making any money, this</p><p>is the time to sit down and to revamp this. And this is one of the most</p><p>beautiful things that you get to do for you and for your own business and for</p><p>your own family. You don' t have to worry about it. You don' t have to worry</p><p>about it.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:05:25</p><p>] You don' To have to sit</p><p>there and negotiate a price for your salary and go on Indeed and look for all</p><p>of these crazy jobs. So I want you to keep that in mind, this is a blessing</p><p>that you get to say, this is how much I need. And now we' re going to figure</p><p>out how to get you there. Our example today is going to be that your household</p><p>needs $5,000 a month. So that is the money that we actually take home. The</p><p>money that we take home is different than the money that we bring in. Okay. So</p><p>the money that you bring in, behind the chair, is going to be different than</p><p>the actual money that is going to hit your personal bank account. Okay.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:06:02</p><p>] We' re going to sit</p><p>down. You' re going to do all of your expenses and you' re going to calculate</p><p>your household needs. If you have a partner, great. Maybe sit down with them</p><p>and figure out exactly what your plan is. If you have to get some debt paid off,</p><p>if honestly, if the number is way too high or way too low, whatever that' s</p><p>going to look like, I want you to set a goal for yourself on how much you' re</p><p>going to make. So if you' re going to make $5,000 a month, you' re going to set</p><p>a goal for yourself on how much that you may need to make behind the chair.</p><p>Because after you do this exercise, we' ll be able to adjust it from there and</p><p>I can get it into another episode.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:06:33</p><p>] Okay. Step one, we' re</p><p>going to calculate what our household needs. For our example today, we need</p><p>$5,000. Step number two, for the sake of this exercise, and this is a 10,000</p><p>foot view. This is not me sitting down specifically with your numbers and going</p><p>over that. I do that as well. And you will see some fun things come out of</p><p>this. So if you' re going to make $5,000 a month, in the future for you, if you</p><p>need more one-on-one help, please let me know because I also do one-on-one</p><p>coaching. So this 10,000 foot view, because we' re speaking to several people,</p><p>is step two. We' re just going to double that number. Okay. We need $5,000 in</p><p>our personal household income.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:07:16</p><p>] So I am simply going to</p><p>double that number and it' s $10,000. So 5,000 times two, $10,000. That' s step</p><p>two. That tells us the actual number goal that we need to be bringing in when</p><p>we are working behind the chair. Our goal behind the chair is to be bringing in</p><p>$10,000 every single month. Step three, we need to look at what our billable</p><p>hours are. What are billable hours? Billable hours are the hours that we are</p><p>technically working behind the chair and getting paid. That may not be the</p><p>needle moving things like working on our social media, like writing down our</p><p>finances, like doing this exercise. Those are things that we have to do and</p><p>they definitely help move the needle to get us new guests, to help bring up our</p><p>service ticket, to come up with new fun things, to make more money.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:08:15</p><p>] However, they are not</p><p>necessarily billable hours. For the sake of this example, we are going to say</p><p>that you work 35 hours. Five hours are spent on your things like your social</p><p>media, your cleaning, your ordering, your finance, your paying yourself, all of</p><p>that kind of stuff, keeping our money organized as well. And 30 hours are spent</p><p>specifically behind the chair, working, charging, making the money. That means</p><p>that we have 30 billable hours. So now that we understand what our billable</p><p>hours are, so we understand that we need to bring in $10,000 every single</p><p>month, and we understand that that is going to happen by working 30 hours a</p><p>week. Because I don' t want you to go and be like, ' I need this much money,</p><p>but yet I need to work 80 hours now behind the chair.' That' s not what this...]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="ql-align-center"><strong>Episode 7 - Take CONTROL of your PRICING.mp3</strong></p><p class="ql-align-center"><br></p><p>[ 00:00:05</p><p>]Welcome to the Hair</p><p>Hustle Podcast. I' m Heather Podlesny, your salon coach dedicated to helping</p><p>stylists master the business side of beauty. Whether you' re starting your</p><p>journey behind the chair or you' re a seasoned pro looking to level up, this</p><p>podcast is for you. Each week we' ll dive into the tips and tricks you need to</p><p>run a successful salon business with topics that will change the way you work</p><p>and earn. From budgeting hacks to help you keep more of what you make to time</p><p>management tips that will keep your schedule stress- free and the strategies</p><p>for boosting your retail sales and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to</p><p>build your dream business without burning out. Together we' ll cut through the</p><p>noise and get to the root of what makes your salon thrive.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>[ 00:00:47</p><p>] So grab your shears,</p><p>turn up the volume and let' s hustle. Hey, hey, welcome to episode seven of the</p><p>Hair Hustle Podcast. Thank you so much for joining me. Today we are going to</p><p>take control of our prices. This is a request from the request line. Just kidding.</p><p>This was actually dropped into my DMs though and I want to say thank you so</p><p>much for requesting a subject for me to talk about because this one</p><p>specifically is near and dear to my heart. I started independent stylist</p><p>coaching specifically when I found out how my stylists were charging and</p><p>honestly just the lack of confidence behind their pricing and the services that</p><p>they were offering, and I understand that it is an issue amongst several of our</p><p>salons and stylists.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:01:42</p><p>] This one is for our</p><p>independent stylists. Let' s give them a shout out and we are going to help</p><p>them take control of their money and their prices and I' m going to give them a</p><p>great formula on how to revamp their prices. So if you want to start a new salon,</p><p>revamping your prices, I highly recommend now right before the holiday season</p><p>kicks off. Do not wait until January. If you are here, sister, you are doing it</p><p>or brother, please. You are starting now and we are getting this done. The best</p><p>time to raise your prices is actually right now, not January 1st. Please do not</p><p>put a sign up. Prices going up in January.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:02:21</p><p>] We will have a whole</p><p>other episode on that because I like to keep these episodes short, and if I get</p><p>down that road, it' s not going to be great. For today, we all know that I have</p><p>five bullet points on how you can take control of your money and how to charge</p><p>appropriately in this episode today. So, we' re going to kick this episode off.</p><p>I am also going to say that we are located in the Midwest of the United States.</p><p>We have lots of small town USA stylists and salons. I am happy to represent them.</p><p>My biggest reason for leaving corporate was because I wanted to make sure to</p><p>represent the stylists and salons that were small and I just want you guys to</p><p>keep in mind that if you are from the west side of the United States, if you'</p><p>re from the east side, if you' re from an urban city, I' m going to start</p><p>talking about some prices and you may be like, ' That is ridiculous.'</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:03:21</p><p>] If that' s how you</p><p>feel, that is okay. This episode may not be for you. However, if you are</p><p>sitting there thinking, ' Yeah, I don' I really know why I charge what I charge</p><p>or I have no idea about the value of myself behind the chair, all of these</p><p>things, this episode is for you and if you' re someone that thinks that this</p><p>pricing is too low, simply increase it, okay? But at the end of the day, when</p><p>we look up on average how much our stylists are making across the United</p><p>States, it' s about $23 to $27 an hour. At the end of the day, I think that we</p><p>are hitting so many more people by being able to talk about that and not having</p><p>to talk about these big numbers that make someone, especially from the Midwest,</p><p>feel like, oh, I' m not charging enough and I can' t relate to them.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:04:10</p><p>] So this is meant to be</p><p>a relatable episode for everyone and it' s meant to be an open platform. If you</p><p>are ready and you feel like you want to keep moving on, let' s jump into it.</p><p>The first thing that I' m going to have you do seems so simple and it is to</p><p>calculate. What are your household needs? If you' ve been an independent</p><p>stylist for a minute or even if you' re going to be a new independent stylist,</p><p>this can be a goal for you on what you need because sometimes I totally</p><p>understand if you' re just getting started, you may need to do something else.</p><p>When I first started as an independent stylist, I waited tables, I bartended, I</p><p>did all the things just until I got my income up there.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:04:48</p><p>] But at the end of the</p><p>day, you need to calculate what your household needs from you in order to</p><p>figure out exactly where you' re going to be. Also, I have to say, you guys,</p><p>this is one of the most beautiful things about this industry. You have the</p><p>control to do this. So if you feel like you' re not making enough money or if</p><p>you feel like you' re booked and busy, but you' re not making any money, this</p><p>is the time to sit down and to revamp this. And this is one of the most</p><p>beautiful things that you get to do for you and for your own business and for</p><p>your own family. You don' t have to worry about it. You don' t have to worry</p><p>about it.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:05:25</p><p>] You don' To have to sit</p><p>there and negotiate a price for your salary and go on Indeed and look for all</p><p>of these crazy jobs. So I want you to keep that in mind, this is a blessing</p><p>that you get to say, this is how much I need. And now we' re going to figure</p><p>out how to get you there. Our example today is going to be that your household</p><p>needs $5,000 a month. So that is the money that we actually take home. The</p><p>money that we take home is different than the money that we bring in. Okay. So</p><p>the money that you bring in, behind the chair, is going to be different than</p><p>the actual money that is going to hit your personal bank account. Okay.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:06:02</p><p>] We' re going to sit</p><p>down. You' re going to do all of your expenses and you' re going to calculate</p><p>your household needs. If you have a partner, great. Maybe sit down with them</p><p>and figure out exactly what your plan is. If you have to get some debt paid off,</p><p>if honestly, if the number is way too high or way too low, whatever that' s</p><p>going to look like, I want you to set a goal for yourself on how much you' re</p><p>going to make. So if you' re going to make $5,000 a month, you' re going to set</p><p>a goal for yourself on how much that you may need to make behind the chair.</p><p>Because after you do this exercise, we' ll be able to adjust it from there and</p><p>I can get it into another episode.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:06:33</p><p>] Okay. Step one, we' re</p><p>going to calculate what our household needs. For our example today, we need</p><p>$5,000. Step number two, for the sake of this exercise, and this is a 10,000</p><p>foot view. This is not me sitting down specifically with your numbers and going</p><p>over that. I do that as well. And you will see some fun things come out of</p><p>this. So if you' re going to make $5,000 a month, in the future for you, if you</p><p>need more one-on-one help, please let me know because I also do one-on-one</p><p>coaching. So this 10,000 foot view, because we' re speaking to several people,</p><p>is step two. We' re just going to double that number. Okay. We need $5,000 in</p><p>our personal household income.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:07:16</p><p>] So I am simply going to</p><p>double that number and it' s $10,000. So 5,000 times two, $10,000. That' s step</p><p>two. That tells us the actual number goal that we need to be bringing in when</p><p>we are working behind the chair. Our goal behind the chair is to be bringing in</p><p>$10,000 every single month. Step three, we need to look at what our billable</p><p>hours are. What are billable hours? Billable hours are the hours that we are</p><p>technically working behind the chair and getting paid. That may not be the</p><p>needle moving things like working on our social media, like writing down our</p><p>finances, like doing this exercise. Those are things that we have to do and</p><p>they definitely help move the needle to get us new guests, to help bring up our</p><p>service ticket, to come up with new fun things, to make more money.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:08:15</p><p>] However, they are not</p><p>necessarily billable hours. For the sake of this example, we are going to say</p><p>that you work 35 hours. Five hours are spent on your things like your social</p><p>media, your cleaning, your ordering, your finance, your paying yourself, all of</p><p>that kind of stuff, keeping our money organized as well. And 30 hours are spent</p><p>specifically behind the chair, working, charging, making the money. That means</p><p>that we have 30 billable hours. So now that we understand what our billable</p><p>hours are, so we understand that we need to bring in $10,000 every single</p><p>month, and we understand that that is going to happen by working 30 hours a</p><p>week. Because I don' t want you to go and be like, ' I need this much money,</p><p>but yet I need to work 80 hours now behind the chair.' That' s not what this is</p><p>about.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:09:09</p><p>] This is simply about</p><p>giving you a guide, okay? No one has a meltdown on me. And if you feel like</p><p>you' re in a turmoil, good gravy, please reach out to me on social media or</p><p>some kind of a platform. I will help talk you off the ledge, okay? We.' re</p><p>going to keep it going here. So now we know we' ve got 30 billable hours and we</p><p>need to make $10,000 per month. We' re going to divide $10,000 by four because</p><p>there' s four weeks in a month. That means that we need to be bringing in on</p><p>average around $2,500 every single week. When I work 30 hours a week and I need</p><p>to make $2,500 every single week, I' m going to take $2,500 and I' m going to</p><p>divide that by my billable hours, which is 30 hours.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:09:55</p><p>] So the hours I' m</p><p>working behind the chair and that number is $83. 33. $83 an hour is what I need</p><p>to be making behind the chair. Now we' re going to figure out what you need to</p><p>make per minute. And the reason that we figure out what you need to make per</p><p>minute is because on average for profitability, you need to be around $1 to $1.</p><p>50 a minute. For this example, we' re going to take that $83. 33. We' re going</p><p>to divide it by the amount of minutes in an hour, which is 60. And now you know</p><p>that you need to be making $1. 39 per minute. Why is this important?</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:10:37</p><p>] The reason that you</p><p>want to come up with your per- minute price is not just because you want to</p><p>make sure that you' re making that dollar amount, but it' s also going to be a</p><p>gauge for you to look at your menu right now and make sure that you' re even charging</p><p>properly. So now you know that you need to be making $1. 39 per minute. $1. 39</p><p>a minute to be bringing in that $5,000 a month to your household. We' ve got</p><p>your billable hours and your billable minutes down. You guys figured out that</p><p>formula. Great job. And now we' re at $1. 39 a minute. We know that we have to</p><p>bring in. Now for step four, we are going to set and test our service prices.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:11:15</p><p>] We need to figure out</p><p>exactly how much we' re charging and if we' re even charging properly. Let' s</p><p>look at our rates right now. We need it to be charging $1. 39 a minute like we</p><p>used in our example. I now need to look at my 90- minute service. So let' Say</p><p>that is a basic color retouch and haircut that takes 90 minutes. So I know some</p><p>of you; it only takes 75. Some of you, it' s 90 minutes. I want to look at that</p><p>number. A 90- minute service times $1. 39 because we need $1. 39 a minute, and</p><p>we' ve got 90 minutes. That should be about $125. Now you' re going to go to</p><p>your menu and I want you to look at how much is a base color application plus a</p><p>haircut because that' s about 90 minutes.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:12:04</p><p>] If I look at that and</p><p>I' m charging, maybe I' m charging $75 for a color retouch and I' m just</p><p>throwing in the haircut, and your haircut price is typically $45. If you are</p><p>throwing in that haircut and bundling, you are literally shorting yourself on a</p><p>service that you' I' m not charging. So I' m going to go to my menu and I' m</p><p>going to open that Bug Classic and let' s go check at our bundle. I' m going to</p><p>go to my tool list. In my bundle, you can see as far as individual products,</p><p>everything else is here but you can see on here that you can only buy a color.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:12:38</p><p>] So if I go to a call</p><p>and I click one of the aspects is for the physical person and then I prefer to</p><p>go to this message menu which comes to When it' s Schrita. So you can see just</p><p>a little bit in here by cutting out the bundling and doing à</p><p>la carte pricing. So same thing, I want you to look at a two-hour service. If</p><p>you need $1. 39 a minute, a two-hour service needs to be at least about $167.</p><p>So somewhere between $165 to $170, that total should be. If it' s nowhere near</p><p>there, let' s get you on a plan to get you there. If you are there, but maybe</p><p>you are bundling a little bit too much and it' s like your cousin came in and</p><p>your sister-in-law came in and your mom and everybody wants a discount,</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:13:35</p><p>] I want you to go</p><p>through all of your customers and all of your guests and I want you to see</p><p>where your money is going and what it is that you' re charging. Now that you</p><p>know what you need per minute, we' re going to talk a little bit more about à</p><p>la carte pricing versus hourly pricing. When I talk about à</p><p>la carte pricing, I just gave you an example on how you' re shorting yourself</p><p>where you need $1. 39 a minute, but you' re throwing in $45 haircuts. That' s</p><p>number one reason why I love à la carte pricing. It' s clear and</p><p>concise. It' s easy to say like these are the things that you had done and this</p><p>is how much it' s going to be and you can see based on my menu.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:14:18</p><p>] As a coach, for quite a</p><p>long time now and a business partner to salons, you would not believe how many</p><p>consumers, so people who frequent salons, your guests, things like that, talk</p><p>about the fact that they don' t even know how much they' re charged from salons</p><p>or stylists. They don' t understand why their hair costs what it does and it</p><p>creates this really big gap between the stylist and the guest that doesn' t</p><p>even need to be there, and it' s simply because we don' t have the confidence.</p><p>We don' t have the confidence as stylists behind the chair to share these are</p><p>all the services that you had done today and this is how much it' s going to be</p><p>and it should be simply laid out.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:14:58</p><p>] And the other thing too</p><p>about why I love a la carte versus hourly, I have helped coach many stylists do</p><p>both. I want to make that clear. The reason that I' m recommending à</p><p>la carte right now today for this example is because you are, and if you' ve</p><p>listened this long, you' re probably a stylist that' s not charging enough and</p><p>you' re probably a stylist that' s not charging enough. And you' re probably a</p><p>stylist that doesn' t really know what' s happening with their money. The</p><p>reason that I say to charge à la carte pricing is because you can</p><p>say to your guest, ' so you may not even need to raise your prices.' In my</p><p>coaching business, there are so many stylists who didn' t even need to raise</p><p>their prices.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:15:39</p><p>] They gave themselves a</p><p>raise by charging what a guest received. It is insane how much you can give</p><p>yourself a raise simply by saying, ' Okay, Susie, thank you so much for coming</p><p>to me.' I wanted to let you know that I' ve done a pricing upgrade and I have</p><p>started charging à la carte. So what that means is you</p><p>have the ability to customize every single appointment with me. Today, you had</p><p>a color touch-up and a haircut. So you can see here, these two numbers added</p><p>up. It' s going to be $120 today. See where that went? It was super simple,</p><p>super easy, and it' s going to be $120 today. It' s something that you can</p><p>share with your guests and you can use that verbiage.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:16:25</p><p>] If you don' t know what</p><p>to say, totally steal mine. Also, something that I would highly recommend if</p><p>you are going to start doing this, but you have been mumbling a lot of prices,</p><p>something that I' m going to recommend is that you print out the menus. I know</p><p>we' re all trying to save the environment and do all of these crazy things.</p><p>There' s actually a trick in sales and it' s that when you' re nervous, that</p><p>you hold something. Okay? And when you hold on to that, it takes your energy. I</p><p>know that all of you have someone in your mind right now that you' re like, ' I</p><p>can' t tell that person.' I want you to tell them, get yourself a menu that' s</p><p>printed and you simply sit there or stand there with them and you say, ' Here'</p><p>s all the things that we typically do on you today.' The price is going to be,</p><p>and say it, no question mark.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:17:15</p><p>] I don' t want you</p><p>feeling not confident. I want you to spit those words out with a period at the</p><p>end. Okay? You got this. I know you do. That helps to create a clear, no</p><p>questions asked pricing guide, not just for you, but for your guests to</p><p>understand what they' re being charged. And it also helps to build the trust</p><p>because the guest is now going to feel confident in the fact that, yep, today</p><p>is my work' s appointment. I' m going to be here for three hours and I get it</p><p>done twice a year and it' s $250. Done. See how that easy? That is, or there' s</p><p>also a second option. Guess what? Today is simply a gloss and a haircut, and I'</p><p>m so excited to see my hairstylist.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:17:58</p><p>] This is simply my</p><p>maintenance appointment, and I know that it' s going to cost me $99. I want you</p><p>to get rid of the stigma of talking about prices with your guests and I want</p><p>you to feel confident in what you' re charging. Those are the reasons why I prefer</p><p>à</p><p>la carte when you' re in this state over hourly. Okay? I have helped coach</p><p>people into an hourly and a bundle rate to add in different treatments, and</p><p>things like that. And I' m okay with that. I don' t hate it, but if you']]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">5729c716-3391-4a92-afe5-fd6f77eb9314</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/91121ebf-153f-4137-bf8f-29ac9efcd935/Episode-7-Take-CONTROL-of-your-PRICING-converted.mp3" length="17176046" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:27</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>7</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>7</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>TEN Ways to make your 2025 a Success Before the Year Begins!</title><itunes:title>TEN Ways to make your 2025 a Success Before the Year Begins!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Link to close out 2024 Promo Guide <a href="https://heatherpod.ck/page/c33c065299" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.ck/page/c33c065299</a></p><p class="ql-align-center"><strong>Episode 6 - TEN Steps to kick off 2025</strong></p><p class="ql-align-center"><br></p><p class="ql-align-center">&nbsp;00:00:05 ]Welcome to the Hair Hustle Podcast. I' m Heather</p><p class="ql-align-center">Podlesney, your salon coach dedicated to helping stylists master the business</p><p class="ql-align-center">side of beauty. Whether you' re starting your journey behind the chair or you'</p><p class="ql-align-center">re a seasoned pro looking to level up, this podcast is for you. Each week we'</p><p class="ql-align-center">ll dive into the tips and tricks you need to run a successful salon business</p><p class="ql-align-center">with topics that will change the way you work and earn. From budgeting hacks to</p><p class="ql-align-center">help you keep more of what you make, to time management tips that will keep</p><p class="ql-align-center">your schedule stress-free, and the strategies for boosting your retail sales</p><p class="ql-align-center">and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to build your dream business without</p><p class="ql-align-center">burning out. Together we' ll cut through the noise and get to the root of what</p><p class="ql-align-center">makes your salon thrive.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>[ 00:00:47</p><p>] So grab your shears,</p><p>turn up the volume, and let' s hustle. Hey, hey, welcome to episode six of the</p><p>Hair Hustle Podcast. Thank you so much for being here. I definitely have to</p><p>celebrate a little bit with you. So with just five episodes, I have had almost</p><p>150 downloads. And so if you are here, I really truly want to say thank you so</p><p>much. If you feel like these are helping you in your hair career, please feel</p><p>free to share with any salon owner, any stylist. I am so happy to help and I' m</p><p>so happy you' re here. Let' s dive right into it. Today we are going to go a</p><p>little bit longer because we are going to talk about the end of the year</p><p>follow-up and coming up with a tracking guide for yourself.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:01:38</p><p>] One of the biggest</p><p>things that I have learned in my sales career is when you get to the end of the</p><p>year, it' s simply looking at everything that you' ve done over the year and</p><p>reflecting. In the beginning of the next year, it' s simply about what worked</p><p>really well and what didn' t. And reflecting on those two things can really</p><p>help you to be a little bit better in your business for 2025. With that, we ve</p><p>got about 10 different things. I know that that' s a lot for me, but they' re</p><p>all very important and it' s all something that I want you guys to take away.</p><p>So take one of them. Take two of them. Take three of them. Take four of them.</p><p>Take five of them.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:02:26</p><p>] Take all 10, whatever</p><p>you have to do. I want you to make sure that you are at least 1% to 2% better</p><p>after this episode and that this is something that you can implement for 2025.</p><p>We are coming up into November, which is so crazy and I know how busy each and</p><p>every one of you get behind the chair. That is why I feel like it' s important</p><p>to talk about it right now. This way, you can take it and as soon as the hustle</p><p>and bustle and craziness of being behind the chair during the holiday season</p><p>starts to fizzle, this is something that I want you to be able to take. Okay?</p><p>And maybe you don' t have a super hustly and bustly holiday season in the books</p><p>and that' s okay too.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:03:15</p><p>] Maybe it' s something</p><p>that you wanted. Maybe it' s something that you didn' t. However, if it' s not</p><p>super busy and it' s something that you wanted to be super busy, these are all</p><p>things that you can take and you can reflect on for 20/25 or maybe you can even</p><p>take them and reflect on them in your last three months and start implementing</p><p>them today. So let' s dive right into it. We are going to go over your year-</p><p>end follow- up and your tracking. So the first thing that we' re going to do is</p><p>pretty obvious. We are going to review and analyze our sales data. Wah, wah. I</p><p>know no one likes to talk about that. Here' s three things that we' re going to</p><p>do.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:03:55</p><p>] We' re going to look at</p><p>our top selling products. So if you' re a salon owner or a commissioned salon</p><p>owner, you are literally going to look at what SKUs in retail sold the most. We</p><p>want to break it down by, did you sell the most hair care? Did you sell the</p><p>most skin care, hair care, shampoos and conditioners? If you don' t know, that'</p><p>s okay. That' s why we' re here. Styling products. So that' s like your hair</p><p>sprays. That is your styling aid, your smoothing products, things like that.</p><p>We' re going to break down what categories sold the most. Next up, we' re going</p><p>to go into our top 10 SKUs. The most important thing about your top 10 SKUs is</p><p>if you do not have at least five to six back, which means five to six in</p><p>inventory or on your shelf, that' s what needs to happen for ' 25.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:04:42</p><p>] If you don' t have the</p><p>retail budget for it, we' re going to try to figure out how to get the retail</p><p>budget for it. We typically say we need at least two to three SKUs of each</p><p>product on your shelf. Why? Because no one wants to take the last one. So if you'</p><p>re a salon owner, you' re So typically three is what' s recommended. This was</p><p>shared with me years ago, and it' s one to show, one to go, and one to grow. So</p><p>even if you can only afford one to show and one to go, that' s what we need. So</p><p>we do not want onesies. We want at least two to three products. And then of</p><p>your top selling SKUs, you need at least six to eight.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:05:19</p><p>] Does that mean that if</p><p>you only have three of your top sellers, that' s terrible? Terrible? No, but</p><p>that' s just a goal that you need to build up to for 2025 for your retail area.</p><p>Next part is to track what happened with each of your promotions. I have a</p><p>really great year-end promotional calendar that is a freebie. Please, you can</p><p>reach out to me. I will actually leave the link right here in the show notes.</p><p>Please go grab that, and that actually takes you right into January and</p><p>February. You can start a promotion today with that sheet. And the other thing</p><p>that we' re going to get started with that promotion, that promotional sheet,</p><p>is we are going to then, after all of our promotions are done, we' re going to</p><p>look at how did each promotion go.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:06:01</p><p>] So if you' ve been</p><p>doing your promotions since January, it' s now November or December, how did</p><p>your January and February promotion go? Did you have to pivot? Did you try pick</p><p>a kiss in February and it was a flop? Did you try scratch-offs in March and it</p><p>was like, yes, we are doing this again? Great. So we' re going to go through</p><p>and analyze all of that data and our promotions. Do you have to be completely</p><p>tech-savvy for all of this? Absolutely not. When it comes to tracking</p><p>promotions, I always suggest at the end of each promotion, simply run your</p><p>reports on how sales went from this year to year prior, especially if you' re</p><p>new to this, and you can take handwritten notes.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:06:46</p><p>] You can put them on</p><p>your laptop in one file, whatever it is that you need. It does not have to be.</p><p>It doesn' t have to be crazy, but those are all things that you' re going to</p><p>want to track. Also, on that promotional planner and you' re tracking that success,</p><p>it' s not just retail. You also need to be checking out your add-on services.</p><p>Did you do an add-on service in that time period and how did it go? Did you</p><p>maybe have too many things going on in that time frame that no one even focused</p><p>on the service promotion? Or was a specific service promotion a complete</p><p>success and then you look at the product line and realize, it was a super</p><p>success in March, but here we were in August and that line completely died down</p><p>in our sales.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:07:32</p><p>] Did we just stop</p><p>talking about it? Do we need to have two animations a year along with that</p><p>service? Do we need to have two animations a year with that service add-on? All</p><p>of those things, we need to sit down and we need to figure out so that we can</p><p>come up with a really great plan for 2025. The next step in your year-end</p><p>follow-up is going to be about your clients. We' re actually going to gather</p><p>our client and guest data and any insights that we need to know. There' s a</p><p>couple of things here. We do need to make sure that we' re running reports for</p><p>this one specifically. We' re going to look at all of our clients.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:08:07</p><p>] We want to look at our</p><p>top-selling guests because that' s also something we could do some type of a</p><p>campaign even now. If we looked at our top-selling guests and we did a</p><p>gratitude campaign for our top 10, top 20 guests, that' s always really fun.</p><p>They could get entered to win something. We want to make sure that they' re</p><p>getting a credit. It' s something that just makes people feel good. Is it going</p><p>to drive sales necessarily? It will drive a positive outlook around your</p><p>business and if you have the budget to do so it will drive sales in the future.</p><p>Is it going to have like that turnaround return? It' s not. So,...]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Link to close out 2024 Promo Guide <a href="https://heatherpod.ck/page/c33c065299" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.ck/page/c33c065299</a></p><p class="ql-align-center"><strong>Episode 6 - TEN Steps to kick off 2025</strong></p><p class="ql-align-center"><br></p><p class="ql-align-center">&nbsp;00:00:05 ]Welcome to the Hair Hustle Podcast. I' m Heather</p><p class="ql-align-center">Podlesney, your salon coach dedicated to helping stylists master the business</p><p class="ql-align-center">side of beauty. Whether you' re starting your journey behind the chair or you'</p><p class="ql-align-center">re a seasoned pro looking to level up, this podcast is for you. Each week we'</p><p class="ql-align-center">ll dive into the tips and tricks you need to run a successful salon business</p><p class="ql-align-center">with topics that will change the way you work and earn. From budgeting hacks to</p><p class="ql-align-center">help you keep more of what you make, to time management tips that will keep</p><p class="ql-align-center">your schedule stress-free, and the strategies for boosting your retail sales</p><p class="ql-align-center">and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to build your dream business without</p><p class="ql-align-center">burning out. Together we' ll cut through the noise and get to the root of what</p><p class="ql-align-center">makes your salon thrive.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>[ 00:00:47</p><p>] So grab your shears,</p><p>turn up the volume, and let' s hustle. Hey, hey, welcome to episode six of the</p><p>Hair Hustle Podcast. Thank you so much for being here. I definitely have to</p><p>celebrate a little bit with you. So with just five episodes, I have had almost</p><p>150 downloads. And so if you are here, I really truly want to say thank you so</p><p>much. If you feel like these are helping you in your hair career, please feel</p><p>free to share with any salon owner, any stylist. I am so happy to help and I' m</p><p>so happy you' re here. Let' s dive right into it. Today we are going to go a</p><p>little bit longer because we are going to talk about the end of the year</p><p>follow-up and coming up with a tracking guide for yourself.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:01:38</p><p>] One of the biggest</p><p>things that I have learned in my sales career is when you get to the end of the</p><p>year, it' s simply looking at everything that you' ve done over the year and</p><p>reflecting. In the beginning of the next year, it' s simply about what worked</p><p>really well and what didn' t. And reflecting on those two things can really</p><p>help you to be a little bit better in your business for 2025. With that, we ve</p><p>got about 10 different things. I know that that' s a lot for me, but they' re</p><p>all very important and it' s all something that I want you guys to take away.</p><p>So take one of them. Take two of them. Take three of them. Take four of them.</p><p>Take five of them.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:02:26</p><p>] Take all 10, whatever</p><p>you have to do. I want you to make sure that you are at least 1% to 2% better</p><p>after this episode and that this is something that you can implement for 2025.</p><p>We are coming up into November, which is so crazy and I know how busy each and</p><p>every one of you get behind the chair. That is why I feel like it' s important</p><p>to talk about it right now. This way, you can take it and as soon as the hustle</p><p>and bustle and craziness of being behind the chair during the holiday season</p><p>starts to fizzle, this is something that I want you to be able to take. Okay?</p><p>And maybe you don' t have a super hustly and bustly holiday season in the books</p><p>and that' s okay too.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:03:15</p><p>] Maybe it' s something</p><p>that you wanted. Maybe it' s something that you didn' t. However, if it' s not</p><p>super busy and it' s something that you wanted to be super busy, these are all</p><p>things that you can take and you can reflect on for 20/25 or maybe you can even</p><p>take them and reflect on them in your last three months and start implementing</p><p>them today. So let' s dive right into it. We are going to go over your year-</p><p>end follow- up and your tracking. So the first thing that we' re going to do is</p><p>pretty obvious. We are going to review and analyze our sales data. Wah, wah. I</p><p>know no one likes to talk about that. Here' s three things that we' re going to</p><p>do.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:03:55</p><p>] We' re going to look at</p><p>our top selling products. So if you' re a salon owner or a commissioned salon</p><p>owner, you are literally going to look at what SKUs in retail sold the most. We</p><p>want to break it down by, did you sell the most hair care? Did you sell the</p><p>most skin care, hair care, shampoos and conditioners? If you don' t know, that'</p><p>s okay. That' s why we' re here. Styling products. So that' s like your hair</p><p>sprays. That is your styling aid, your smoothing products, things like that.</p><p>We' re going to break down what categories sold the most. Next up, we' re going</p><p>to go into our top 10 SKUs. The most important thing about your top 10 SKUs is</p><p>if you do not have at least five to six back, which means five to six in</p><p>inventory or on your shelf, that' s what needs to happen for ' 25.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:04:42</p><p>] If you don' t have the</p><p>retail budget for it, we' re going to try to figure out how to get the retail</p><p>budget for it. We typically say we need at least two to three SKUs of each</p><p>product on your shelf. Why? Because no one wants to take the last one. So if you'</p><p>re a salon owner, you' re So typically three is what' s recommended. This was</p><p>shared with me years ago, and it' s one to show, one to go, and one to grow. So</p><p>even if you can only afford one to show and one to go, that' s what we need. So</p><p>we do not want onesies. We want at least two to three products. And then of</p><p>your top selling SKUs, you need at least six to eight.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:05:19</p><p>] Does that mean that if</p><p>you only have three of your top sellers, that' s terrible? Terrible? No, but</p><p>that' s just a goal that you need to build up to for 2025 for your retail area.</p><p>Next part is to track what happened with each of your promotions. I have a</p><p>really great year-end promotional calendar that is a freebie. Please, you can</p><p>reach out to me. I will actually leave the link right here in the show notes.</p><p>Please go grab that, and that actually takes you right into January and</p><p>February. You can start a promotion today with that sheet. And the other thing</p><p>that we' re going to get started with that promotion, that promotional sheet,</p><p>is we are going to then, after all of our promotions are done, we' re going to</p><p>look at how did each promotion go.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:06:01</p><p>] So if you' ve been</p><p>doing your promotions since January, it' s now November or December, how did</p><p>your January and February promotion go? Did you have to pivot? Did you try pick</p><p>a kiss in February and it was a flop? Did you try scratch-offs in March and it</p><p>was like, yes, we are doing this again? Great. So we' re going to go through</p><p>and analyze all of that data and our promotions. Do you have to be completely</p><p>tech-savvy for all of this? Absolutely not. When it comes to tracking</p><p>promotions, I always suggest at the end of each promotion, simply run your</p><p>reports on how sales went from this year to year prior, especially if you' re</p><p>new to this, and you can take handwritten notes.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:06:46</p><p>] You can put them on</p><p>your laptop in one file, whatever it is that you need. It does not have to be.</p><p>It doesn' t have to be crazy, but those are all things that you' re going to</p><p>want to track. Also, on that promotional planner and you' re tracking that success,</p><p>it' s not just retail. You also need to be checking out your add-on services.</p><p>Did you do an add-on service in that time period and how did it go? Did you</p><p>maybe have too many things going on in that time frame that no one even focused</p><p>on the service promotion? Or was a specific service promotion a complete</p><p>success and then you look at the product line and realize, it was a super</p><p>success in March, but here we were in August and that line completely died down</p><p>in our sales.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:07:32</p><p>] Did we just stop</p><p>talking about it? Do we need to have two animations a year along with that</p><p>service? Do we need to have two animations a year with that service add-on? All</p><p>of those things, we need to sit down and we need to figure out so that we can</p><p>come up with a really great plan for 2025. The next step in your year-end</p><p>follow-up is going to be about your clients. We' re actually going to gather</p><p>our client and guest data and any insights that we need to know. There' s a</p><p>couple of things here. We do need to make sure that we' re running reports for</p><p>this one specifically. We' re going to look at all of our clients.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:08:07</p><p>] We want to look at our</p><p>top-selling guests because that' s also something we could do some type of a</p><p>campaign even now. If we looked at our top-selling guests and we did a</p><p>gratitude campaign for our top 10, top 20 guests, that' s always really fun.</p><p>They could get entered to win something. We want to make sure that they' re</p><p>getting a credit. It' s something that just makes people feel good. Is it going</p><p>to drive sales necessarily? It will drive a positive outlook around your</p><p>business and if you have the budget to do so it will drive sales in the future.</p><p>Is it going to have like that turnaround return? It' s not. So, if that</p><p>Something that you need, maybe that isn' t something that you do.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:08:45</p><p>] But that' s always a</p><p>really great one. So if you can find a dryer or a curling iron or something</p><p>that' s been sitting in that back room or a thing of products that' s been</p><p>sitting in that back room or a thing of products that' s been sitting in that</p><p>back room, you can put together in a basket and simply do a gratitude campaign</p><p>for your top 10 people they' re your VIPs. That' s always a great one, okay?</p><p>That' s how we' re gonna identify those repeat buyers and that' s how we' re</p><p>also going to come up with a promotion that you can start right now. Now that</p><p>you Ve gone through and gathered all of your guest data, client data, and you'</p><p>re checking things out a couple things, two things that are really important.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:09:17</p><p>] Number one is your</p><p>average service ticket; this is is key when it comes to wanting to help your</p><p>stylist or if you' re an independent stylist make more money and it also helps</p><p>you to understand your business more. What is the average service ticket? That</p><p>means is how much on average the guest is spending, simply look at your service</p><p>sales so we' re going to add up all of our service sales and we' Re going to</p><p>divide that by the number of guests that we have, you can simply set a goal to</p><p>raise your average service ticket and that will help to make your salon more</p><p>popular, profitable, so we can dive deeper into average service ticket but</p><p>that' s a number that we want to know, so then this way we know what we need to</p><p>do um how we know exactly how much our guest is spending and then what we would</p><p>need to do for 2025.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:10:05</p><p>] The other thing that I</p><p>want to keep you guys in the loop on is the average order value, which is</p><p>called AOV in the retail world, and what that simply means is how much on</p><p>average is your guest spending on retail; but something that people don' t</p><p>understand is that the average service ticket is the average order value of the</p><p>client um I think that' s what AOV is it. Actually, the average purchase value</p><p>and then if you' re thinking about the average order value that people don' t</p><p>typically track is actually your average order value, so your aov you want to</p><p>be able to look at what people are purchasing in your retail area and what the</p><p>average order value is for that.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:10:32</p><p>] It' s not just to know</p><p>how much people are spending but it' s also how you can plan your promotions</p><p>for the next year. So, for example, if you' re looking at your average order</p><p>value in retail and it' s $59, and maybe you did a promotion back in June that</p><p>was over $60, then you get something for free. Maybe that didn' t go well. If</p><p>you would have looked at your average order value at $59, you would see that</p><p>$75 may have been a better incentive because it was just a little bit closer</p><p>and it was like one product away or one item away from getting them to that</p><p>$75.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:11:15</p><p>] So you would have</p><p>increased your average order value throughout the year, but also the promotion</p><p>may have landed a little bit better and it would have sweetened the deal a</p><p>little bit more. Those are all things to look at. We' re going to look at our</p><p>clients. We are going to see who is buying, how much they are buying in</p><p>services, and we' re also going to see how much they are spending in our retail</p><p>area. Next one is we' re going to look at and evaluate our marketing channels.</p><p>This one is huge and you can go very deep into your marketing channels. We are</p><p>going to talk about two and it' s social media and email marketing. If you are</p><p>not doing any of these, it' s okay.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:11:59</p><p>] We are an open space</p><p>here. You can start wherever you are. However, if you' re not doing anything,</p><p>your goal in this category of your marketing channels is simply going to be to</p><p>start and maybe you do need to hire someone. So if you have it in your budget,</p><p>you' re going to be able to do that. If you' Re not doing anything, you could</p><p>look into hiring someone to simply have a social media presence. You don' t</p><p>necessarily have to hire an entire marketing company at $1,500 or $2,000 a</p><p>month, but possibly looking at something that is within your budget that starts</p><p>to get you a presence and just kicks you off from where you are could be what</p><p>you need.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:12:40</p><p>] And maybe that' s even</p><p>paying a team member that you have to start getting going on your social media.</p><p>Now, if you are posting on your social media, we' re going to go through all of</p><p>our insights and we are going to go through our profile and we' re going to</p><p>look up what posts and or and or reels had the most engagement. So we need to</p><p>look up to see what did have the best engagement. So what are people liking to</p><p>see? Did you, did you possibly do a campaign and people absolutely loved it?</p><p>Did your guests love it? Did you get new guests? Was there, and this is also</p><p>when we' re kind of going to start looking at, okay, so when we' re evaluating</p><p>how many, new guests we had, maybe we had a spike in June, but maybe we also</p><p>did a social media new guest campaign.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:13:25</p><p>] So we need to make sure</p><p>what worked and why. Those are all the things that we' re going to look at when</p><p>we search in our marketing channels. The other thing is email marketing. I know</p><p>some of you are like, Heather, I do not want to do email marketing. I am going</p><p>to urge you to simply even something as simple as a weekly or monthly</p><p>newsletter. It does not have to be anything crazy, but if you are at zero and</p><p>you do not have an email list, let' s start with a weekly or a monthly</p><p>newsletter. Something that is super simple, super easy. At the end of the day,</p><p>social media is rented land on your business, okay? It can, anything can</p><p>happen. They can take things down, all of that kind of stuff.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:14:08</p><p>] At the end of the day,</p><p>you are your own voice and it is owned land. When you have your own email list,</p><p>you own all of those emails. You have the permission to use them so we are</p><p>going to use them and we are going to speak directly to them. I know that you'</p><p>re like, does anyone even open emails? Guess what: you can sign up with an</p><p>email service provider for free and you can go check that click rate if that is</p><p>if that' s what you' Re- thinking because that' s literally one of the biggest</p><p>pushbacks I get, and I think to myself I did used to think that way then I had</p><p>an email list, and then I realized how many people are clicking, and how many</p><p>people I get to talk to specifically for that.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:14:47</p><p>] I am going to challenge</p><p>you for this year coming up if you do not have an email list to simply start</p><p>with a monthly or weekly newsletter that simply shares your promotion with your</p><p>guests; Number four: we are going to measure our guest' s retention and their</p><p>loyalty. We want to know how many times our guests have been coming in, on</p><p>average, so are they at four weeks, are they at six weeks, are they at seven</p><p>weeks? This is all a standard measure, so then this way we can compare it two</p><p>years past. So for example, if you had your guests coming in in 20' 23, they</p><p>were coming in on average every four and a half weeks, and then we look at '</p><p>24, we see that on average our guests are coming in every six weeks; those are</p><p>really key points in your service sales, and they could definitely take a hit.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:15:41</p><p>] So we need to make sure</p><p>We look at our demographics as well when it comes to measuring our client</p><p>retention, because why do we have younger guests now? Maybe younger stylists</p><p>that are servicing younger guests that are doing more lived- in looks. Because</p><p>then maybe we need to think about how we run our promotions as well or are our</p><p>regular guests extending out their appointment? That' s something else that we</p><p>have to look into, so those are two things that we have to look at when we' re</p><p>looking at repeat visits up until next time. We are looking at the list for</p><p>referrals okay let. S move into the regional vin category of guest retention</p><p>and loyalty, we need to actually look at our referral and our loyalty program;</p><p>how long has it been since you revamped that referral program?</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:16:24</p><p>] Because I am going to</p><p>tell you all of the accounts that I' ve been in they' ve been running the same</p><p>referral program since lord knows when. And I think can I never find anyone who</p><p>did a referral when I' m holding my own way of doing referrals. So maybe it' s</p><p>more digital. Maybe we' re going to literally text our guests that are sitting</p><p>in our seats and say, ' Can you please send this to five friends? Because I</p><p>absolutely love having you as a guest.' Or are we going to give them cards?</p><p>What does all of that look like? And we need to figure all of those things out.</p><p>Also, your loyalty program: How much are you spending on your loyalty program?</p><p>Make sure you' re going over the budgets.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[...]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">903b2802-5635-4e0f-9c2e-5efa5c826a38</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/9acbc157-6a23-4cdc-b222-7ce8d6aa4d98/Episode-6-TEN-Steps-to-kick-off-2025-converted.mp3" length="33942322" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>35:21</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>6</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>6</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Stop leaving $27 BILLION on the Table!  Plan this strategy TODAY!</title><itunes:title>Stop leaving $27 BILLION on the Table!  Plan this strategy TODAY!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>[ 00:00:05</p><p>]Welcome to the Hair</p><p>Hustle Podcast. I' m Heather Podlesny, your salon coach dedicated to helping</p><p>stylists master the business side of beauty. Whether you' re starting your</p><p>journey behind the chair or you' re a seasoned pro looking to level up, this</p><p>podcast is for you. Each week we' ll dive into the tips and tricks you need to</p><p>run a successful salon business with topics that will change the way you work</p><p>and earn. From budgeting hacks to help you keep more of what you make, to time</p><p>management tips that will keep your schedule stress-free, and the strategies</p><p>for boosting your retail sales and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to</p><p>build your dream business without burning out. Together we' ll cut through the</p><p>noise and get to the root of what makes your salon thrive.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>[ 00:00:47</p><p>] So grab your shears,</p><p>turn up the volume, and let' s hustle. Welcome to episode five of the Hair</p><p>Hustle Podcast. Thank you so much for being here with me today. I am your host,</p><p>Heather Podlesny, and we are going to talk about one of the most amazing and profitable</p><p>strategies that you can have this holiday season, and it is the gift card</p><p>strategy. I hope that you are ready. We are approaching November very quickly,</p><p>and so I always like to make sure my salons and stylists have their gift card</p><p>strategy locked into place by November 1st. Does that mean you have to be doing</p><p>your promotion November 1st? No, that does however mean that you have to have a</p><p>plan.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:01:29</p><p>] So whether that is a</p><p>Black Friday blitz and you are selling gift cards at 10% off one day, or</p><p>whether that is an entire week of savings on your gift card or an entire 30</p><p>days, whatever that looks like for you, we need to make sure that we have that</p><p>plan in place. So let' s get started. First thing that I always like to talk</p><p>about is why. So you may be saying, Heather, I' ve never done gift cards</p><p>before. I m not even understanding why I need to have a gift card strategy or</p><p>why that really even matters for the holidays. I sell gift cards all year long.</p><p>Why do I have to create another incentive for that? Okay, you guys, I started</p><p>to do a little research and I sort of knew some of this research.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:02:18</p><p>] However, I must say, I</p><p>think my mouth was open as I was reading it because I thought, oh my gosh, I</p><p>need to share this with people. So here' s a couple of things that I found.</p><p>Number one, the average unused gift card amounts. If you' re a salon owner and</p><p>you' re multitasking, please start listening right now. Now is the time. We' re</p><p>going to go over a couple of whys and we' re going to go over some statistics</p><p>on why you want to have an amazing gift card strategy. Are you guys ready for</p><p>this? Do you know the average amount of unused gift cards per person in the</p><p>United States is $187? That' s right. $187. Just wait. It gets better. So $187</p><p>per person in the U .</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:03:04</p><p>] S. have, we just all</p><p>have $187 gift cards hanging out somewhere. Are you ready for the next one? 6%</p><p>of gift cards are literally never even used. 10 to 19% of gift cards remain</p><p>unredeemed. Next, I was actually researching and I found this episode on CBS Detroit</p><p>here in Michigan. I was in Michigan and they interviewed a retail professional</p><p>and the statistic is there are $27 billion with a B dollars in unused gift</p><p>cards hanging around. And here' s the other crazy part is that according to the</p><p>National Retail Federation, gift cards are the number two given gift. The</p><p>statistics are mind blowing and why should you be offering gift cards? Because</p><p>it helps your cash flow.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:03:57</p><p>] And also I hate to tell</p><p>you, and this is sort of on us as consumers as well, but we don' t always</p><p>redeem the gift card. So I' m not saying to like catch people in this or</p><p>anything like that. However, this are all really important things to keep in</p><p>mind when we start talking about offering a discount on the gift card is that</p><p>that doesn' t necessarily mean that every single dollar will be redeemed. So if</p><p>you' re offering 10% off gift cards, don' t be scared. Okay. Cause we' re going</p><p>to talk about some promotions and I don' t want you to be afraid. So we' re</p><p>setting the stage with that next up as we get going, we' re going to talk about</p><p>something called girl math.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:04:37</p><p>] We all know all the</p><p>girl math rules. And if you don' t know, don' t worry, we' ll get into it. Now</p><p>that you know the statistics on why we want to offer some of these extra</p><p>special deals for a week or a day. We' re going to talk about why the strategy</p><p>matters for the holiday. So first things first, we Re going to create a holiday</p><p>exclusive offer. So just like we talked about, you have to decide, is it going</p><p>to be an entire week? Maybe it' s Black Friday. Maybe your salon is closed on</p><p>Black Friday. Totally. Okay. So maybe you do an entire week as like a holiday</p><p>kickoff. Maybe it' s the first week of December and it' s 10% off gift cards.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:05:20</p><p>] That' s the only time</p><p>of year that they can get it. So we are going to make sure that you' re going</p><p>to make sure that you' re going to make sure they get holiday exclusive, that</p><p>they can get 10% off gift cards, or maybe they get salon cash back. So maybe</p><p>they buy $50 in gift cards and they get $10 in salon bucks back. What would be</p><p>awesome about that is that we could also target new guests to our loyal guests.</p><p>So our loyal guests, we can say, Hey, guess what? If you bought $50 for your</p><p>friend, you could use $10 in cash for you. That' s a great way to also get some</p><p>new guests in your seats for the new year.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:05:54</p><p>] Also, why the strategy</p><p>matters specifically for holiday is just like we talked about cash flow for</p><p>slower months. Now it is recommended to have a separate account for your gift</p><p>cards. What that means is... We won' t get into crazy detail about it today,</p><p>but simply whatever you Re- taking in, in gift cards, we want to make sure that</p><p>we have that in a separate gift card account. So then this way, when someone</p><p>does come in to redeem the gift cards and services, we have the money to</p><p>actually pay our team. However, as the gift card does not actually cover any</p><p>card accounts keep building cash, you will start to see that maybe you may have</p><p>some cash that you can use that has been sitting.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:06:32</p><p>] We always want to make</p><p>sure that we have a separate account for our gift card money. So please make</p><p>sure that that is set up, especially if we are getting into some mega sales</p><p>here, because even though we are generating cash flow for slower months, we also</p><p>don' t want to get ourselves into a pickle where we spent that money and people</p><p>are coming in to redeem the gift cards and we have to pay our team for that. So</p><p>all things to keep in mind, just some good business practices. That' s what we</p><p>want to do. Let' s go over why the gift card strategy matters for the holiday.</p><p>We' re going to do some holiday- exclusive offers. We just said we' re going to</p><p>do bounce back in salon cash.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:07:06</p><p>] We might do 10% off</p><p>gift cards. We might do something, even if you purchase a gift card, you get a</p><p>free mini. Maybe in your 12 deals of Christmas in December, maybe that is going</p><p>to have one specific day that we' re going to do that. Do a bounce back and</p><p>just do a $5 off something fun and exciting, but that is just for holidays and</p><p>we do it every year. Next is targeting new guests. We can talk to our loyal</p><p>guests about gifting the gift of great hair to their friends and they can take</p><p>advantage of whatever deal is left. Then we are going to make sure that we have</p><p>a separate account. We' re enhancing the cash flow to have a really smooth</p><p>kickoff to the new year.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:07:53</p><p>] Those are all the</p><p>reasons why gift cards matter and having a sound strategy matters for the</p><p>holidays. Next, we want to unlock the potential of prepaid packages. Now, this</p><p>is where girl math comes in. I know that some of you are going to run 10% off</p><p>of gift cards and you may have a guest that comes in and says, ' She is,</p><p>extremely loyal. She comes in every four weeks and she says, can you add up all</p><p>of my appointments for the year of 2025? Or I want my next 12 appointments or</p><p>my next 10 appointments for the next year. You may be saying, Heather, why did</p><p>I just give my guest 10% off because they want to purchase for the entire year?</p><p>I feel like I' m losing my butt in that.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:08:47</p><p>] Please do not worry.</p><p>Number one, we need to make sure that we re training our team that when someone</p><p>does have a gift card, they almost need to be like flagged in our system that</p><p>they purchased their entire year out because we want to make sure that we are</p><p>talking to them about retail. At the end of the day, they' re going to purchase</p><p>more because all of that is taken care of. Not only that, you actually locked</p><p>that person in for an entire year. What a blessing that is. Not only were you,</p><p>able to take the cash up front, but you' re also able to lock that guest...]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>[ 00:00:05</p><p>]Welcome to the Hair</p><p>Hustle Podcast. I' m Heather Podlesny, your salon coach dedicated to helping</p><p>stylists master the business side of beauty. Whether you' re starting your</p><p>journey behind the chair or you' re a seasoned pro looking to level up, this</p><p>podcast is for you. Each week we' ll dive into the tips and tricks you need to</p><p>run a successful salon business with topics that will change the way you work</p><p>and earn. From budgeting hacks to help you keep more of what you make, to time</p><p>management tips that will keep your schedule stress-free, and the strategies</p><p>for boosting your retail sales and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to</p><p>build your dream business without burning out. Together we' ll cut through the</p><p>noise and get to the root of what makes your salon thrive.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>[ 00:00:47</p><p>] So grab your shears,</p><p>turn up the volume, and let' s hustle. Welcome to episode five of the Hair</p><p>Hustle Podcast. Thank you so much for being here with me today. I am your host,</p><p>Heather Podlesny, and we are going to talk about one of the most amazing and profitable</p><p>strategies that you can have this holiday season, and it is the gift card</p><p>strategy. I hope that you are ready. We are approaching November very quickly,</p><p>and so I always like to make sure my salons and stylists have their gift card</p><p>strategy locked into place by November 1st. Does that mean you have to be doing</p><p>your promotion November 1st? No, that does however mean that you have to have a</p><p>plan.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:01:29</p><p>] So whether that is a</p><p>Black Friday blitz and you are selling gift cards at 10% off one day, or</p><p>whether that is an entire week of savings on your gift card or an entire 30</p><p>days, whatever that looks like for you, we need to make sure that we have that</p><p>plan in place. So let' s get started. First thing that I always like to talk</p><p>about is why. So you may be saying, Heather, I' ve never done gift cards</p><p>before. I m not even understanding why I need to have a gift card strategy or</p><p>why that really even matters for the holidays. I sell gift cards all year long.</p><p>Why do I have to create another incentive for that? Okay, you guys, I started</p><p>to do a little research and I sort of knew some of this research.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:02:18</p><p>] However, I must say, I</p><p>think my mouth was open as I was reading it because I thought, oh my gosh, I</p><p>need to share this with people. So here' s a couple of things that I found.</p><p>Number one, the average unused gift card amounts. If you' re a salon owner and</p><p>you' re multitasking, please start listening right now. Now is the time. We' re</p><p>going to go over a couple of whys and we' re going to go over some statistics</p><p>on why you want to have an amazing gift card strategy. Are you guys ready for</p><p>this? Do you know the average amount of unused gift cards per person in the</p><p>United States is $187? That' s right. $187. Just wait. It gets better. So $187</p><p>per person in the U .</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:03:04</p><p>] S. have, we just all</p><p>have $187 gift cards hanging out somewhere. Are you ready for the next one? 6%</p><p>of gift cards are literally never even used. 10 to 19% of gift cards remain</p><p>unredeemed. Next, I was actually researching and I found this episode on CBS Detroit</p><p>here in Michigan. I was in Michigan and they interviewed a retail professional</p><p>and the statistic is there are $27 billion with a B dollars in unused gift</p><p>cards hanging around. And here' s the other crazy part is that according to the</p><p>National Retail Federation, gift cards are the number two given gift. The</p><p>statistics are mind blowing and why should you be offering gift cards? Because</p><p>it helps your cash flow.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:03:57</p><p>] And also I hate to tell</p><p>you, and this is sort of on us as consumers as well, but we don' t always</p><p>redeem the gift card. So I' m not saying to like catch people in this or</p><p>anything like that. However, this are all really important things to keep in</p><p>mind when we start talking about offering a discount on the gift card is that</p><p>that doesn' t necessarily mean that every single dollar will be redeemed. So if</p><p>you' re offering 10% off gift cards, don' t be scared. Okay. Cause we' re going</p><p>to talk about some promotions and I don' t want you to be afraid. So we' re</p><p>setting the stage with that next up as we get going, we' re going to talk about</p><p>something called girl math.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:04:37</p><p>] We all know all the</p><p>girl math rules. And if you don' t know, don' t worry, we' ll get into it. Now</p><p>that you know the statistics on why we want to offer some of these extra</p><p>special deals for a week or a day. We' re going to talk about why the strategy</p><p>matters for the holiday. So first things first, we Re going to create a holiday</p><p>exclusive offer. So just like we talked about, you have to decide, is it going</p><p>to be an entire week? Maybe it' s Black Friday. Maybe your salon is closed on</p><p>Black Friday. Totally. Okay. So maybe you do an entire week as like a holiday</p><p>kickoff. Maybe it' s the first week of December and it' s 10% off gift cards.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:05:20</p><p>] That' s the only time</p><p>of year that they can get it. So we are going to make sure that you' re going</p><p>to make sure that you' re going to make sure they get holiday exclusive, that</p><p>they can get 10% off gift cards, or maybe they get salon cash back. So maybe</p><p>they buy $50 in gift cards and they get $10 in salon bucks back. What would be</p><p>awesome about that is that we could also target new guests to our loyal guests.</p><p>So our loyal guests, we can say, Hey, guess what? If you bought $50 for your</p><p>friend, you could use $10 in cash for you. That' s a great way to also get some</p><p>new guests in your seats for the new year.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:05:54</p><p>] Also, why the strategy</p><p>matters specifically for holiday is just like we talked about cash flow for</p><p>slower months. Now it is recommended to have a separate account for your gift</p><p>cards. What that means is... We won' t get into crazy detail about it today,</p><p>but simply whatever you Re- taking in, in gift cards, we want to make sure that</p><p>we have that in a separate gift card account. So then this way, when someone</p><p>does come in to redeem the gift cards and services, we have the money to</p><p>actually pay our team. However, as the gift card does not actually cover any</p><p>card accounts keep building cash, you will start to see that maybe you may have</p><p>some cash that you can use that has been sitting.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:06:32</p><p>] We always want to make</p><p>sure that we have a separate account for our gift card money. So please make</p><p>sure that that is set up, especially if we are getting into some mega sales</p><p>here, because even though we are generating cash flow for slower months, we also</p><p>don' t want to get ourselves into a pickle where we spent that money and people</p><p>are coming in to redeem the gift cards and we have to pay our team for that. So</p><p>all things to keep in mind, just some good business practices. That' s what we</p><p>want to do. Let' s go over why the gift card strategy matters for the holiday.</p><p>We' re going to do some holiday- exclusive offers. We just said we' re going to</p><p>do bounce back in salon cash.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:07:06</p><p>] We might do 10% off</p><p>gift cards. We might do something, even if you purchase a gift card, you get a</p><p>free mini. Maybe in your 12 deals of Christmas in December, maybe that is going</p><p>to have one specific day that we' re going to do that. Do a bounce back and</p><p>just do a $5 off something fun and exciting, but that is just for holidays and</p><p>we do it every year. Next is targeting new guests. We can talk to our loyal</p><p>guests about gifting the gift of great hair to their friends and they can take</p><p>advantage of whatever deal is left. Then we are going to make sure that we have</p><p>a separate account. We' re enhancing the cash flow to have a really smooth</p><p>kickoff to the new year.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:07:53</p><p>] Those are all the</p><p>reasons why gift cards matter and having a sound strategy matters for the</p><p>holidays. Next, we want to unlock the potential of prepaid packages. Now, this</p><p>is where girl math comes in. I know that some of you are going to run 10% off</p><p>of gift cards and you may have a guest that comes in and says, ' She is,</p><p>extremely loyal. She comes in every four weeks and she says, can you add up all</p><p>of my appointments for the year of 2025? Or I want my next 12 appointments or</p><p>my next 10 appointments for the next year. You may be saying, Heather, why did</p><p>I just give my guest 10% off because they want to purchase for the entire year?</p><p>I feel like I' m losing my butt in that.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:08:47</p><p>] Please do not worry.</p><p>Number one, we need to make sure that we re training our team that when someone</p><p>does have a gift card, they almost need to be like flagged in our system that</p><p>they purchased their entire year out because we want to make sure that we are</p><p>talking to them about retail. At the end of the day, they' re going to purchase</p><p>more because all of that is taken care of. Not only that, you actually locked</p><p>that person in for an entire year. What a blessing that is. Not only were you,</p><p>able to take the cash up front, but you' re also able to lock that guest into</p><p>their loyalty for an entire year with you and your salon company.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:09:30</p><p>] And they now may have</p><p>the budget or the funds for the rest of the year to purchase retail to take the</p><p>upsell. So yes, Susan, your color retouch is taken care of with your gift card.</p><p>But please don' Forget that we have this amazing new conditioning treatment</p><p>that takes off a year of service damage. Would you like to try that today for</p><p>45 dollars and treat yourself? She' s probably going to say yes, so it is our</p><p>job to make sure that we are training our team in all of this verbiage of the</p><p>services that we have to offer as well as the retail that we have to offer. We</p><p>need to make sure that our team is trained and ready to roll for these</p><p>potential prepaid packages or potential prepaid clients.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:10:20</p><p>] Next, is a term that we</p><p>all need to think about that' s called ' Girl Math'. If you don' t know what</p><p>Girl Math is, please feel free to go look it up I. m going to tell you</p><p>essentially it is a set of rules that women we made up to justify impulse</p><p>spending, and one of the number one rules of Girl Math is that any money on an</p><p>app or on a gift card is essentially free. So what that means is: if we</p><p>purchase - yes, we did spend our money; yes, we know that we bought our entire</p><p>year of appointments at the end of 2024, and our entire year is taken care of</p><p>in 2025.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:11:07</p><p>] However, with this</p><p>trend, please make sure that you are using this i' Hint hint, I am giving you a</p><p>social media idea right now to be able to sell an entire year during your</p><p>promotional time. But also to make sure that they are still buying in 2025</p><p>because in the rules of Girl Math, anything on a gift card is pretty much free.</p><p>So when they come in in April for their hair appointment, oh that' s free! What</p><p>products do I need to use because my appointment was taken care of today? Other</p><p>rules in Girl Math do the same. You have to write about suitability and</p><p>constantly making the math include any money from a return - anything less than</p><p>five dollars is free. And also, pretty much anything paid with cash is free</p><p>because it doesn't count.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:11:58</p><p>] To affect the bank</p><p>account, even though this may seem a little ridiculous to you, I want you to</p><p>keep in mind this is how the consumer thinks. So, you now have a great social</p><p>media strategy for your gift card promotion and you also have a really great strategy</p><p>even for going into 2025 to make sure you have some of those really fun reels</p><p>and exciting things to remind your customers to spend their gift card but also</p><p>to remind them that we have other things to buy. If you came in and your</p><p>appointment was, quote-unquote, ' free' today, feel Feel free to pick up this</p><p>brand new shampoo and conditioner because it' s on sale at 20% off. Or feel</p><p>free to pick up the latest and greatest conditioning treatment to make sure</p><p>that you care for your hair all year long.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:12:54</p><p>] Now, I' m sure hope</p><p>this gave you some inspiration and some motivation to plan out what days or</p><p>what day you are going to have an aggressive sale on gift cards. I also hope</p><p>that it gave you a couple ideas on what promotion to run on your gift cards.</p><p>And I also hope that it gave you some marketing tips and tricks for selling</p><p>your gift cards. So I hope that all three of those things came to you while you</p><p>were with me here today for this quick episode on gift card strategy. And I</p><p>hope you got to learn a little something fun today as well. Because these</p><p>statistics shocked me. And if you are new to Girl Math, here we go. I' m happy</p><p>to share with you because I love some Girl Math myself. Thank you so much for</p><p>joining me on the Hair Hustle podcast for our fun holiday gift card strategy.</p><p>If you have any questions or concerns, or if you have another topic that you</p><p>would like to hear about, please reach out to me. I cannot wait to hear from</p><p>you. Thank you so much for joining me today.</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">50507a33-2918-4398-a3be-c9493e052d83</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/f490e0ce-ba52-4ca0-bff8-383c2d68342b/Episode-5-Gift-Card-Strategy-converted.mp3" length="11802240" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>14:03</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>5</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>5</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>FIVE Easy Steps to Holiday Success</title><itunes:title>FIVE Easy Steps to Holiday Success</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p class="ql-align-center"><strong>Episode 4 - 5 Steps to Success in Holiday.mp3</strong></p><p class="ql-align-center"><br></p><p>[ 00:00:05</p><p>]Welcome to the Hair</p><p>Hustle Podcast. I' m Heather Podlesny, your salon coach dedicated to helping</p><p>stylists master the business side of beauty. Whether you' re starting your</p><p>journey behind the chair or you' re a seasoned pro looking to level up, this</p><p>podcast is for you. Each week we' ll dive into the tips and tricks you need to</p><p>run a successful salon business with topics that will change the way you work</p><p>and earn. From budgeting hacks to help you keep more of what you make, to time</p><p>management tips that will keep your schedule stress-free, and the strategies</p><p>for boosting your retail sales and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to</p><p>build your dream business without burning out. Together we' ll cut through the</p><p>noise and get to the root of what makes your salon thrive.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>[ 00:00:47</p><p>] So grab your shears,</p><p>turn up the volume and let' s hustle. Welcome to a very special episode of the</p><p>Hair Hustle Podcast. I' m Heather Podlesny, your salon coach dedicated to</p><p>helping stylists master the business side of beauty. Welcome to the Hair Hustle</p><p>Podcast hosted by me, Heather Podlesny. I am so excited that you are here</p><p>today. We are going to talk about the five steps to holiday success. If you</p><p>haven' t started your holiday already, whether that is your express menus, your</p><p>holiday menus, so on behalf of services or it' s on behalf of retail, you</p><p>haven' t even placed your order yet. It is not too late. Let' s get you started</p><p>today. Okay.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:01:25</p><p>] If you kind of want to</p><p>get yourself into a funk, we' re going to get ourselves right out of it and we'</p><p>re going to get going with these five easy steps. As you guys know from prior</p><p>episodes, I typically like to keep these episodes at 15 minutes or less. So we'</p><p>re going to try really hard, but I' m going to make sure that you have all the</p><p>nuggets that you need to get started. Let' s go with the first step in your</p><p>steps to holiday success. And that is: We re going to build a holiday retail</p><p>game plan. We' re going to start with holiday. Number one, we' re going to</p><p>start ordering and we are going to set our goals. Okay. Whether that is, I have</p><p>10 stylists and 10 weeks until Christmas.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:02:06</p><p>] I know that they can</p><p>literally sell one set per week. Whether that is you use a formula that was</p><p>given to you, whatever that looks like, we are going to order and we' re going</p><p>to set our goals. Part two is to get that display together. If you haven' t ordered,</p><p>we' re going to get some inspo going. If you have ordered, we' re going to make</p><p>sure that it' s displayed beautifully and it should be out now. If it' So not</p><p>out already, we' re going to also line up our team incentives with a planner</p><p>and a date. So what does that mean? That means that every single time that we</p><p>have an incentive lined up or changing. So for example, right now you might be</p><p>running like bingo cards.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:02:46</p><p>] Every time a stylist</p><p>gets a bingo, they get a, like a small gift card. Okay. Maybe you' re doing a</p><p>coverall that started a couple of weeks ago and that' s running. You' re going</p><p>to get a little bit of money out of it, but you' re going to be running until</p><p>December 16th because it' s a bigger prize. Whatever that looks like, we' re</p><p>going to get our team incentives locked down. If we have multiple greats, and</p><p>we' re also going to put those on the calendar and we' re going to know exactly</p><p>when we' re changing those. Fourth is going to be the same exact thing only</p><p>with guests. So we are going to make sure that we look at our calendar and</p><p>every single time that we have a date, we are going to make sure that we have</p><p>the signage.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:03:18</p><p>] So for example,</p><p>November 4th, maybe you are making a full on switch over to holiday and you do</p><p>hang tags. So you make every single set look like a gift. Okay. But we. We are</p><p>going to make sure that we have all those dates locked in and we have all of our</p><p>tasks in our calendar, because then this way we know when we need to print it,</p><p>when it needs to be done. Five, we are going to nail down any events. So if you</p><p>do not have this done right now, you, I want you to literally look at that</p><p>calendar and name that event and put the date on it. Okay. You' ve got to have</p><p>that locked in because you want to make sure that you' re shopping in the best</p><p>way, but also that you' re guests have enough time to attend or shop for the</p><p>event, whatever that' s going to look like.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:04:03</p><p>] Even if it' s gift</p><p>cards, that' s a great one as well. Make sure you have that down. So if that' s</p><p>like an event, maybe you' re doing a week long event. Maybe you' re doing a day</p><p>event on gift cards. Even if it' s something that' s not necessarily that the</p><p>salon is shut down, get those dates and events locked in and then have, and</p><p>know exactly what you' re going to be doing. The next thing, the last part of</p><p>step one is tracking. Okay. Make sure that you are tracking every single thing</p><p>that you need to know. So whether that is you' re incentivizing your team by</p><p>how many sets they sell per week, or you are incentivizing your guests to share</p><p>something on social media, whatever that looks like, we need to make sure that</p><p>we' re tracking and we' re holding everyone and everything in our company</p><p>account.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:04:48</p><p>] Step two is creating a</p><p>festive shopping experience. Nothing sells like nostalgia. Keep that in mind.</p><p>And when we literally create the experience, it puts people in the mood to buy.</p><p>So when we talk about creating a festive shopping experience, we want to touch</p><p>all the senses. So whether that is touch, whether that is what everything looks</p><p>like and what a guest can see, whether that is the smells. So if you have some</p><p>essential oils or candles, whatever those things look like, we want to create a</p><p>full on festive experience. For our guests to be in the mood to buy and to get</p><p>in the mood to Christmas shop. Okay. Whether that is they want to treat</p><p>themselves or they want to literally start buying for their list.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:05:39</p><p>] We are here and ready</p><p>with some great products. And we know that people love the gift of grey hair.</p><p>Make sure we have all of that experience that literally just warms the buyer up</p><p>to wanting to purchase. Step three is your purchase. Promotional plan. When we</p><p>talk about our promotional planning, this is a more in-depth version of what we</p><p>talked about in Part One, when we talked about our team and our guests'</p><p>incentives. We literally - when I say you guys', you need to go into your</p><p>calendar. You need to color- code them. And you need to put tasks and you need</p><p>to put events in your calendar. So, for example, on November 4th. I want you to</p><p>put on your calendar. We' re going to prepare for Black Friday.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:06:22</p><p>] What' s Black Friday</p><p>going to look like? Are you there? Do you have a skeleton crew? do you have a</p><p>full -on crew what does that look like what are going to be your goals for gift</p><p>cards that' s a great one do you have an event coming up what promotions are</p><p>you offering for that event do you need to go shopping do you maybe not have</p><p>the budget to go shopping so you need to reach out to a guest that possibly you</p><p>can barter with i am all about things like that and i understand if you' Re a</p><p>larger salon company, you probably are just fine to be able to offer certain</p><p>things and that could be in your budget, but if you are a smaller salon company</p><p>and you really don' t have the budget for things like this or you' re new,</p><p>that' s okay.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:07:01</p><p>] Start using all of your</p><p>resources so when we come up with a promotional plan, it is that number one on</p><p>October 28th, we are going to make sure that we have all of our holiday express</p><p>menus sent to print, we are going to make sure that we have our team incentive</p><p>sent to print. I promote a box set blitz board which is so much fun, so if you</p><p>don' t have a box set blitz board, you can re going to have to make sure that</p><p>you have a box set blitz board, which is so much fun. So, if you do want any</p><p>more information on that, please send me a message. We are going to count all</p><p>of our sets and we are going to then set our goal for our board for our team</p><p>incentive.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:07:33</p><p>] We' re going to print</p><p>all the tags for a free conditioning treatment that go on every single set</p><p>because we want to offer a gift with purchase on November 4th. Then, we' re</p><p>going to get that everything ready for Black Friday. We are going to make sure</p><p>that we have gift card signs all over are you forgetting anyone? Whatever that</p><p>looks like, we want those printed sent and ready to go. re also going to set</p><p>our goal for our gift card november 22nd what is that going to look like we' re</p><p>going to count all of our sets again i know you' re probably thinking why am i</p><p>counting my sets all the time</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:08:06</p><p>] because you want to</p><p>make sure that you are tracking and what you track get managed which you do not</p><p>track manages you we are going...]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="ql-align-center"><strong>Episode 4 - 5 Steps to Success in Holiday.mp3</strong></p><p class="ql-align-center"><br></p><p>[ 00:00:05</p><p>]Welcome to the Hair</p><p>Hustle Podcast. I' m Heather Podlesny, your salon coach dedicated to helping</p><p>stylists master the business side of beauty. Whether you' re starting your</p><p>journey behind the chair or you' re a seasoned pro looking to level up, this</p><p>podcast is for you. Each week we' ll dive into the tips and tricks you need to</p><p>run a successful salon business with topics that will change the way you work</p><p>and earn. From budgeting hacks to help you keep more of what you make, to time</p><p>management tips that will keep your schedule stress-free, and the strategies</p><p>for boosting your retail sales and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to</p><p>build your dream business without burning out. Together we' ll cut through the</p><p>noise and get to the root of what makes your salon thrive.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>[ 00:00:47</p><p>] So grab your shears,</p><p>turn up the volume and let' s hustle. Welcome to a very special episode of the</p><p>Hair Hustle Podcast. I' m Heather Podlesny, your salon coach dedicated to</p><p>helping stylists master the business side of beauty. Welcome to the Hair Hustle</p><p>Podcast hosted by me, Heather Podlesny. I am so excited that you are here</p><p>today. We are going to talk about the five steps to holiday success. If you</p><p>haven' t started your holiday already, whether that is your express menus, your</p><p>holiday menus, so on behalf of services or it' s on behalf of retail, you</p><p>haven' t even placed your order yet. It is not too late. Let' s get you started</p><p>today. Okay.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:01:25</p><p>] If you kind of want to</p><p>get yourself into a funk, we' re going to get ourselves right out of it and we'</p><p>re going to get going with these five easy steps. As you guys know from prior</p><p>episodes, I typically like to keep these episodes at 15 minutes or less. So we'</p><p>re going to try really hard, but I' m going to make sure that you have all the</p><p>nuggets that you need to get started. Let' s go with the first step in your</p><p>steps to holiday success. And that is: We re going to build a holiday retail</p><p>game plan. We' re going to start with holiday. Number one, we' re going to</p><p>start ordering and we are going to set our goals. Okay. Whether that is, I have</p><p>10 stylists and 10 weeks until Christmas.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:02:06</p><p>] I know that they can</p><p>literally sell one set per week. Whether that is you use a formula that was</p><p>given to you, whatever that looks like, we are going to order and we' re going</p><p>to set our goals. Part two is to get that display together. If you haven' t ordered,</p><p>we' re going to get some inspo going. If you have ordered, we' re going to make</p><p>sure that it' s displayed beautifully and it should be out now. If it' So not</p><p>out already, we' re going to also line up our team incentives with a planner</p><p>and a date. So what does that mean? That means that every single time that we</p><p>have an incentive lined up or changing. So for example, right now you might be</p><p>running like bingo cards.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:02:46</p><p>] Every time a stylist</p><p>gets a bingo, they get a, like a small gift card. Okay. Maybe you' re doing a</p><p>coverall that started a couple of weeks ago and that' s running. You' re going</p><p>to get a little bit of money out of it, but you' re going to be running until</p><p>December 16th because it' s a bigger prize. Whatever that looks like, we' re</p><p>going to get our team incentives locked down. If we have multiple greats, and</p><p>we' re also going to put those on the calendar and we' re going to know exactly</p><p>when we' re changing those. Fourth is going to be the same exact thing only</p><p>with guests. So we are going to make sure that we look at our calendar and</p><p>every single time that we have a date, we are going to make sure that we have</p><p>the signage.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:03:18</p><p>] So for example,</p><p>November 4th, maybe you are making a full on switch over to holiday and you do</p><p>hang tags. So you make every single set look like a gift. Okay. But we. We are</p><p>going to make sure that we have all those dates locked in and we have all of our</p><p>tasks in our calendar, because then this way we know when we need to print it,</p><p>when it needs to be done. Five, we are going to nail down any events. So if you</p><p>do not have this done right now, you, I want you to literally look at that</p><p>calendar and name that event and put the date on it. Okay. You' ve got to have</p><p>that locked in because you want to make sure that you' re shopping in the best</p><p>way, but also that you' re guests have enough time to attend or shop for the</p><p>event, whatever that' s going to look like.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:04:03</p><p>] Even if it' s gift</p><p>cards, that' s a great one as well. Make sure you have that down. So if that' s</p><p>like an event, maybe you' re doing a week long event. Maybe you' re doing a day</p><p>event on gift cards. Even if it' s something that' s not necessarily that the</p><p>salon is shut down, get those dates and events locked in and then have, and</p><p>know exactly what you' re going to be doing. The next thing, the last part of</p><p>step one is tracking. Okay. Make sure that you are tracking every single thing</p><p>that you need to know. So whether that is you' re incentivizing your team by</p><p>how many sets they sell per week, or you are incentivizing your guests to share</p><p>something on social media, whatever that looks like, we need to make sure that</p><p>we' re tracking and we' re holding everyone and everything in our company</p><p>account.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:04:48</p><p>] Step two is creating a</p><p>festive shopping experience. Nothing sells like nostalgia. Keep that in mind.</p><p>And when we literally create the experience, it puts people in the mood to buy.</p><p>So when we talk about creating a festive shopping experience, we want to touch</p><p>all the senses. So whether that is touch, whether that is what everything looks</p><p>like and what a guest can see, whether that is the smells. So if you have some</p><p>essential oils or candles, whatever those things look like, we want to create a</p><p>full on festive experience. For our guests to be in the mood to buy and to get</p><p>in the mood to Christmas shop. Okay. Whether that is they want to treat</p><p>themselves or they want to literally start buying for their list.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:05:39</p><p>] We are here and ready</p><p>with some great products. And we know that people love the gift of grey hair.</p><p>Make sure we have all of that experience that literally just warms the buyer up</p><p>to wanting to purchase. Step three is your purchase. Promotional plan. When we</p><p>talk about our promotional planning, this is a more in-depth version of what we</p><p>talked about in Part One, when we talked about our team and our guests'</p><p>incentives. We literally - when I say you guys', you need to go into your</p><p>calendar. You need to color- code them. And you need to put tasks and you need</p><p>to put events in your calendar. So, for example, on November 4th. I want you to</p><p>put on your calendar. We' re going to prepare for Black Friday.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:06:22</p><p>] What' s Black Friday</p><p>going to look like? Are you there? Do you have a skeleton crew? do you have a</p><p>full -on crew what does that look like what are going to be your goals for gift</p><p>cards that' s a great one do you have an event coming up what promotions are</p><p>you offering for that event do you need to go shopping do you maybe not have</p><p>the budget to go shopping so you need to reach out to a guest that possibly you</p><p>can barter with i am all about things like that and i understand if you' Re a</p><p>larger salon company, you probably are just fine to be able to offer certain</p><p>things and that could be in your budget, but if you are a smaller salon company</p><p>and you really don' t have the budget for things like this or you' re new,</p><p>that' s okay.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:07:01</p><p>] Start using all of your</p><p>resources so when we come up with a promotional plan, it is that number one on</p><p>October 28th, we are going to make sure that we have all of our holiday express</p><p>menus sent to print, we are going to make sure that we have our team incentive</p><p>sent to print. I promote a box set blitz board which is so much fun, so if you</p><p>don' t have a box set blitz board, you can re going to have to make sure that</p><p>you have a box set blitz board, which is so much fun. So, if you do want any</p><p>more information on that, please send me a message. We are going to count all</p><p>of our sets and we are going to then set our goal for our board for our team</p><p>incentive.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:07:33</p><p>] We' re going to print</p><p>all the tags for a free conditioning treatment that go on every single set</p><p>because we want to offer a gift with purchase on November 4th. Then, we' re</p><p>going to get that everything ready for Black Friday. We are going to make sure</p><p>that we have gift card signs all over are you forgetting anyone? Whatever that</p><p>looks like, we want those printed sent and ready to go. re also going to set</p><p>our goal for our gift card november 22nd what is that going to look like we' re</p><p>going to count all of our sets again i know you' re probably thinking why am i</p><p>counting my sets all the time</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:08:06</p><p>] because you want to</p><p>make sure that you are tracking and what you track get managed which you do not</p><p>track manages you we are going to make sure that we are sold out by december</p><p>16th we' re going to do our last minute black friday deals on november 22nd december</p><p>2nd we are then going to schedule our 12 -day black friday schedule and we days</p><p>of deals on our social media. Are we going to do a social media campaign for</p><p>December? What does that, what is that going to look like? We' Re also going to</p><p>count our sets again, and we' re going to see, we' re going to check our boards</p><p>in the back for our team incentive, see how our team is doing.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:08:37</p><p>] We' re also going to</p><p>check to see who took advantage of the Holiday Express menu. How are our add-on</p><p>services going? That is everything that you need to make sure. So see, we</p><p>actually had three touch points. Then December 16th, we are going to celebrate</p><p>and schedule a pizza party because all of our sets are literally going to be</p><p>completely sold out because we had a solid promotional plan that we tracked the</p><p>entire eight to ten weeks of Christmas. Step four, client engagement and</p><p>upselling techniques. Here is what I' m going to say about client engagement.</p><p>We want to find every single way that we can get our clients to buy our</p><p>products. So we' re going to connect with our clients.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:09:19</p><p>] So whether that is on</p><p>social media, whether that is through an event, I want you to come up with a</p><p>campaign to keep your clients engaged. We' re scheduling like a like and share</p><p>contest on your Facebook, Instagram. Those could be options that keep all of</p><p>your clients engaged. And maybe that is something as simple as giving them a</p><p>conditioning treatment to enter to win. It does not have to be huge. It could</p><p>be a coffee card. It could be a treatment with a new brand. It could be a new</p><p>brand. It could be a new brand. It could be a new brand. It could be a new</p><p>stylist that is trying to build. It could be a pedicure if they' ve never had a</p><p>pedicure. It could be any new to you service.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:09:54</p><p>] So we' re going to keep</p><p>all of our clients engaged and we' re going to keep it fun and exciting and</p><p>enticing for them to want to shop, buy and have their services done with us.</p><p>When it comes to upselling, this is also something that you may need to train</p><p>your team on. Also, number one reason why it is so important to at least if you</p><p>do not do monthly meetings, I know it I' m recommended to do monthly meetings</p><p>and I know not all of us are doing them. And is that okay? Yep. So if you do a</p><p>quarterly meeting, if you do a twice a year meeting, and if you don' t do one</p><p>meeting, I am here to tell you, if you' re going to do the strategy, you need</p><p>to have one.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:10:34</p><p>] And it needs to be in</p><p>either September or October to talk about the entire plan that we just laid</p><p>out. Okay. And it needs to be to talk about upselling techniques because so</p><p>many stylists in this industry, they' re not going to be able to do that. They'</p><p>re not going to be able to I don' t want to be a salesperson. You' ve heard it.</p><p>I' ve heard it. All of that. And selling is simply telling during your meeting.</p><p>You' re also going to do tips and tricks on upselling. What are we going to do?</p><p>We' re going to tell them verbiage that they can use. We are also going to walk</p><p>them through an entire experience of a guest. Okay.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:11:10</p><p>] So when we talk about</p><p>upselling techniques, it' s, it could literally start something as simple as</p><p>this. Did you finish up all your Christmas shopping? Because you know, you' re</p><p>already asking that every single person that we see from November, probably</p><p>15th to December 23rd, actually probably the 24th. We' re literally saying to</p><p>them, did you get all your Christmas shopping done? An upsell technique can</p><p>literally start with something as simple as that. And if they say yes or no, we</p><p>still have an opening because if they say, ' yes', I' ve started my Christmas</p><p>shopping, you can say, ' Oh, did you?' Did you get all your odds and ends for</p><p>your babysitter, your nanny, your UPS driver? Because we all get all those</p><p>packages.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:11:53</p><p>] Did you get anything</p><p>for them? And they might say, ' no', no, I didn' t. And I have this person left</p><p>in this person left. You can say, ' great', because I can help you walk through</p><p>their hair type, or we have this really great color care package or a shampoo.</p><p>That' s just simply great for everyone. There you go. We sold them on net. So</p><p>that' s just one simple upselling technique. If you would like more upselling</p><p>techniques and more verbiage, please feel free to send me a message on any of</p><p>my platforms, because that is one of my favorite things. So that' s a super</p><p>simple one that literally anyone can do. And the question that everyone is</p><p>always asking, okay, we are now on to step number five, which is the post-</p><p>holiday follow- up.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:12:37</p><p>] So we made it, we made</p><p>it to December 16. Whether you sold them all, or you didn' t, it' s going to be</p><p>okay, because guess what? We have always got a plan. Okay. Our plan is to be to</p><p>count all of our sales on December 16. If we sold all of them, great. We are</p><p>calling our local pizza parlor and we are finding the day that we need to buy</p><p>our team pizza, we' re going to do something exciting, whatever that looks</p><p>like. If your team is all gluten- free, or whatever that looks like, that' s</p><p>fine. Maybe get them a salad bar, whatever anybody likes. That' s what we are</p><p>doing. And we are planning that for the week of the holiday season. We know</p><p>that our team is burnt out.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:13:19</p><p>] Also, when I was in</p><p>sales, I had a team that would set up like a grill outside and they would do</p><p>breakfast one day and then they would do you know, like hot dogs and things</p><p>like that for the afternoon. And it was simply to celebrate their team and the</p><p>team absolutely loved it. Those are all things that I want you guys to think</p><p>about, like simple, easy things that you can show appreciation for your team.</p><p>And if you are a big team, that' s okay. But if you are a big team, that' s</p><p>okay. You can have a big team that doesn' t necessarily cost a lot of time or</p><p>money. Even if you have a huge team and it' s not in the budget to do a huge</p><p>pizza party.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:13:55</p><p>] That' s okay. There' s</p><p>other ways that you can do it. Okay. So keep that in mind. Keep an open mind.</p><p>Now we' re going to move on to the teams that maybe didn' t sell all of their</p><p>sets. And is that okay? It is. However, we want to reevaluate how many sets you</p><p>actually have. Is this like, I' ve got six sets left, Heather, and I' m just</p><p>going to put them in out of, you know, 200 sets. You can do that. You can do</p><p>that. You can do that. You can do that. You can do that. You can do that. You</p><p>can do that. You can do that. You can do that. You can do that. You can do</p><p>that. You can literally break them apart and put them in inventory.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:14:20</p><p>] High five. You did it.</p><p>We' re not even going to sweat about that. Okay. However, if you have 25% or</p><p>more of your sets left over on December 16th, the first thing that we' re going</p><p>to do is we are going to do a blitz till holiday. So whether that' s you have</p><p>to work with, or whether that' s what you want to do a discount of an extra 20</p><p>to 25% off of the sets from December 16th until Christmas Eve. Whatever that</p><p>looks like, I want you to come up with a really solid plan and have an</p><p>aggressive sale for that week. Then we reach the week between Christmas and New</p><p>Year' s. I know that this is a time where people like to take off to spend with</p><p>their families, especially in this industry, because you guys have been busting</p><p>it out for months now.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:15:08</p><p>] And so I totally</p><p>understand. So if your salon company is running a skeleton crew, that's fine.</p><p>But I want an email going out to all of your customers. If you have SMS, we</p><p>want a text message going out to those customers. And we also want to still</p><p>have some type of a deal. So whether that is a dollar amount offsets, because</p><p>let' s say right before Christmas, you did 30% off or 25% off of those sets for</p><p>that week. Fine. Now, when we get to the week between Christmas and New Year'</p><p>s, we might actually have two different options. We might change that to a</p><p>dollar amount on those sets, because that percentage off may not have been</p><p>going great. So maybe we' re going to run the dollar amount.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:15:53</p><p>] That could be option</p><p>one. So instead of saying 25% off, we I' m going to say $10 off or $15 off of a</p><p>$50 set, and then run it like that. And then we would also create the signage</p><p>and even just do fun little star pops on each of the sets like $10 off $15 off</p><p>something like that. Because I do recognize that sometimes in certain accounts</p><p>and in certain areas and in certain salons, dollar amounts off do much better</p><p>than percentages off. So that' s also a hot tip for you to take home. And to</p><p>understand that like if you' ve been running percentages off and your</p><p>promotions have been flopping, change it to a]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">15ecb254-e7d7-4194-bc83-3695847177ae</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/dcf80fc7-957e-44b4-b928-b5a6da94bb07/Episode-4-5-Steps-to-Success-in-Holiday-converted.mp3" length="18254538" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:44</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>4</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>4</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>Maximize Your Retail &amp; YOUR Money!</title><itunes:title>Maximize Your Retail &amp; YOUR Money!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Link to 2024 Promo Plan: <a href="https://heatherpod.ck.page/c33c065299" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.ck.page/c33c065299</a></p><p>00:00:05</p><p>Welcome to the Hair Hustle Podcast. I' m Heather Podlesney, your salon coach dedicated to helping stylists master the business side of beauty. Whether you' re starting your journey behind the chair or you' re a seasoned pro looking to level up, this podcast is for you. Each week we' ll dive into the tips and tricks you need to run a successful salon business with topics that will change the way you work and earn. From budgeting hacks to help you keep more of what you make to time management tips that will keep your schedule stress-free and the strategies for boosting your retail sales and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to build your dream business without burning out. Together we' ll cut through the noise and get to the root of what makes your salon thrive.</p><p>00:00:47</p><p>So grab your shears, turn up the volume, and let' s hustle. Welcome to the third episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast. Thank you. Thank you so much for joining me. I am your host, Heather Podlesney. So we are getting started today with maximizing retail sales in your salon. I' ve got five quick tips for you. As you know, we like to keep these episodes short and sweet. So if you love this, we are going to dive deeper into each of the tips in episodes in the future. So come on, let' s get ready to talk about one of my favorite subjects, which is retail sales in your salon. We' re going to start with the five tips. I' m going to begin with a pre -tip, we will call it.</p><p><br></p><p>00:01:33</p><p>And it' s simply that choosing a brand. It' s choosing a brand, choosing the full portfolio, having a belief line, and really going with whoever the brand is that matches all of your values in your salon company. This may take some interviewing. I worked for a distributor and in corporate America for 10 years. And so I totally understand the importance of matching a brand that is the right fit with your salon. So we' I' m going to start by saying, finding a brand that you would like. Okay. I don' t work with brands anymore, so I get to kind of go on whatever we say, but I just want to make sure that you have a brand that when we give you these tips, you don' t have like a cherry- picked line of five different brands and nothing of the same, because all of these tips, you really need.</p><p><br></p><p>00:02:25</p><p>A full portfolio of a brand and you need multiple of each in order to really make this. So it may be an investment for you, but that' s where you need to get started. Okay. So let' s get into tip number one, promotional calendar. So when I say promotional calendar, you might be like, oh my word, that just sounds like a lot. Honestly, what we' re going to do is we' re going to break a promotional calendar down into six promotions a year. So that' s every other month, we' re going to have a product promotion, a service promotion, and then we' re also going to have a team incentive. Okay. So that' s going to be for your staff. This can work for independent salons and commission salons.</p><p><br></p><p>00:03:04</p><p>You can actually grab a free, I will actually put the link here in the show notes. And I actually have a promotional calendar example already made up for you from now until the, get you to 2025. So, please feel free to go grab that because it literally has every single tip and trick that you would want to get started. Okay. So, that' s what you' d need if you' re not getting started. So all' s you need promotional calendar, six promotions a year. You can find out what your brands are offering. You can start offering your own. It' s great to sometimes go with the brand on what they' re offering. So, if they' re giving 20% off leaders, then you can actually come up with a really fun tagline for that and then move it on just as an example.</p><p><br></p><p>00:03:45</p><p>Another great one for right now is because we are approaching October is pick a pumpkin. You can go grab some either pumpkin Reeses' s or something along those lines, right? 10, 15, or 20% off. So 20% off on the back of them. Every single guest that comes in, picks a pumpkin and that' s what they get off their retail purchase today. So there' s a fun couple of different, really fun trick or treatment is also a really great one for a service promotion. We' re going to get that going and we' re going to kick that off every other month. That' s tip number one. Tip number two is product knowledge. And that just does not sound fun. What I like to say is selling is telling. So that' s it.</p><p><br></p><p>00:04:20</p><p>So we want to make sure that when we kind of like start this relationship with the brand that we re going to have in our salon, we want to make sure that they either have an online portal that they have, um, that they can send artists in to train our team. We want to make sure that they know degree of heat protection that the thermal protection goes to. We want to make sure that they know that it has 72 hours of frizz control. So all of those little tips and tricks are really important. And to be honest with you, one product knowledge class will not do. So yes. When we get a brand, we' re going to have one big product knowledge class, but you also want to make sure that you' Rehaving at least two per year or one per year at the very base, because we always know that we' re not going to learn everything all at once.</p><p><br></p><p>00:05:13</p><p>So great little touch points, inviting your brands in to be able to say, ' So then this way, when we' re talking to the person in our chair, when we' re talking to our guests, all we' re doing is telling them about it. And we' re teaching them how to do it. Let' s start with the best product knowledge class. How to solve their problems. That' s it. We don' t have to get crazy. We don' t have to be these little robots that know everything. We just need to know those little tips and we just have to share them. That's it. Tip number three on maximizing your retail sales. Oh, are you ready? Creating a retail experience.</p><p><br></p><p>00:05:41</p><p>I have so many of you over the last 10 years of coaching people with their retail who have said, oh, I hate Ulta. Oh, I hate Sephora. And we do not want to say that. I understand that they offer an experience. And my challenge to each of you who want to say that is to go in and understand why the consumer is buying. Because they' re offering an experience that people literally cannot help themselves. They want to buy something. And we can take tips from that in our small business and we can put those tips to work in our retail area. Another great tip is to actually create your silent salespeople. Are you ready for this? What' s a silent salesperson? That' s your displays. That' s your signage.</p><p><br></p><p>00:06:32</p><p>What are your mirror clings? There are literally a hundred ways, maybe not a hundred, but pretty close. There are so many ways to create an environment where consumers can know and understand what the deal is by a sign. So keep that in mind. Also, if you have the budget to purchase or a brand even has these available, then trial sizes are really a great way for a guest who' s already said no to actually offer them a sample. Key is, I said, they already said no to the full- size investment. We could gift them a sample to try, and then they could bring that back in for 20% off the full- size front. Okay. So create the retail experience that people know, love, and desire is tip number three.</p><p><br></p><p>00:07:19</p><p>Tip number four is in maximizing, salon retail is soft selling techniques. So what does this mean when we talk about soft selling? It' s also consultative selling. When we talk about consultative selling, we simply are saying that we' re taking things in the consultation that we heard needs, desires, and problems in the very beginning of the appointment. We listened and we know that possibly our guests, I' m giving an example, maybe our guests at the very beginning of the appointment, they' re not going to be able to sell their products. They' re going to be able to sell their products and they' re going to be able to sell their products and we' re going to help them take care of their own hair.</p><p><br></p><p>00:07:54</p><p>But in the beginning, during the consultation, I do not understand why my hair is so frizzy right now. When we start to approach this, we can simply say, Oh my word, we have a new product, or maybe you have an old product. It doesn' t matter what it is. We have a product that helps prevent frizz for up to 72 hours. I would be so happy to show that to you. Bam. Right there. You are solving their problem that they had a frizz. We are giving them the solution. Also in consultative selling, one of the biggest problems I have ever seen, and no one ever thinks that they' re guilty of this, but they are because I have seen it hundreds of times, probably even thousands of times, is the biggest opportunity to talk about product is at the shampoo bowl.</p><p><br></p><p>00:08:44</p><p>And I have witnessed so many times a stylist shampooing a guest' s hair, the guest literally saying, oh my word, that smelled so good. And the stylist literally said nothing. They simply would say, ' Oh yes,' and then would keep telling their story that they were telling. And I want to be like, ' That was your opening line.' So if you did nothing, you actually hindered them from wanting to purchase it. And now they' re going to leave the salon being like, ' That shampoo smelled really good.' I wonder what kind it was. And then they' re going to start shopping somewhere else. So sometimes it' s our fault that they didn' t buy is because we were too busy talking.</p><p><br></p><p>00:09:28</p><p>So always, always, always make sure at the end of the...]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Link to 2024 Promo Plan: <a href="https://heatherpod.ck.page/c33c065299" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://heatherpod.ck.page/c33c065299</a></p><p>00:00:05</p><p>Welcome to the Hair Hustle Podcast. I' m Heather Podlesney, your salon coach dedicated to helping stylists master the business side of beauty. Whether you' re starting your journey behind the chair or you' re a seasoned pro looking to level up, this podcast is for you. Each week we' ll dive into the tips and tricks you need to run a successful salon business with topics that will change the way you work and earn. From budgeting hacks to help you keep more of what you make to time management tips that will keep your schedule stress-free and the strategies for boosting your retail sales and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to build your dream business without burning out. Together we' ll cut through the noise and get to the root of what makes your salon thrive.</p><p>00:00:47</p><p>So grab your shears, turn up the volume, and let' s hustle. Welcome to the third episode of the Hair Hustle Podcast. Thank you. Thank you so much for joining me. I am your host, Heather Podlesney. So we are getting started today with maximizing retail sales in your salon. I' ve got five quick tips for you. As you know, we like to keep these episodes short and sweet. So if you love this, we are going to dive deeper into each of the tips in episodes in the future. So come on, let' s get ready to talk about one of my favorite subjects, which is retail sales in your salon. We' re going to start with the five tips. I' m going to begin with a pre -tip, we will call it.</p><p><br></p><p>00:01:33</p><p>And it' s simply that choosing a brand. It' s choosing a brand, choosing the full portfolio, having a belief line, and really going with whoever the brand is that matches all of your values in your salon company. This may take some interviewing. I worked for a distributor and in corporate America for 10 years. And so I totally understand the importance of matching a brand that is the right fit with your salon. So we' I' m going to start by saying, finding a brand that you would like. Okay. I don' t work with brands anymore, so I get to kind of go on whatever we say, but I just want to make sure that you have a brand that when we give you these tips, you don' t have like a cherry- picked line of five different brands and nothing of the same, because all of these tips, you really need.</p><p><br></p><p>00:02:25</p><p>A full portfolio of a brand and you need multiple of each in order to really make this. So it may be an investment for you, but that' s where you need to get started. Okay. So let' s get into tip number one, promotional calendar. So when I say promotional calendar, you might be like, oh my word, that just sounds like a lot. Honestly, what we' re going to do is we' re going to break a promotional calendar down into six promotions a year. So that' s every other month, we' re going to have a product promotion, a service promotion, and then we' re also going to have a team incentive. Okay. So that' s going to be for your staff. This can work for independent salons and commission salons.</p><p><br></p><p>00:03:04</p><p>You can actually grab a free, I will actually put the link here in the show notes. And I actually have a promotional calendar example already made up for you from now until the, get you to 2025. So, please feel free to go grab that because it literally has every single tip and trick that you would want to get started. Okay. So, that' s what you' d need if you' re not getting started. So all' s you need promotional calendar, six promotions a year. You can find out what your brands are offering. You can start offering your own. It' s great to sometimes go with the brand on what they' re offering. So, if they' re giving 20% off leaders, then you can actually come up with a really fun tagline for that and then move it on just as an example.</p><p><br></p><p>00:03:45</p><p>Another great one for right now is because we are approaching October is pick a pumpkin. You can go grab some either pumpkin Reeses' s or something along those lines, right? 10, 15, or 20% off. So 20% off on the back of them. Every single guest that comes in, picks a pumpkin and that' s what they get off their retail purchase today. So there' s a fun couple of different, really fun trick or treatment is also a really great one for a service promotion. We' re going to get that going and we' re going to kick that off every other month. That' s tip number one. Tip number two is product knowledge. And that just does not sound fun. What I like to say is selling is telling. So that' s it.</p><p><br></p><p>00:04:20</p><p>So we want to make sure that when we kind of like start this relationship with the brand that we re going to have in our salon, we want to make sure that they either have an online portal that they have, um, that they can send artists in to train our team. We want to make sure that they know degree of heat protection that the thermal protection goes to. We want to make sure that they know that it has 72 hours of frizz control. So all of those little tips and tricks are really important. And to be honest with you, one product knowledge class will not do. So yes. When we get a brand, we' re going to have one big product knowledge class, but you also want to make sure that you' Rehaving at least two per year or one per year at the very base, because we always know that we' re not going to learn everything all at once.</p><p><br></p><p>00:05:13</p><p>So great little touch points, inviting your brands in to be able to say, ' So then this way, when we' re talking to the person in our chair, when we' re talking to our guests, all we' re doing is telling them about it. And we' re teaching them how to do it. Let' s start with the best product knowledge class. How to solve their problems. That' s it. We don' t have to get crazy. We don' t have to be these little robots that know everything. We just need to know those little tips and we just have to share them. That's it. Tip number three on maximizing your retail sales. Oh, are you ready? Creating a retail experience.</p><p><br></p><p>00:05:41</p><p>I have so many of you over the last 10 years of coaching people with their retail who have said, oh, I hate Ulta. Oh, I hate Sephora. And we do not want to say that. I understand that they offer an experience. And my challenge to each of you who want to say that is to go in and understand why the consumer is buying. Because they' re offering an experience that people literally cannot help themselves. They want to buy something. And we can take tips from that in our small business and we can put those tips to work in our retail area. Another great tip is to actually create your silent salespeople. Are you ready for this? What' s a silent salesperson? That' s your displays. That' s your signage.</p><p><br></p><p>00:06:32</p><p>What are your mirror clings? There are literally a hundred ways, maybe not a hundred, but pretty close. There are so many ways to create an environment where consumers can know and understand what the deal is by a sign. So keep that in mind. Also, if you have the budget to purchase or a brand even has these available, then trial sizes are really a great way for a guest who' s already said no to actually offer them a sample. Key is, I said, they already said no to the full- size investment. We could gift them a sample to try, and then they could bring that back in for 20% off the full- size front. Okay. So create the retail experience that people know, love, and desire is tip number three.</p><p><br></p><p>00:07:19</p><p>Tip number four is in maximizing, salon retail is soft selling techniques. So what does this mean when we talk about soft selling? It' s also consultative selling. When we talk about consultative selling, we simply are saying that we' re taking things in the consultation that we heard needs, desires, and problems in the very beginning of the appointment. We listened and we know that possibly our guests, I' m giving an example, maybe our guests at the very beginning of the appointment, they' re not going to be able to sell their products. They' re going to be able to sell their products and they' re going to be able to sell their products and we' re going to help them take care of their own hair.</p><p><br></p><p>00:07:54</p><p>But in the beginning, during the consultation, I do not understand why my hair is so frizzy right now. When we start to approach this, we can simply say, Oh my word, we have a new product, or maybe you have an old product. It doesn' t matter what it is. We have a product that helps prevent frizz for up to 72 hours. I would be so happy to show that to you. Bam. Right there. You are solving their problem that they had a frizz. We are giving them the solution. Also in consultative selling, one of the biggest problems I have ever seen, and no one ever thinks that they' re guilty of this, but they are because I have seen it hundreds of times, probably even thousands of times, is the biggest opportunity to talk about product is at the shampoo bowl.</p><p><br></p><p>00:08:44</p><p>And I have witnessed so many times a stylist shampooing a guest' s hair, the guest literally saying, oh my word, that smelled so good. And the stylist literally said nothing. They simply would say, ' Oh yes,' and then would keep telling their story that they were telling. And I want to be like, ' That was your opening line.' So if you did nothing, you actually hindered them from wanting to purchase it. And now they' re going to leave the salon being like, ' That shampoo smelled really good.' I wonder what kind it was. And then they' re going to start shopping somewhere else. So sometimes it' s our fault that they didn' t buy is because we were too busy talking.</p><p><br></p><p>00:09:28</p><p>So always, always, always make sure at the end of the appointment, you wrap up, you go through all of the problems that they were having because we are hair problem solutionists. I don' t even know if that makes sense. As a thing, but that' s what we are. So we are solving all the hair problems of the world. And that' s why our guests come to us. They want great hair, but then also, they want great hair, not just when you do it. They want to be able to do their own hair and have it look great. Tip number five is track sales, set goals. This one is kind of tough sometimes, but that' s okay. I' m here to help you.</p><p><br></p><p>00:10:05</p><p>So one of the biggest things that we can talk about when it comes to tracking your sales and setting your goals is having team incentives. And sometimes I think we get really stuck on the number of sales or setting the sales number goal. Should it be 10% to retail to service? Should it be a certain dollar amount? Should it be a certain unit? So, number one thing that I' m going to say to this point right now, and we will dive deeper into this in weeks to come, is that if you are new to selling retail in a serious way, you need to be in test mode. And as an owner or a manager, you have to constantly be thinking that you' re in test mode.</p><p><br></p><p>00:10:46</p><p>So, what that means is that, if your team may not be motivated by the contest that you did, but you can' t give up. So it So, same thing when it comes to actually offering the promotion to your guest, your consumer or your guest might not be interested in a percentage off. They actually might like a dollar amount off instead. So, same thing with your team. Your team may not love the fact that you just offered them this $300 blow dryer as an incentive. They might like it if you offered them a night out to one of the like hot restaurants that are in your area. So you have to do all of this homework, and in the promotional planning portion, this is when you' re going into test phase and you' re going to see what actually motivates your people.</p><p><br></p><p>00:11:35</p><p>But if something was not successful, sometimes it' s just one little tweak and then it could be the best promotion that you've had. It could be a tweak on your team incentive. It could be a tweak on how they perceive the team incentive. It could be that they like a big board in the back room or it could be that they like a sheet and they like to track it themselves. There are so many different ways to tracking sales and setting different goals and team incentives for your team, and sometimes it' s literally about trying one. If it worked, we write it down, we track it for the next year or for the next cycle, and then we' re going to try something different the next time.</p><p><br></p><p>00:12:16</p><p>So if you re new to this, just know that some of these tips or promotions or incentives, they might not work and it' s not because they' re bad, it' s because you just didn' t hit the right button on your consumer or your team. So another great point in tracking is sometimes you don' t always have to track dollars. You can track units. I know several teams who love it when you track units. So instead of saying you have to sell five hundred dollars, maybe it' s that you sell ten units. And maybe they sell ten units and they get something small or maybe they get entered to win something larger. Whatever that looks like. And then also there' s a couple other fun ones like the no game.</p><p><br></p><p>00:12:57</p><p>So you actually just track how many no' People get and the person with the most no' s or you get something, some type of a prize. And then also there' s even the three product challenge. This is one of my favorites: it is that you take three products. At the end of every guest, you take three products up to the front desk and you simply say, here are three products that I used on you. Please don' t tell me that you did not use three products because if you use a shampoo or conditioner, you should have at least used one type of styling aid or something on them. Yes, I' ve heard every excuse in the book if you' re wondering so. And that is simply they brought up three products and they get entered to win something.</p><p><br></p><p>00:13:32</p><p>They didn' t even have to sell a product. We know that when a service provider brings up three products that a guest is over 90 percent likely to purchase one. We know that when a service produc tcomars brings up three products, that a guest is over 90% likely to purchase one. service provider brings up three products they' re over 90 likely to purchase one what i know that is a crazy statistic so i just want everyone to keep in mind that selling can be fun and exciting your team can get super excited about it and let' Get everybody ready to rock and roll, especially you guys, for this holiday season! So don' t forget, free promo planner if you can' t start anywhere or you' re not even sure where to start, start there because it has all kinds of fun tips and tricks, and just pick one, pick one to start with. Thank you so much for joining me for episode three, and I can' t wait to see you maximize on all of your retail sales we' re going to dive deeper into each one of these tips in the following weeks. Thank you so much, have a great day! Make it a great day, and let' s go create some great- looking hair!</p><p><br></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">7ef5d65b-312c-4a71-bb98-997048087db1</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Mon, 14 Oct 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/858f0f99-9426-4707-b329-cdbcb832b84a/Episode-3-Mazimizing-Retail-converted.mp3" length="14063765" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>14:39</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>3</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>3</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>The MOST Valuable 15 Minutes of Your Day &amp; Managing the Rest</title><itunes:title>The MOST Valuable 15 Minutes of Your Day &amp; Managing the Rest</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p class="ql-align-center"><strong>Episode 2 - Mastering Time Management.mp3</strong></p><p class="ql-align-center"><br></p><p>[ 00:00:05]Welcome to the Hair</p><p>Hustle Podcast. I'm Heather Podlesney, your salon coach dedicated to helping</p><p>stylists master the business side of beauty. Whether you're starting your</p><p>journey behind the chair or you're a seasoned pro looking to level up, this</p><p>podcast is for you. Each week we'll dive into the tips and tricks you need to</p><p>run a successful salon business with topics that will change the way you work</p><p>and earn. From budgeting hacks to help you keep more of what you make, to time</p><p>management tips that will keep your schedule stress-free, and the strategies</p><p>for boosting your retail sales and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to</p><p>build your dream business without burning out. Together we'll cut through the</p><p>noise and get to the root of what makes your salon thrive.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>[ 00:00:47] So grab your shears,</p><p>turn up the volume, and let's hustle. Welcome, welcome to episode two of the</p><p>Hair Hustle Podcast. I am your host, Heather Podlesney.  I'm so excited that you decided to</p><p>join me for episode two. Today we are going to talk about one of the biggest</p><p>issues and problems that I see on my stylist minds, and that is time management</p><p>in the salon. So today I am going to give you four simple tips in 15 minutes or</p><p>less to really get you on the right track with your time. Tip number one in</p><p>time management is time blocking. So I know that you guys have heard it. I know</p><p>that you understand it.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:01:35</p><p>] We need to take this to</p><p>a new level, and we need to make this part of our habit. One of the biggest</p><p>things with time blocking in your salons is simply dedicating specific tasks to</p><p>a certain time. So whether that's appointments, whether that's social media,</p><p>bookkeeping, anything like that, time for it to get you around, whatever that</p><p>looks like, those all need to be blocked off. So let's start with how can you</p><p>create the perfect day for yourself, and that is literally to come in 15 or 30</p><p>minutes before your guest. So we are not walking in the door when our guest is</p><p>already sitting there, because that time blocked 15 minutes can be enough for</p><p>you to get set up and get ready for your day. Obviously we have time blocked</p><p>for appointments.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:02:22] I know you guys are all</p><p>already great with that. Possibly you have an office time. You know. I have a</p><p>lot of clients that are just busy, and I have time, I even have some clients</p><p>that we have started to block off like just a little 30 minutes for maybe for</p><p>them to eat and not just like shovel their food in their mouth as they're</p><p>trying to mix up color. So if that's one of your dreams, do that. And then also</p><p>bookkeeping, we talked about that in episode one. Like where are you going to</p><p>find that time? So if you have a set schedule that you want, if it's Monday</p><p>through Thursday from nine to six and that's all that you want to work, great.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:02:54] One of the beautiful</p><p>things about this industry, especially even about being an independent stylist,</p><p>is that we have control of our time, so we need to take advantage of that and</p><p>not let everything just come into this huge overwhelming situation. We want to</p><p>prioritize our tasks; we want to make sure that we have efficient productive</p><p>hours, whether that is we're working on someone behind the chair doing</p><p>highlights or we are figuring out what our business budget needs to be. Tip</p><p>number two for time management is to prioritize profit. So, we just talked</p><p>about in time blocking showing up 15 to 30 minutes before our guest. What does</p><p>that mean? What do we do there? Some people might be saying, and if you're</p><p>wondering what to do, you can actually be looking at your day, finding out</p><p>where you can put add-on services.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:03:42] Like I had just</p><p>mentioned, if you want to be someone that works only you know three to four</p><p>days a week or specific days or hours, there's only so much that can Be done in</p><p>that time and there's only so many ways that we can make money. One of the ways</p><p>to make more money without doing more or working more hours is to do add-on</p><p>services, so taking that 15 to 30 minutes to look at each person and what type</p><p>of treatment can we be adding on and looking for those little 5-10-15 nugget</p><p>minute nuggets of opportunity. Those could be really great options for you to</p><p>make more money and I have literally seen people make hundreds of extra dollars</p><p>a month simply by looking at what type of add-on services that they can be used</p><p>with the people who are already in their books, so analyzing that is a really</p><p>great.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:04:35] Step in that first 15</p><p>to 30 minutes before your first guest arrives, the third tip for mastering time</p><p>management in the salon. Oh, this is a tough one, but I know you guys can do</p><p>it. It's reducing overwhelm and looking into automating tasks. There is so much</p><p>to do in a day, we all know it, and some of you are working 10-12 hours behind</p><p>the chair, and quite honestly, even eight hours behind the chair is a lot. It's</p><p>a lot of mental energy, it's a lot of physical energy. So really finding out</p><p>ways to reduce overwhelm is a great way to like take some of those things off</p><p>of your plate. That's why I love automated tasks because they're able to just</p><p>help.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:05:19] You're saying whether</p><p>that's if we're looking to reduce your overwhelm, reduce your overwhelm, and</p><p>reduce the amount of work that you're doing so it's a really good thing to do</p><p>that! What are a few things that we can do? Number one is you can start looking</p><p>into online booking. I know you guys sometimes say like, 'Heather, I don't want</p><p>to get into online booking.' Honestly, it streamlines your booking so much. It</p><p>can prevent double bookings. And honestly, it can even help to reduce no-shows</p><p>because it will give you automated reminders, which is also another automated</p><p>test. If you're not doing online booking, make sure you have those automated</p><p>reminders. You can send a text and that's one less thing that you have to do.</p><p>Another thing is social media.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:05:56] I know how overwhelming</p><p>social media can be. And it's like, I'm not even sure what to do about social</p><p>media or what to put. And so something that you can look into is apps like Meta</p><p>Business Suite, Planoly, Later. There's so many different scheduling apps. So</p><p>maybe if it's just that you need to post two or three times a week to maintain</p><p>your followers and you don't necessarily want to grow a social media, but you</p><p>just want anything to do with it, then you can send a text. And that's one less</p><p>thing that you have to do. A presence and you want people to be able to go on</p><p>there and look and see your work. That could be a really great way to simply</p><p>automate and plan out.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:06:29] Using scheduling apps</p><p>can be a really great way to automate your social media for you. Another great</p><p>way to automate some of these tasks and get rid of some of this overwhelm is</p><p>having something like an automated form. So for example, JotForm for any new</p><p>guests. So I know several of my clients, they are very overwhelmed sometimes</p><p>when it's like a new guest is wanting to get into their book. Sometimes a</p><p>simple JotForm, if they're trying to ask you if they could go from one color to</p><p>the next or this or that, sometimes a simple JotForm of like before and afters,</p><p>what times can you come in? I can actually help you with a really great form. I</p><p>can help you with some amazing questions to put on a JotForm just to get all</p><p>the information that you need.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:07:14] But it's not a</p><p>four-hour text or four-hour messaging conversation through the JotForm. It's</p><p>really just a few DMs to get through. It's just automated. It's easy. And then</p><p>as soon as they're done with it, you simply open it up, you look at it and you</p><p>tell them what times that you have available. And the final tip is boundaries.</p><p>When we're looking at mastering our time management and wanting to be happier</p><p>and healthier stylists that provide amazing services, we really do need to</p><p>sometimes look at our own boundaries. Because sometimes when we get</p><p>overwhelmed, we are just not in the best self. I struggle with saying no. I</p><p>100% get it. You don't have to explain it to me. But I always want everyone to</p><p>feel good about saying no.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:08:01] And I was given this</p><p>tip a long time ago. I love it. And I still use it now because everyone always</p><p>says, 'Do you ever hear this?' No is a complete sentence. Oh my God. I know</p><p>that no is a complete sentence. Thank you so much for sharing that with me. However,</p><p>sometimes I really do have a hard time saying no and then not saying anything.</p><p>A couple tips that I have from a fellow people pleaser is you don't have to say</p><p>no. Sometimes you can simply say 'not right now' or 'not at this time'. Both ways</p><p>of saying no without actually having to say no. If maybe you have the guest</p><p>that calls, that we all know they have missed two appointments.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:08:41] Their grey's are down</p><p>to their ears and they need to get in and there's just no anything. They want</p><p>to come in. Maybe your...]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="ql-align-center"><strong>Episode 2 - Mastering Time Management.mp3</strong></p><p class="ql-align-center"><br></p><p>[ 00:00:05]Welcome to the Hair</p><p>Hustle Podcast. I'm Heather Podlesney, your salon coach dedicated to helping</p><p>stylists master the business side of beauty. Whether you're starting your</p><p>journey behind the chair or you're a seasoned pro looking to level up, this</p><p>podcast is for you. Each week we'll dive into the tips and tricks you need to</p><p>run a successful salon business with topics that will change the way you work</p><p>and earn. From budgeting hacks to help you keep more of what you make, to time</p><p>management tips that will keep your schedule stress-free, and the strategies</p><p>for boosting your retail sales and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to</p><p>build your dream business without burning out. Together we'll cut through the</p><p>noise and get to the root of what makes your salon thrive.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>[ 00:00:47] So grab your shears,</p><p>turn up the volume, and let's hustle. Welcome, welcome to episode two of the</p><p>Hair Hustle Podcast. I am your host, Heather Podlesney.  I'm so excited that you decided to</p><p>join me for episode two. Today we are going to talk about one of the biggest</p><p>issues and problems that I see on my stylist minds, and that is time management</p><p>in the salon. So today I am going to give you four simple tips in 15 minutes or</p><p>less to really get you on the right track with your time. Tip number one in</p><p>time management is time blocking. So I know that you guys have heard it. I know</p><p>that you understand it.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:01:35</p><p>] We need to take this to</p><p>a new level, and we need to make this part of our habit. One of the biggest</p><p>things with time blocking in your salons is simply dedicating specific tasks to</p><p>a certain time. So whether that's appointments, whether that's social media,</p><p>bookkeeping, anything like that, time for it to get you around, whatever that</p><p>looks like, those all need to be blocked off. So let's start with how can you</p><p>create the perfect day for yourself, and that is literally to come in 15 or 30</p><p>minutes before your guest. So we are not walking in the door when our guest is</p><p>already sitting there, because that time blocked 15 minutes can be enough for</p><p>you to get set up and get ready for your day. Obviously we have time blocked</p><p>for appointments.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:02:22] I know you guys are all</p><p>already great with that. Possibly you have an office time. You know. I have a</p><p>lot of clients that are just busy, and I have time, I even have some clients</p><p>that we have started to block off like just a little 30 minutes for maybe for</p><p>them to eat and not just like shovel their food in their mouth as they're</p><p>trying to mix up color. So if that's one of your dreams, do that. And then also</p><p>bookkeeping, we talked about that in episode one. Like where are you going to</p><p>find that time? So if you have a set schedule that you want, if it's Monday</p><p>through Thursday from nine to six and that's all that you want to work, great.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:02:54] One of the beautiful</p><p>things about this industry, especially even about being an independent stylist,</p><p>is that we have control of our time, so we need to take advantage of that and</p><p>not let everything just come into this huge overwhelming situation. We want to</p><p>prioritize our tasks; we want to make sure that we have efficient productive</p><p>hours, whether that is we're working on someone behind the chair doing</p><p>highlights or we are figuring out what our business budget needs to be. Tip</p><p>number two for time management is to prioritize profit. So, we just talked</p><p>about in time blocking showing up 15 to 30 minutes before our guest. What does</p><p>that mean? What do we do there? Some people might be saying, and if you're</p><p>wondering what to do, you can actually be looking at your day, finding out</p><p>where you can put add-on services.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:03:42] Like I had just</p><p>mentioned, if you want to be someone that works only you know three to four</p><p>days a week or specific days or hours, there's only so much that can Be done in</p><p>that time and there's only so many ways that we can make money. One of the ways</p><p>to make more money without doing more or working more hours is to do add-on</p><p>services, so taking that 15 to 30 minutes to look at each person and what type</p><p>of treatment can we be adding on and looking for those little 5-10-15 nugget</p><p>minute nuggets of opportunity. Those could be really great options for you to</p><p>make more money and I have literally seen people make hundreds of extra dollars</p><p>a month simply by looking at what type of add-on services that they can be used</p><p>with the people who are already in their books, so analyzing that is a really</p><p>great.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:04:35] Step in that first 15</p><p>to 30 minutes before your first guest arrives, the third tip for mastering time</p><p>management in the salon. Oh, this is a tough one, but I know you guys can do</p><p>it. It's reducing overwhelm and looking into automating tasks. There is so much</p><p>to do in a day, we all know it, and some of you are working 10-12 hours behind</p><p>the chair, and quite honestly, even eight hours behind the chair is a lot. It's</p><p>a lot of mental energy, it's a lot of physical energy. So really finding out</p><p>ways to reduce overwhelm is a great way to like take some of those things off</p><p>of your plate. That's why I love automated tasks because they're able to just</p><p>help.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:05:19] You're saying whether</p><p>that's if we're looking to reduce your overwhelm, reduce your overwhelm, and</p><p>reduce the amount of work that you're doing so it's a really good thing to do</p><p>that! What are a few things that we can do? Number one is you can start looking</p><p>into online booking. I know you guys sometimes say like, 'Heather, I don't want</p><p>to get into online booking.' Honestly, it streamlines your booking so much. It</p><p>can prevent double bookings. And honestly, it can even help to reduce no-shows</p><p>because it will give you automated reminders, which is also another automated</p><p>test. If you're not doing online booking, make sure you have those automated</p><p>reminders. You can send a text and that's one less thing that you have to do.</p><p>Another thing is social media.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:05:56] I know how overwhelming</p><p>social media can be. And it's like, I'm not even sure what to do about social</p><p>media or what to put. And so something that you can look into is apps like Meta</p><p>Business Suite, Planoly, Later. There's so many different scheduling apps. So</p><p>maybe if it's just that you need to post two or three times a week to maintain</p><p>your followers and you don't necessarily want to grow a social media, but you</p><p>just want anything to do with it, then you can send a text. And that's one less</p><p>thing that you have to do. A presence and you want people to be able to go on</p><p>there and look and see your work. That could be a really great way to simply</p><p>automate and plan out.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:06:29] Using scheduling apps</p><p>can be a really great way to automate your social media for you. Another great</p><p>way to automate some of these tasks and get rid of some of this overwhelm is</p><p>having something like an automated form. So for example, JotForm for any new</p><p>guests. So I know several of my clients, they are very overwhelmed sometimes</p><p>when it's like a new guest is wanting to get into their book. Sometimes a</p><p>simple JotForm, if they're trying to ask you if they could go from one color to</p><p>the next or this or that, sometimes a simple JotForm of like before and afters,</p><p>what times can you come in? I can actually help you with a really great form. I</p><p>can help you with some amazing questions to put on a JotForm just to get all</p><p>the information that you need.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:07:14] But it's not a</p><p>four-hour text or four-hour messaging conversation through the JotForm. It's</p><p>really just a few DMs to get through. It's just automated. It's easy. And then</p><p>as soon as they're done with it, you simply open it up, you look at it and you</p><p>tell them what times that you have available. And the final tip is boundaries.</p><p>When we're looking at mastering our time management and wanting to be happier</p><p>and healthier stylists that provide amazing services, we really do need to</p><p>sometimes look at our own boundaries. Because sometimes when we get</p><p>overwhelmed, we are just not in the best self. I struggle with saying no. I</p><p>100% get it. You don't have to explain it to me. But I always want everyone to</p><p>feel good about saying no.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:08:01] And I was given this</p><p>tip a long time ago. I love it. And I still use it now because everyone always</p><p>says, 'Do you ever hear this?' No is a complete sentence. Oh my God. I know</p><p>that no is a complete sentence. Thank you so much for sharing that with me. However,</p><p>sometimes I really do have a hard time saying no and then not saying anything.</p><p>A couple tips that I have from a fellow people pleaser is you don't have to say</p><p>no. Sometimes you can simply say 'not right now' or 'not at this time'. Both ways</p><p>of saying no without actually having to say no. If maybe you have the guest</p><p>that calls, that we all know they have missed two appointments.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:08:41] Their grey's are down</p><p>to their ears and they need to get in and there's just no anything. They want</p><p>to come in. Maybe your day off is Thursday and they're like, 'nope', I want to</p><p>come in on Thursday. I want to come in on Thursday. I want to come in on Thursday.</p><p>I want to come in on Thursday, that's the only day that I have. So something</p><p>that you can simply say is 'Susie, I do not have that available right now.' Or</p><p>'Susie, I do not have that appointment available at this time.' I do have a</p><p>reservation available on next week on Tuesday at whatever time that is. So I</p><p>just want you guys to feel more comfortable simply setting clear boundaries.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:09:14] Just because we make</p><p>our own schedule doesn't mean that everybody and their brother has to fit in at</p><p>the exact time that they need. I just want you guys to feel more comfortable</p><p>simply setting clear boundaries. It's also about prioritizing you and prioritizing</p><p>your healthy boundaries. Some of you are really great at healthy boundaries,</p><p>and I'm like high five. However, there is a really big percentage of you that</p><p>we still have a really hard time having personal time for ourselves and just</p><p>being okay with that. So I'm here to help you. I'm here to help coach you</p><p>through that. And I sure hope that this mastering time management episode was</p><p>so helpful for you, or at least for you. At least gave you the confidence to</p><p>say not at this time. Thank you so much for listening to Episode Two of The</p><p>Hair Hustle podcast. Make today a great day.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><br><p>[ 00:10:21] Thank you so much for</p><p>listening to The Hair Hustle podcast. Make today a great day.</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">54a7e8aa-80c1-40a4-8fe0-d3cd03371358</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Mon, 07 Oct 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/ba48669e-3aa1-4f37-85a4-309453fc5c3e/Episode-2-Mastering-Time-Management-converted.mp3" length="9699435" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>10:06</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>2</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>2</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>The Budgeting Tip You NEVER thought I Would Give</title><itunes:title>The Budgeting Tip You NEVER thought I Would Give</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Additional questions or suggestions: please email helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>IG: @heatherpodlesney</p><p>FB: Heather Pod</p><p>Website: www.heatherpod.com</p><p>[ 00:00:05]Welcome to the Hair</p><p>Hustle Podcast. I'm Heather Podlesny, your salon coach dedicated to helping</p><p>stylists master the business side of beauty. Whether you're starting your</p><p>journey behind the chair or you're a seasoned pro looking to level up, this</p><p>podcast is for you. Each week we'll dive into the tips and tricks you need to</p><p>run a successful salon business with topics that will change the way you work</p><p>and earn. From budgeting hacks to help you keep more of what you make to time</p><p>management tips that will keep your schedule stress-free, and the strategies</p><p>for boosting your retail sales and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to</p><p>build your dream business without burning out. Together we'll cut through the</p><p>noise and get to the root of what makes your salon thrive.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>[ 00:00:47] So grab your shears,</p><p>turn up the volume, and let's hustle. Hey, hey, welcome to the first episode of</p><p>the Hair Hustle Podcast. I am Heather Podlesny, your salon coach dedicated to</p><p>helping stylists master the business side of beauty. I'm so excited that you</p><p>are here today. So I want everyone to keep in mind and let's get episode one</p><p>kicked off so that you understand all of the podcasts, unless I've announced</p><p>differently, will be around 10 to 15 minutes because I know that our minds work</p><p>so quickly here in the beauty industry and we don't always have time to take in</p><p>an hour podcast, a two hour podcast, all of the things, and sometimes even a 30</p><p>minute. So my hope is to get in your ears for 10 to 15 minutes every week.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:01:31] So that could be your</p><p>commute in the car, taking your kids to school, anything like that. So let's</p><p>kick it off, get into episode one. I've got four hot tips on budgeting basics</p><p>for independent stylists today. And then I've even got one bonus. I feel like I</p><p>might have two bonuses, but we'll get into it. So bonus number one, not bonus</p><p>number one. Let's get into it. So let's get into it. So let's get into it.</p><p>Let's get into it. So let's get into it. So let's get into it. So let's get</p><p>into it. So let's get into it. So let's talk about the hot tip number one and</p><p>that's to track every dollar. Now I know so many of you try to track every</p><p>dollar and I know most of you know what's coming in and what's going out and</p><p>sort of like a, an ish version in your mind.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:02:14] So let's stop ishing</p><p>that. And sometimes tracking every single dollar is simply more about your time</p><p>and taking the time to do it. So my suggestion Simply pick a time. I understand</p><p>that if Friday's the last day of the week that you're working, do you really</p><p>want to do it on Friday night? Especially if you got one munchkin that is maybe</p><p>in some type of a sporting event, you got somebody that's in football, and</p><p>you're kind of like mom Uber driver as well as soon as Friday night kicks off.</p><p>I totally understand. So maybe that is Sunday night for 30 minutes. You're</p><p>going to be able to open up your Square, your Gloss Genius, whatever you're</p><p>using app. You're going to be able to see every dollar that you brought in, and</p><p>you're actually going to be able to write that down.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:03:01] So now we're going to</p><p>get also into a detailed version of what's going out, and that's also going to</p><p>be put into this 30 minutes, okay? We're going to do the same thing every</p><p>single week. So a couple of tools that can help you to figure out what's going</p><p>out are QuickBooks, and honestly, sometimes just a simple spreadsheet of</p><p>everything that went out that week, how much you spent at your distributors,</p><p>how much you spent on specific apps, anything like that, all to keep your</p><p>business going, we're going to track that, and we're going to be organized</p><p>about it. If you want a basic spreadsheet to fill out, I also have a super</p><p>simple one, and I'd be happy to share that with you as well. Tip number two, we</p><p>are creating a budget.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:03:46] So I am here to tell</p><p>you we're going to start this tip off by saying, I am in the Midwest, and I</p><p>have been coaching salons and stylists. For the last 10 years, I know and</p><p>understand because I've known several people across the country, how definitely</p><p>rent prices and costs vary amongst specific areas. Sometimes even here from</p><p>rural to urban areas, I am using numbers that are specific to a more Midwest</p><p>area, okay? So, and I also- And I also feel that the Midwest is</p><p>underrepresented when it comes to things like this and tools to help, and so</p><p>sometimes we're listening to things that it's like, oh my gosh, your rent is</p><p>$400, and they're not even in a studio suite.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:04:40] This is specifically</p><p>for our area, and I would be happy to help anyone outside of the area. However,</p><p>I just want to make sure everyone understands this for here. Number two,</p><p>creating a business budget. We are going to go over five different. We're going</p><p>to go over five different categories, just to keep it easy. There's going to be</p><p>rent, product costs, taxes and insurance, marketing miscellaneous, and then</p><p>time off and education, okay? So rent should be around 15%. So what does that</p><p>mean? We know that rent is a fixed cost. I, as an independent stylist, am going</p><p>to pay the same exact amount of rent, no matter if I bring in $1,000 or if I</p><p>bring in $3,000. Your rent should land somewhere around 15%. You do have wiggle</p><p>room here.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:05:25] If you needed a couple</p><p>extra percentage points, that's fine. If you needed a couple less, that's fine</p><p>as well. We would find a way where to put it. However, if you're bringing in</p><p>$1,500 every single week, then that would actually look like a rent of about</p><p>$225 a week. So that is what you can afford. Those are things to keep in mind.</p><p>Also, if you're an independent owner, and if you're trying to raise rent,</p><p>that's a great way to help coach your staff to make them feel better. Okay? And</p><p>then as an independent stylist, if your owner does need to raise the rent,</p><p>that's how you can also figure out what you can and what you can't afford.</p><p>Okay? Product costs. So what are you spending on your hair color?</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:06:07] What are you spending</p><p>on your shampoo? All of that stuff. That should land somewhere around 10% to</p><p>15%. Industry is stating around 15%. I like to always get a little bit lower</p><p>all the time. So that's also something that you can work on. Also, if you're running</p><p>this and you're at 18%, try to be 1% better. Okay? So those are all ways to do</p><p>it. And also, look at all three, like, three months in a row and average that</p><p>out. Because you may have had to make an investment in something, and that's</p><p>okay, but you just want to make sure on average you're spending around 10 to</p><p>15% on product cost. Next is insurance and taxes. I am not your accountant.</p><p>However, we do all have to pay taxes.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:06:50] So that's around 15%.</p><p>Deal? Next, we have Marketing and Miscellaneous. So, I have several people who</p><p>are like Heather. What do I need? Marketing and Miscellaneous for? We've put</p><p>that down to about five percent. So, Marketing and Miscellaneous are really</p><p>great for if you want to do a contest. For example, if you're trying to gain</p><p>new clients, um or you want to do like express services. Maybe you're doing a</p><p>social media campaign. You can use that money to go towards Facebook ads. You</p><p>can use this money to print Express menus for guests. You can use it to print</p><p>20% off new guest cards, um there's so many different things that you can use</p><p>this. You can even use it to do a giveaway.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:07:33] So instead of maybe</p><p>trying to figure out what product line has a mini-to give to all of your guests</p><p>for free, maybe creating a huge basket and that would actually come out of your</p><p>marketing budget to do for the holiday. So every single guest that comes in</p><p>they get entered to win this big basket, retail value at you know four hundred</p><p>dollars and you could actually use that out of your marketing budget. So that's</p><p>a great way to use that last category, here's going to be education and time</p><p>off. I put these two together, it's about five percent. I put these two</p><p>together specifically because I know a lot of times when we actually</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:08:08] go to education events,</p><p>we're not behind the chair necessarily making money so also but this can also</p><p>be used if you've got a sick kiddo if you wake up in the middle of the night</p><p>and they're you know having a they have the flu or they have 103 fever and you</p><p>can't come to work the next day then these are all reasons to have a little bit</p><p>extra in order to make yourself go. I do have one extra tip on this budget</p><p>situation. And this is an emergency, only so I do not recommend that you do</p><p>this all the time. However, if you're doing nothing right now and you're</p><p>literally flying by the seat of your pants, if I can just ask you to do one</p><p>thing and you're doing nothing right now and you're doing nothing, it's to just</p><p>take half – what that means is if you're bringing</p><p>in fifteen hundred dollars, only...]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Additional questions or suggestions: please email helloheatherpod@gmail.com</p><p>IG: @heatherpodlesney</p><p>FB: Heather Pod</p><p>Website: www.heatherpod.com</p><p>[ 00:00:05]Welcome to the Hair</p><p>Hustle Podcast. I'm Heather Podlesny, your salon coach dedicated to helping</p><p>stylists master the business side of beauty. Whether you're starting your</p><p>journey behind the chair or you're a seasoned pro looking to level up, this</p><p>podcast is for you. Each week we'll dive into the tips and tricks you need to</p><p>run a successful salon business with topics that will change the way you work</p><p>and earn. From budgeting hacks to help you keep more of what you make to time</p><p>management tips that will keep your schedule stress-free, and the strategies</p><p>for boosting your retail sales and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to</p><p>build your dream business without burning out. Together we'll cut through the</p><p>noise and get to the root of what makes your salon thrive.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p>[ 00:00:47] So grab your shears,</p><p>turn up the volume, and let's hustle. Hey, hey, welcome to the first episode of</p><p>the Hair Hustle Podcast. I am Heather Podlesny, your salon coach dedicated to</p><p>helping stylists master the business side of beauty. I'm so excited that you</p><p>are here today. So I want everyone to keep in mind and let's get episode one</p><p>kicked off so that you understand all of the podcasts, unless I've announced</p><p>differently, will be around 10 to 15 minutes because I know that our minds work</p><p>so quickly here in the beauty industry and we don't always have time to take in</p><p>an hour podcast, a two hour podcast, all of the things, and sometimes even a 30</p><p>minute. So my hope is to get in your ears for 10 to 15 minutes every week.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:01:31] So that could be your</p><p>commute in the car, taking your kids to school, anything like that. So let's</p><p>kick it off, get into episode one. I've got four hot tips on budgeting basics</p><p>for independent stylists today. And then I've even got one bonus. I feel like I</p><p>might have two bonuses, but we'll get into it. So bonus number one, not bonus</p><p>number one. Let's get into it. So let's get into it. So let's get into it.</p><p>Let's get into it. So let's get into it. So let's get into it. So let's get</p><p>into it. So let's get into it. So let's talk about the hot tip number one and</p><p>that's to track every dollar. Now I know so many of you try to track every</p><p>dollar and I know most of you know what's coming in and what's going out and</p><p>sort of like a, an ish version in your mind.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:02:14] So let's stop ishing</p><p>that. And sometimes tracking every single dollar is simply more about your time</p><p>and taking the time to do it. So my suggestion Simply pick a time. I understand</p><p>that if Friday's the last day of the week that you're working, do you really</p><p>want to do it on Friday night? Especially if you got one munchkin that is maybe</p><p>in some type of a sporting event, you got somebody that's in football, and</p><p>you're kind of like mom Uber driver as well as soon as Friday night kicks off.</p><p>I totally understand. So maybe that is Sunday night for 30 minutes. You're</p><p>going to be able to open up your Square, your Gloss Genius, whatever you're</p><p>using app. You're going to be able to see every dollar that you brought in, and</p><p>you're actually going to be able to write that down.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:03:01] So now we're going to</p><p>get also into a detailed version of what's going out, and that's also going to</p><p>be put into this 30 minutes, okay? We're going to do the same thing every</p><p>single week. So a couple of tools that can help you to figure out what's going</p><p>out are QuickBooks, and honestly, sometimes just a simple spreadsheet of</p><p>everything that went out that week, how much you spent at your distributors,</p><p>how much you spent on specific apps, anything like that, all to keep your</p><p>business going, we're going to track that, and we're going to be organized</p><p>about it. If you want a basic spreadsheet to fill out, I also have a super</p><p>simple one, and I'd be happy to share that with you as well. Tip number two, we</p><p>are creating a budget.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:03:46] So I am here to tell</p><p>you we're going to start this tip off by saying, I am in the Midwest, and I</p><p>have been coaching salons and stylists. For the last 10 years, I know and</p><p>understand because I've known several people across the country, how definitely</p><p>rent prices and costs vary amongst specific areas. Sometimes even here from</p><p>rural to urban areas, I am using numbers that are specific to a more Midwest</p><p>area, okay? So, and I also- And I also feel that the Midwest is</p><p>underrepresented when it comes to things like this and tools to help, and so</p><p>sometimes we're listening to things that it's like, oh my gosh, your rent is</p><p>$400, and they're not even in a studio suite.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:04:40] This is specifically</p><p>for our area, and I would be happy to help anyone outside of the area. However,</p><p>I just want to make sure everyone understands this for here. Number two,</p><p>creating a business budget. We are going to go over five different. We're going</p><p>to go over five different categories, just to keep it easy. There's going to be</p><p>rent, product costs, taxes and insurance, marketing miscellaneous, and then</p><p>time off and education, okay? So rent should be around 15%. So what does that</p><p>mean? We know that rent is a fixed cost. I, as an independent stylist, am going</p><p>to pay the same exact amount of rent, no matter if I bring in $1,000 or if I</p><p>bring in $3,000. Your rent should land somewhere around 15%. You do have wiggle</p><p>room here.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:05:25] If you needed a couple</p><p>extra percentage points, that's fine. If you needed a couple less, that's fine</p><p>as well. We would find a way where to put it. However, if you're bringing in</p><p>$1,500 every single week, then that would actually look like a rent of about</p><p>$225 a week. So that is what you can afford. Those are things to keep in mind.</p><p>Also, if you're an independent owner, and if you're trying to raise rent,</p><p>that's a great way to help coach your staff to make them feel better. Okay? And</p><p>then as an independent stylist, if your owner does need to raise the rent,</p><p>that's how you can also figure out what you can and what you can't afford.</p><p>Okay? Product costs. So what are you spending on your hair color?</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:06:07] What are you spending</p><p>on your shampoo? All of that stuff. That should land somewhere around 10% to</p><p>15%. Industry is stating around 15%. I like to always get a little bit lower</p><p>all the time. So that's also something that you can work on. Also, if you're running</p><p>this and you're at 18%, try to be 1% better. Okay? So those are all ways to do</p><p>it. And also, look at all three, like, three months in a row and average that</p><p>out. Because you may have had to make an investment in something, and that's</p><p>okay, but you just want to make sure on average you're spending around 10 to</p><p>15% on product cost. Next is insurance and taxes. I am not your accountant.</p><p>However, we do all have to pay taxes.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:06:50] So that's around 15%.</p><p>Deal? Next, we have Marketing and Miscellaneous. So, I have several people who</p><p>are like Heather. What do I need? Marketing and Miscellaneous for? We've put</p><p>that down to about five percent. So, Marketing and Miscellaneous are really</p><p>great for if you want to do a contest. For example, if you're trying to gain</p><p>new clients, um or you want to do like express services. Maybe you're doing a</p><p>social media campaign. You can use that money to go towards Facebook ads. You</p><p>can use this money to print Express menus for guests. You can use it to print</p><p>20% off new guest cards, um there's so many different things that you can use</p><p>this. You can even use it to do a giveaway.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:07:33] So instead of maybe</p><p>trying to figure out what product line has a mini-to give to all of your guests</p><p>for free, maybe creating a huge basket and that would actually come out of your</p><p>marketing budget to do for the holiday. So every single guest that comes in</p><p>they get entered to win this big basket, retail value at you know four hundred</p><p>dollars and you could actually use that out of your marketing budget. So that's</p><p>a great way to use that last category, here's going to be education and time</p><p>off. I put these two together, it's about five percent. I put these two</p><p>together specifically because I know a lot of times when we actually</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:08:08] go to education events,</p><p>we're not behind the chair necessarily making money so also but this can also</p><p>be used if you've got a sick kiddo if you wake up in the middle of the night</p><p>and they're you know having a they have the flu or they have 103 fever and you</p><p>can't come to work the next day then these are all reasons to have a little bit</p><p>extra in order to make yourself go. I do have one extra tip on this budget</p><p>situation. And this is an emergency, only so I do not recommend that you do</p><p>this all the time. However, if you're doing nothing right now and you're</p><p>literally flying by the seat of your pants, if I can just ask you to do one</p><p>thing and you're doing nothing right now and you're doing nothing, it's to just</p><p>take half – what that means is if you're bringing</p><p>in fifteen hundred dollars, only take half and put that into like your</p><p>personal, what you're paying yourself.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:09:00] It doesn't quite work</p><p>out however we're not I am not delusional, I know so many of you are walking</p><p>around just doing nothing and guessing, so if you can at least do half on those</p><p>weeks where you went on vacation and you're doing two times the amount of people</p><p>or maybe you did have a sick kid that is going to be one step better so i would</p><p>be proud of you just for that if you're doing nothing but we're not going to do</p><p>that all the time okay all right so i'm all about giving tips and tricks to just</p><p>be a little bit better and i love that and then you'll get in once you start to</p><p>do that you're going to be like oh that really did work and you might want to</p><p>do more all right so tip number three is cutting hidden costs this one's super</p><p>quick and super easy also can be done in your 30 minutes of time that</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:09:49] doesn't cost you</p><p>anything like it only takes five to ten to one hour for all theyorsuners to buy</p><p>this type of thing so this cut-off production type Leonardo Di da Vinci is</p><p>great highly worth this one it's cheaper it's a little expensive but you are</p><p>see you should probably buy about two like three hours okay and a half to two</p><p>hours if you like out there how about we do it in just a couple versions and as</p><p>i showed you if you can see when you are closing all this out just remember</p><p>that when you're closing all 혹ia but let me be honest if you can get</p><p>a Maarie do a 200 and one loan crises if you sing a thousand about just going</p><p>already things and making sure that there's Nothing sneaking in on there.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:10:21] Or girl, you may have</p><p>been using QuickBooks since 2022 and you may have been paying the $30 or $35 a</p><p>month that that spent and you've never touched it. Let's get rid of that and</p><p>let's just get you rolling. Next, the final tip is allocating for growth. This</p><p>is a little bit more advanced. However, if you have big dreams, I just want you</p><p>to start budgeting so that you can allocate some money to make your dreams</p><p>happen. Okay, so whether that's you're an independent stylist and you want to</p><p>open a salon, whether that's you're a suite and owner and you want to open up</p><p>your own set of suites. These are all things that I want you to keep in mind</p><p>and have like for a dream investment and that's why we're getting into this</p><p>budgeting.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[00:11:09] There could be an extra</p><p>percentage of maybe 10% in that business budget that's like, this is for like</p><p>me when I want to open up my own or this is for me when I want to buy that</p><p>building. Whatever that looks like. All right, and are you ready for this bonus</p><p>tip? Oh, here it is and you guys are probably going to roll your eyes when you</p><p>hear it, but it's an emergency fund. I know. Even in your business, you should</p><p>have three to six months of expenses because it is 2024 and if you lived</p><p>through 2020, you know, you know, you know, you know, you know, you know Know</p><p>so, stop it! We even need three to six months of expenses in our business</p><p>because as independent stylists we are still responsible for all of those</p><p>expenses.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>[ 00:11:56] I hope that this was so</p><p>helpful for you. We are closing out episode one. I'm always happy to help you</p><p>can reach me on all my social platforms with any questions, I love to hear from</p><p>you. I would love to hear what was your favorite and also if you have any</p><p>additional questions. All social platforms at Heather P-O-D-L-E-S-N-E-Y, so</p><p>that's Heather Pod Lesney. Everything will be in the show notes. You can also</p><p>email me at hello@HeatherPod.com thank you so much and I cannot wait to see you</p><p>next time.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><p><br></p><p>&nbsp;</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">d25f1544-60ee-4574-b268-6119662937a7</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Mon, 30 Sep 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/199e2909-af20-45cf-b604-0fe9475c9297/Episode-1-Budgeting-Basics-converted.mp3" length="12011774" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>12:31</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:season>1</itunes:season><itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>1</podcast:episode><podcast:season>1</podcast:season></item><item><title>The Hair Hustle Podcast Trailer</title><itunes:title>The Hair Hustle Podcast Trailer</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>[00:00:05]</p><p>Welcome to the Hair Hustle Podcast. </p><p>I'm Heather Podlesney, your salon coach dedicated to helping</p><p>stylists master the business side of beauty. Whether you're starting your</p><p>journey behind the chair or you're a seasoned pro looking to level up, this</p><p>podcast is for you. Each week we'll dive into the tips and tricks you need to</p><p>run a successful salon business with topics that will change the way you work</p><p>and earn. From budgeting hacks to help you keep more of what you make to time</p><p>management tips that will keep your schedule stress-free; and the strategies</p><p>for boosting your retail sales and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to</p><p>build your dream business without burning out. Together we'll cut through the</p><p>noise and get to the root of what makes your salon thrive. So grab your shears,  </p><p>turn up the volume, and let's hustle.</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>[00:00:05]</p><p>Welcome to the Hair Hustle Podcast. </p><p>I'm Heather Podlesney, your salon coach dedicated to helping</p><p>stylists master the business side of beauty. Whether you're starting your</p><p>journey behind the chair or you're a seasoned pro looking to level up, this</p><p>podcast is for you. Each week we'll dive into the tips and tricks you need to</p><p>run a successful salon business with topics that will change the way you work</p><p>and earn. From budgeting hacks to help you keep more of what you make to time</p><p>management tips that will keep your schedule stress-free; and the strategies</p><p>for boosting your retail sales and nailing that next promotion. Get ready to</p><p>build your dream business without burning out. Together we'll cut through the</p><p>noise and get to the root of what makes your salon thrive. So grab your shears,  </p><p>turn up the volume, and let's hustle.</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.heatherpod.com]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">41ca553a-8423-4ae4-8267-6abaed183d1d</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/13a7425a-0117-4f9f-bb06-f74c16696e41/V_WDfuD8jEKzLK8d5QcpTpOG.jpg"/><pubDate>Mon, 09 Sep 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/24be75cd-1874-4beb-a529-b9355fb84996/Hair-Hustle-Podcast-Trailer-converted.mp3" length="886348" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>00:55</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>trailer</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>1</podcast:episode></item></channel></rss>